Page Range | 13755-13993 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
80 FR 13787 - Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands; 2015 and 2016 Harvest Specifications for Groundfish | |
80 FR 13755 - Delegation of Authority Pursuant to Section 1278(b)(1) of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2015 | |
80 FR 13883 - Accreditation and Approval of NMC Global Corporation, as a Commercial Gauger and Laboratory | |
80 FR 13883 - Accreditation and Approval of Intertek USA, Inc., as a Commercial Gauger and Laboratory | |
80 FR 13835 - Proposed Information Collection; Comment Request; Comprehensive Economic Development Strategy | |
80 FR 13902 - Sunshine Act Meeting Notice | |
80 FR 13920 - Agency Forms Submitted for OMB Review, Request for Comments | |
80 FR 13844 - Sunshine Act Meeting Notice | |
80 FR 13900 - Sunshine Act Meetings; National Science Board | |
80 FR 13822 - Information Collection; Grazing Permit Administration Forms | |
80 FR 13766 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Sloop Channel, Jones Beach, NY | |
80 FR 13852 - Sunshine Act Meetings | |
80 FR 13829 - Silicomanganese From Australia: Initiation of Less-Than-Fair-Value Investigation | |
80 FR 13921 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
80 FR 13846 - Product Cancellation Order for Certain Pesticide Registrations | |
80 FR 13828 - Ball Bearings and Parts Thereof From Japan: Notice of Court Decision Not in Harmony With the Final Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review and Notice of Amended Final Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2004-2005 | |
80 FR 13826 - Polyethylene Terephthalate Film, Sheet, and Strip From the People's Republic of China: Notice of Court Decision Not in Harmony With Final Results of Administrative Review and Notice of Amended Final Results of Administrative Review Pursuant to Court Decision | |
80 FR 13866 - Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee; Notice of Meeting | |
80 FR 13852 - Notice of Availability of Preliminary Designation of Certain Stormwater Discharges in the State of New Mexico Under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System of the Clean Water Act | |
80 FR 13851 - Proposed CERCLA Administrative Cost Recovery Settlement; Shaw Road Drum Site, Clyde, Ohio | |
80 FR 13794 - Requirement To Submit Complete and Accurate Information | |
80 FR 13825 - Small Diameter Graphite Electrodes From the People's Republic of China: Final Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2013-2014 | |
80 FR 13851 - EPA Proposal To Improve Corn Rootworm Resistance Management; Extension of Comment Period | |
80 FR 13837 - Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records-Impact Evaluation of Support for Principals | |
80 FR 13837 - Notice of Intent To Grant Exclusive Patent License; Vivinostics LLC | |
80 FR 13885 - Notice of Filing of Plats of Survey; Colorado | |
80 FR 13947 - Notice of Final Federal Agency Actions on Proposed Highway in California | |
80 FR 13922 - National Science and Technology Council | |
80 FR 13885 - Notice of Proposed Information Collection; Request for Comments for 1029-0025 | |
80 FR 13843 - Agency Information Collection Extension | |
80 FR 13922 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.; Notice of Withdrawal of Proposed Rule Change Relating to Quotation Requirements for Unlisted Equity Securities and Deletion of the Rules Related to the OTC Bulletin Board Service | |
80 FR 13844 - Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board, Portsmouth | |
80 FR 13878 - Submission for OMB Review; 30-Day Comment Request; Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery (NIDA) | |
80 FR 13865 - Proposed Collection; 60-Day Comment Request Surveys To Support an Evaluation of the National Human Genome Research Institute (NHGRI) Summer Workshop in Genomics (Short Course) | |
80 FR 13853 - Administration on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities, President's Committee for People With Intellectual Disabilities | |
80 FR 13870 - Submission for OMB Review; 30-Day Comment Request: Application for Collaboration With the Therapeutic Development Branch (TDB), Division of Preclinical Innovation (DPI), National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences (NCATS) | |
80 FR 13881 - Accreditation and Approval of Inspectorate America Corporation, as a Commercial Gauger and Laboratory | |
80 FR 13843 - Mid-Atlantic Hydro, LLC; Notice of Preliminary Permit Application Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Comments, Motions To Intervene, and Competing Applications | |
80 FR 13842 - Community of Elfin Cove, dba Elfin Cove Utility Commission; Notice of Intent To File License Application, Filing of Pre-Application Document, and Approving Use of the Traditional Licensing Process | |
80 FR 13881 - Accreditation and Approval of NMC Global Corporation, as a Commercial Gauger and Laboratory | |
80 FR 13954 - Internal Revenue Service | |
80 FR 13953 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request for Form 8845 | |
80 FR 13951 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request for Form 4419 | |
80 FR 13899 - Privacy Act of 1974; Privacy Act System of Records | |
80 FR 13788 - Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Sablefish Managed Under the Individual Fishing Quota Program | |
80 FR 13898 - NASA Advisory Council; Technology, Innovation and Engineering Committee; Meeting | |
80 FR 13900 - NASA Advisory Council; Science Committee; Meeting | |
80 FR 13897 - NASA Advisory Council; Human Exploration and Operations Committee; Meeting | |
80 FR 13954 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
80 FR 13852 - Notice to All Interested Parties of the Termination of the Receivership of 10067, Southern Community Bank Fayetteville, GA | |
80 FR 13957 - Sanctions Actions Pursuant to Executive Orders 13660 and 13685 | |
80 FR 13892 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection eComments Requested; Identification of Imported Explosive Materials | |
80 FR 13887 - Notice of Proposed Information Collection; Request for Comments for 1029-0061 | |
80 FR 13868 - Proposed Data Collection Submitted for Public Comment and Recommendations | |
80 FR 13853 - Change in Bank Control Notices; Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding Company | |
80 FR 13889 - Notice of Proposed Information Collection; Request for Comments for 1029-0103 | |
80 FR 13887 - Notice of Proposed Information Collection; Request for Comments for 1029-0111 | |
80 FR 13836 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
80 FR 13896 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Occupational Safety and Health Act Variance Regulations | |
80 FR 13890 - Certain Uncoated Paper from Australia, Brazil, China, Indonesia, and Portugal | |
80 FR 13891 - Notice of Receipt of Complaint; Solicitation of Comments Relating to the Public Interest | |
80 FR 13771 - Pacific Halibut Fisheries; Catch Sharing Plan | |
80 FR 13957 - MyVA Federal Advisory Committee Notice of Meeting | |
80 FR 13854 - Authorization of Emergency Use of an In Vitro Diagnostic Device for Detection of Ebola Zaire Virus; Availability | |
80 FR 13867 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
80 FR 13876 - National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
80 FR 13863 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
80 FR 13876 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
80 FR 13765 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Snohomish River and Steamboat Slough, Everett and Marysville, WA | |
80 FR 13892 - Notice of Lodging of Proposed Consent Decree Under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act | |
80 FR 13880 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Application for Fee Waivers and Exemption, Form I-912; Revision of a Currently Approved Collection | |
80 FR 13884 - National Register of Historic Places; Notification of Pending Nominations and Related Actions | |
80 FR 13864 - Reprocessing Medical Devices in Health Care Settings: Validation Methods and Labeling; Guidance for Industry and Food and Drug Administration Staff; Availability | |
80 FR 13846 - Monarch Oil Pipeline Company, LLC; Notice of Petition for Declaratory Order | |
80 FR 13841 - Winding Creek Solar LLC; Notice of Petition for Enforcement | |
80 FR 13839 - DBM Pipeline, LLC; Notice of Application | |
80 FR 13888 - National Register of Historic Places; Notification of Pending Nominations and Related Actions | |
80 FR 13886 - National Control and Management Plan for Members of the Snakehead Family (Channidae) | |
80 FR 13955 - Privacy Act of 1974, as Amended; System of Records | |
80 FR 13897 - Notice of Availability of Funds and Funding Opportunity Announcement for Face Forward 3-Intermediary and Community Grants | |
80 FR 13764 - Privacy Act of 1974; Implementation | |
80 FR 13932 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; BOX Options Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change Regarding the Transfer of Ownership Interest in the Exchange | |
80 FR 13936 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The Options Clearing Corporation; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change Concerning the Account From Which Certain Clearing Members May Fund the Additional Margin Requirement Associated With Overnight Trading Sessions | |
80 FR 13943 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Relating to Penny Pilot Options | |
80 FR 13930 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; BOX Options Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend BOX Rule 7170 To Provide for New Procedures To Account for Erroneous Trades Occurring From Disruptions and/or Malfunctions of Exchange Systems | |
80 FR 13929 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE MKT LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Modifying the NYSE Amex Options Fee Schedule To Amend the Fees Associated With Booth Space Provided at the Exchange | |
80 FR 13925 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Provide a Limited Price Guarantee to Certain Companies That Switch Their Listing to Nasdaq From Another Exchange | |
80 FR 13901 - Information Collection: NRC Form 7, Application for NRC Export/Import License, Amendment, Renewal or Consent Request(s) | |
80 FR 13934 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; CBOE Futures Exchange, LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change Regarding Exchange of Contract for Related Position Transactions and Block Trades | |
80 FR 13940 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc; Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 1 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Amended, To Require a Member To Identify Transactions With a Non-Member Affiliate and To Change How FINRA Disseminates a Subset of Such Transactions | |
80 FR 13923 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ OMX PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Regarding FLEX No Minimum Value Size Pilot | |
80 FR 13927 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Miami International Securities Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Its Fee Schedule | |
80 FR 13938 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The Miami International Securities Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Its Fee Schedule | |
80 FR 13879 - ``Low-Income Levels'' Used for Various Health Professions and Nursing Programs Authorized in Titles III, VII, and VIII of the Public Health Service Act | |
80 FR 13876 - Renewal of Charter for the Advisory Council on Blood Stem Cell Transplantation | |
80 FR 13956 - Proposed Collection | |
80 FR 13955 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
80 FR 13953 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
80 FR 13952 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
80 FR 13950 - Proposed Information Collection; Comment Request | |
80 FR 13893 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Announcement of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Control Numbers Under the Paperwork Reduction Act | |
80 FR 13894 - Whistleblower Protection Advisory Committee | |
80 FR 13952 - Recruitment Notice for the Taxpayer Advocacy Panel; Correction | |
80 FR 13824 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
80 FR 13902 - Biweekly Notice; Applications and Amendments to Facility Operating Licenses and Combined Licenses Involving No Significant Hazards Considerations | |
80 FR 13823 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
80 FR 13922 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
80 FR 13947 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
80 FR 13927 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
80 FR 13946 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
80 FR 13863 - National Institute of Biomedical Imaging and Bioengineering; Notice of Meeting | |
80 FR 13949 - Agency Information Collection Activity Under OMB Review | |
80 FR 13877 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
80 FR 13863 - National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
80 FR 13863 - National Heart, Lung, and Blood; Institute Notice of Meeting | |
80 FR 13875 - National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke | |
80 FR 13854 - National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
80 FR 13948 - Agency Information Collection Activity Under OMB Review | |
80 FR 13949 - Notice of Request for the Extension of a Currently Approved Information Collection | |
80 FR 13768 - Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Connecticut; Low Emission Vehicle Program | |
80 FR 13889 - Certain Polyethyelene Terephthalate Resin From Canada, China, India, and Oman; Institution of Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Investigations and Scheduling of Preliminary Phase Investigations | |
80 FR 13870 - Applications for New Awards; National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research (NIDILRR)-Research Fellowships Program | |
80 FR 13851 - Bona Fide Prospective Purchaser Proposed Agreement and Covenant Not To Sue: Murray Laundry Superfund Site, Salt Lake City, Salt Lake County, Utah | |
80 FR 13833 - Helical Spring Lock Washers From the People's Republic of China: Final Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2012-2013 | |
80 FR 13803 - Proposed Priority-Investing in Innovation Fund; Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance | |
80 FR 13840 - DOE/NSF Nuclear Science Advisory Committee (NSAC) | |
80 FR 13841 - Eni Gas Marketing LLC; Application for Blanket Authorization To Export Previously Imported Liquefied Natural Gas on a Short-Term Basis | |
80 FR 13791 - Energy Conservation Program: Data Collection and Comparison With Forecasted Unit Sales of Five Lamp Types | |
80 FR 13877 - Proposed Data Collections Submitted for Public Comment and Recommendations; Withdrawal | |
80 FR 13958 - Funding Availability Under Supportive Services for Veteran Families Program | |
80 FR 13961 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Marine Geophysical Survey in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean Offshore New Jersey, June to August, 2015 | |
80 FR 13757 - Removal of Published Rules To Align Published Policy with Current Sources of Law | |
80 FR 13797 - Airworthiness Directives; General Electric Company Turbofan Engines | |
80 FR 13763 - Restructuring of the Office of Programs; Elimination of Regional Offices | |
80 FR 13766 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Columbia River, Celilo, OR and Wishram, WA | |
80 FR 13767 - Clarification of Content Eligibility for Standard Mail Marketing Parcels | |
80 FR 13827 - Prestressed Concrete Steel Wire Strand From Brazil, India, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Mexico, and Thailand: Final Results of the Expedited Sunset Reviews of the Antidumping Duty Finding/Orders | |
80 FR 13761 - Airworthiness Directives; Flugzeugwerke Altenrheim AG (FFA) Airplanes | |
80 FR 13789 - Identifying and Reducing Regulatory Burdens | |
80 FR 13799 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Airplanes | |
80 FR 13758 - Airworthiness Directives; Bombardier, Inc. Airplanes | |
80 FR 13806 - Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Atlantic Sea Scallop Fishery and Northeast Multispecies Fishery; Framework Adjustment 26; Endangered and Threatened Wildlife; Sea Turtle Conservation |
Forest Service
Economic Development Administration
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Army Department
Navy Department
Energy Information Administration
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Community Living Administration
Food and Drug Administration
Health Resources and Services Administration
National Institutes of Health
Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration
Coast Guard
U.S. Customs and Border Protection
Fish and Wildlife Service
Land Management Bureau
National Park Service
Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement Office
Employment and Training Administration
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Highway Administration
Federal Transit Administration
Engraving and Printing Bureau
Foreign Assets Control Office
Internal Revenue Service
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this page for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, reminders, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents LISTSERV electronic mailing list, go to http://listserv.access.thefederalregister.org and select Online mailing list archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list (or change settings); then follow the instructions.
Office of Administration, Executive Office of the President.
Final rule.
The Executive Office of the President, Office of Administration, is removing regulations from the Code of Federal Regulations related to the status of records created and maintained by the Executive Office of the President. This action is being taken in order to align Office of Administration policy with well-settled legal interpretations of the Office of Administration's status under Federal law and Executive Orders, including the Freedom of Information Act, the Privacy Act of 1974, and Executive Order 13526. The Office of Administration, as an entity whose sole function is to advise and assist the President of the United States, is not an agency under the Freedom of Information Act or the Privacy Act of 1974, nor does its implementation of Executive Order 13526 affect members of the public. Accordingly, the provisions of the Code of Federal Regulations to be removed are without legal effect.
This rule is effective March 17, 2015.
Hugh L. Brady, General Counsel, Executive Office of the President, Office of Administration, 202-395-1268.
The Executive Office of the President, Office of Administration, removes the following provisions from the Code of Federal Regulations: Chapter XV, title 5, comprising 5 CFR parts 2500, 2502, and 2504; and 3 CFR 101.3. This action is being taken in order to implement well-settled legal interpretations of the Office of Administration's status under Federal law and Executive Orders, including the Freedom of Information Act, the Privacy Act of 1974, and Executive Order 13526. The Office of Administration, as an entity whose sole function is to advise and assist the President of the United States, is not an agency within the meaning of 5 U.S.C. 552(f), and thus is not subject to the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) or the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a). The Office of Administration's implementation of Executive Order 13526 does not affect members of the public and the Office of Administration is therefore not required to publish its internal policies. Accordingly, the provisions of the Code of Federal Regulations to be removed are without legal effect.
This rule removing 5 CFR parts 2500, 2502, and 2504, and 3 CFR 101.3 is issued pursuant to, among other authorities,
Additionally, Office of Administration procedures recorded at 5 CFR part 2500 reflect an internal process that has been discontinued. The Office of Administration does not have regulations implementing Executive Order 13526 that affect members of the public and is therefore not required to publish its internal policies.
This rule removes all rules previously issued by the Executive Office of the President, Office of Administration, that are without legal effect under well-settled interpretations of the law by the courts, the Department of Justice, and the current provisions of Executive Order 13526. The Office of Administration therefore removes chapter XV, title 5 and 3 CFR 101.3.
The provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act requiring notice of proposed rulemaking, the opportunity for public participation, and a 30-day delay in effective date set forth in 5 U.S.C. 553 are inapplicable because they are “unnecessary” under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) and the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit's holding in
If this rulemaking were delayed to allow for notice and comment and a 30-day delay in effectiveness, it would delay alignment of the Code of Federal Regulations with existing Federal law as interpreted by the courts, the Department of Justice, and the current provisions of Executive Order 13526, as well as Office of Administration policy.
Further, no other law requires that a notice of proposed rulemaking and an opportunity for public comment be issued for this rule. Because a notice of proposed rulemaking and an opportunity for public comment are not required to be given for this rule under the Administrative Procedure Act or by any other law, the analytical requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612) are not applicable. Therefore, this regulation is issued in final form.
Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess all costs and
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with a collection of information subject to the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), unless that collection of information displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget Control Number. This rule does not involve any collection of information subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act.
This rule does not contain “policies that have federalism implications” as that term is defined under Executive Order 13132.
Freedom of information.
Classified information.
Courts, Freedom of information.
Privacy.
Accordingly, under the authority of 5 U.S.C. 553 and as discussed in the preamble, amend 3 CFR part 101 and chapter XV of title 5 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows.
5 U.S.C. 552.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain Bombardier, Inc. Model CL-600-2B19 (Regional Jet Series 100 & 440) airplanes. This AD was prompted by reports of cracking on the skin panels and skin splice joints and angles at certain stringers at various locations between certain fuselage stations. This AD requires revising the maintenance or inspection program, as applicable, to incorporate new or revised maintenance requirements and airworthiness limitations, and incorporating structural repairs and modifications to preclude widespread fatigue damage (WFD). We are issuing this AD to detect and correct WFD, which could adversely affect the structural integrity of the airplane.
This AD becomes effective April 21, 2015.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in this AD as of April 21, 2015.
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
For service information identified in this AD, contact Bombardier, Inc., 400 Côte-Vertu Road West, Dorval, Québec H4S 1Y9, Canada; telephone 514-855-5000; fax 514-855-7401; email
Aziz Ahmed, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe and Mechanical Systems Branch, ANE-171, FAA, New York Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; telephone: 516-228-7329; fax: 516-794-5531; email:
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to certain Bombardier, Inc. Model CL-600-2B19 (Regional Jet Series 100 & 440) airplanes. The NPRM published in the
Transport Canada Civil Aviation (TCCA), which is the aviation authority for Canada, has issued Canadian Airworthiness Directive CF-2014-07, dated January 31, 2014 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for certain Bombardier, Inc. Model CL-600-2B19 (Regional Jet Series 100 & 440) airplanes. The MCAI states:
Complete aeroplane fatigue testing on a CL-600-2B19 aeroplane by the aeroplane manufacturer revealed the onset of simultaneous cracking on the skin panels and skin splice joints and angles at stringers number 6 and 20 at various locations
Cracks at multiple locations may reduce the residual strength of the joint below the required levels if the cracks are not detectable under the existing maintenance program established at the time of certification. This multiple site damage (MSD) behavior, if not corrected, could lead to widespread fatigue damage (WFD) and adversely affect the structural integrity of the aeroplane and/or could result in rapid decompression of the aeroplane.
A Temporary Revision (TR) has been made to the Maintenance Requirements Manual (MRM) to revise existing Airworthiness Limitations (AWL) tasks and introduce new inspection tasks for the detection of MSD. The aeroplane manufacturer is also developing a structural modification to preclude WFD from occurring in the fleet at these locations.
This [Canadian] AD mandates the incorporation of the new and revised AWL tasks [into the maintenance program], and a structural modification to preclude WFD.
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. We received no valid comments on the NPRM (79 FR 59157, October 1, 2014) or on the determination of the cost to the public.
We reviewed the relevant data and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD as proposed except for minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM (79 FR 59157, October 1, 2014) for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM (79 FR 59157, October 1, 2014).
We reviewed the following service information.
• Airworthiness Limitations (AWL) Task 53-41-109, Longitudinal Str. 6 splice at STR 6 and 20, of Appendix B, Airworthiness Limitations, of Part 2, Airworthiness Requirements, Revision 9, dated June 10, 2013, of the Bombardier CL-600-2B19 Maintenance Requirements Manual, CSP A-053. This service information describes procedures for inspecting the longitudinal stringer 6 splice at stringers 6 and 20.
• AWL Task 53-41-110, Longitudinal Str. 6 splice butt strap at Str. 6, FS409.0 to FS617.0, of Appendix B, Airworthiness Limitations, of Part 2, Airworthiness Requirements, Revision 9, dated June 10, 2013, of the Bombardier CL-600-2B19 Maintenance Requirements Manual, CSP A-053. This service information describes procedures for inspecting the longitudinal stringer 6 splice butt at stringer 6 at fuselage station 409.0 to fuselage station 617.0.
• AWL Task 53-41-204, Frame splice angles at STR 6 and 20, of Appendix B, Airworthiness Limitations, of Part 2, Airworthiness Requirements, Revision 9, dated June 10, 2013, of the Bombardier CL-600-2B19 Maintenance Requirements Manual, CSP A-053. This service information describes procedures for inspecting the frame splice angles at stringers 6 and 20.
• AWL Task 53-41-205, Longitudinal skin splice at STR 6 and 20, of Appendix B, Airworthiness Limitations, of Part 2, Airworthiness Requirements, Revision 9, dated June 10, 2013, of the Bombardier CL-600-2B19 Maintenance Requirements Manual, CSP A-053. This service information describes procedures for inspecting the longitudinal skin splice at stringers 6 and 20.
This service information is reasonably available; see
We estimate that this AD affects 526 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We also estimate that it would take about 1 work-hour per product to comply with the basic requirements of this AD. We have received no definitive data that would enable us to provide cost estimates for the repairs and modifications specified in this AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this AD on U.S. operators to be $44,710, or $85 per product.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD becomes effective April 21, 2015.
None.
This AD applies to Bombardier, Inc. Model CL-600-2B19 (Regional Jet Series 100 & 440) airplanes, certificated in any category, serial numbers 7003 and subsequent.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 05, Periodic Inspections.
This AD was prompted by reports of cracking on the skin panels and skin splice joints and angles at certain stringers at various locations between certain fuselage stations. We are issuing this AD to detect and correct widespread fatigue damage, which could adversely affect the structural integrity of the airplane.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
Within 60 days after the effective date of this AD: Revise the maintenance or inspection program, as applicable, by incorporating the airworthiness limitations (AWL) tasks specified in paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(4) of this AD. The initial compliance times for the tasks start from the applicable threshold times specified in Part 2 Airworthiness Requirements, Revision 9, dated June 10, 2013, of Appendix B, Airworthiness Limitations, of Bombardier CL-600-2B19, Maintenance Requirements Manual, CSP A-053; except that, for airplanes that have accumulated more than 38,000 total flight cycles as of the effective date of this AD, the initial compliance time for the AWL tasks is before the accumulation of 2,000 flight cycles after the effective date of this AD.
(1) AWL Task 53-41-109, Longitudinal Str. 6 splice at STR 6 and 20, of Appendix B, Airworthiness Limitations, of Part 2, Airworthiness Requirements, Revision 9, dated June 10, 2013, of the Bombardier CL-600-2B19, Maintenance Requirements Manual, CSP A-053.
(2) AWL Task 53-41-110, Longitudinal Str. 6 splice butt strap at Str. 6, FS409.0 to FS617.0, of Appendix B, Airworthiness Limitations, of Part 2, Airworthiness Requirements, Revision 9, dated June 10, 2013, of the Bombardier CL-600-2B19, Maintenance Requirements Manual, CSP A-053.
(3) AWL Task 53-41-204, Frame splice angles at STR 6 and 20, of Appendix B, Airworthiness Limitations, of Part 2, Airworthiness Requirements, Revision 9, dated June 10, 2013, of the Bombardier CL-600-2B19, Maintenance Requirements Manual, CSP A-053.
(4) AWL Task 53-41-205, Longitudinal skin splice at STR 6 and 20., of Appendix B, Airworthiness Limitations, of Part 2, Airworthiness Requirements, Revision 9, dated June 10, 2013, of the Bombardier CL-600-2B19, Maintenance Requirements Manual, CSP A-053.
After the maintenance or inspection program has been revised as required by paragraph (g) of this AD, no alternative actions (
Before the accumulation of 60,000 total flight cycles: Install repairs and modifications to preclude widespread fatigue damage at locations specified in the tasks identified in paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(4) of this AD, using a method approved by the Manager, New York ACO, ANE-170, FAA; or Transport Canada Civil Aviation (TCCA); or Bombardier, Inc.'s TCCA Design Approval Organization (DAO). If approved by the DAO, the approval must include the DAO-authorized signature.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) Canadian Airworthiness Directive CF-2014-07, dated January 31, 2014, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless this AD specifies otherwise.
(i) Appendix B, Airworthiness Limitations, of Part 2, Airworthiness Requirements, Revision 9, dated June 10, 2013, of the Bombardier CL-600-2B19 Maintenance Requirements Manual, CSP A-053:
(A) Airworthiness Limitations (AWL) Task 53-41-109, Longitudinal Str. 6 splice at STR 6 and 20;
(B) AWL Task 53-41-110, Longitudinal Str. 6 splice butt strap at Str. 6, FS409.0 to FS617.0;
(C) AWL Task 53-41-204, Frame splice angles at STR 6 and 20; and
(D) AWL Task 53-41-205, Longitudinal skin splice at STR 6 and 20.
(ii) Reserved.
(3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Bombardier, Inc., 400 Côte-Vertu Road West, Dorval, Québec H4S 1Y9, Canada; telephone 514-855-5000; fax 514-855-7401; email
(4) You may view this service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule; request for comments.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for Flugzeugwerke Altenrheim AG (FFA) Models AS 202/15 “BRAVO”, AS 202/18A “BRAVO”, and AS 202/18A4 “BRAVO” airplanes. This AD results from mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI) issued by the aviation authority of another country to identify and correct an unsafe condition on an aviation product. The MCAI describes the unsafe condition as corrosion on the upper forward fuselage stringers. We are issuing this AD to require actions to address the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective March 17, 2015.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in the AD as of March 17, 2015.
We must receive comments on this AD by May 1, 2015.
You may send comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
For service information identified in this AD, contact Gomolzig Flugzeug- und Maschinenbau GmbH, Eisenwerkstraße 9, 58332 Schwelm, telephone: +49 (0) 2336 490 330; fax; +49 (0) 2336 490 339; email:
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Doug Rudolph, Aerospace Engineer, FAA, Small Airplane Directorate, 901 Locust, Room 301, Kansas City, Missouri 64106; telephone: (816) 329-4059; fax: (816) 329-4090; email:
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Community, has issued AD No. 2015-0023-E, dated February 18, 2015, (referred to after this as “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for Flugzeugwerke Altenrheim AG (FFA) Models AS 202/15 “BRAVO”, AS 202/18A “BRAVO”, and AS 202/18A4 “BRAVO” airplanes. The MCAI states:
Heavy corrosion was reportedly discovered on an AS 202 aeroplane, between the forward (FWD) windshield frame angle and the upper FWD stringer, left hand (LH) and right hand (RH). The corrosion was found underneath the removed windshield frame. Corrosion was not detected during a general visual inspection from below.
This condition, if not detected and corrected, could lead to failure of the FWD upper stringer, which reduces the structural integrity of the affected area.
To address this potential unsafe condition, Gomolzig Flugzeug- und Maschinenbau GmbH (GFM), acting on behalf of the TC holder, have issued Service Bulletin (SB) No. 2015-1 to provide inspection instructions.
For the reasons described above, this AD requires repetitive inspections of the upper FWD stringer (LH and RH) structure for signs of corrosion and, depending on the findings, the accomplishment of applicable corrective action(s).
This AD is considered to be an interim action and further AD action may follow.
Gomolzig Flugzeug- und Maschinenbau GmbH has issued Service Bulletin GFM SB 2015-1, dated February 5, 2015. The actions described in this service information are intended to correct the unsafe condition identified in the MCAI. The Gomolzig Flugzeug- und Maschinenbau GmbH service bulletin describes procedures for inspecting the upper forward stringer (LH and RH) structure for signs of corrosion and making all necessary repairs. This service information is reasonably available; see
This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with this State of Design Authority, they have notified us of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are issuing this AD because we evaluated all information provided by the State of Design Authority and determined the unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.
This AD is considered an interim action. After issuing this AD, we may initiate further AD action to require a possible terminating action for the 12-month repetitive inspections.
An unsafe condition exists that requires the immediate adoption of this AD. The FAA has found that the risk to the flying public justifies waiving notice and comment prior to adoption of this rule because corrosion on the upper forward fuselage stringers could cause them to fail, which could result in reduced structural integrity of the windshield frame. Therefore, we determined that notice and opportunity for public comment before issuing this AD are impracticable and that good cause exists for making this amendment effective in fewer than 30 days.
This AD is a final rule that involves requirements affecting flight safety, and we did not precede it by notice and opportunity for public comment. We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the
We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
We estimate that this AD will affect 1 product of U.S. registry. We also estimate that it will take about 6 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour.
Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of the AD on U.S. operators to be $510.
In addition, we estimate that any necessary follow-on actions will take about 20 work-hours and require parts costing $1,000, for a cost of $2,700 per product. We have no way of determining at this time if the affected airplane may need these actions.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This airworthiness directive (AD) becomes effective March 17, 2015.
None.
This AD applies to Flugzeugwerke Altenrheim AG (FFA) Models AS 202/15 “BRAVO”, AS 202/18A “BRAVO”, and AS 202/18A4 “BRAVO” airplanes, all serial numbers, certificated in any category.
Air Transport Association of America (ATA) Code 53: Fuselage.
This AD was prompted by a report of corrosion found on the upper forward windshield frame angle and the upper forward stringer. We are issuing this AD to detect and correct corrosion on the left-hand (LH) and the right-hand (RH) upper forward fuselage stringers. If not detected and corrected, this condition could lead to failure of the LH and/or the RH upper forward fuselage stringers, which could result in reduced structural integrity of the windshield frame.
Unless already done, do the following actions.
(1) Before further flight after March 17, 2015 (the effective date of this AD) and thereafter at intervals not to exceed 12 months, do a detailed visual inspection of the LH and RH forward (FWD) upper stringer top side structure for corrosion and any signs of damage to the corrosion protection. Do the inspection following the Instructions section in Gomolzig Flugzeug- und Maschinenbau GmbH Service Bulletin GFM SB 2015-1, dated February 5, 2015.
(2) If corrosion or any signs of damage to the corrosion protection is found during any inspection required in paragraph (f)(1) of this AD, before further flight after the inspection where corrosion or signs of damage to the corrosion protection is found, remove the corrosion at the affected area following the Instructions section in Gomolzig Flugzeug- und Maschinenbau GmbH Service Bulletin GFM SB 2015-1, dated February 5, 2015.
(3) If corrosion is found during any inspection required in paragraph (f)(1) of this AD that exceeds the allowable limits specified in paragraph 1.f of the Instructions section in Gomolzig Flugzeug- und Maschinenbau GmbH Service Bulletin GFM SB 2015-1, dated February 5, 2015, before further flight after the inspection where corrosion is found that exceeds the allowable limits, contact Gomolzig Flugzeug- und Maschinenbau GmbH at the address specified in paragraph (i)(3) of this AD for an FAA-approved repair scheme and incorporate the repair.
(4) Within 30 days after doing the initial inspection required in paragraph (f)(1) of this AD, report the results, including findings of no corrosion, to Gomolzig Flugzeug- und Maschinenbau GmbH at the address specified in paragraph (i)(3) of this AD using page 5 of Gomolzig Flugzeug- und Maschinenbau GmbH Service Bulletin GFM SB 2015-1, dated February 5, 2015.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
(3)
In accordance with 14 CFR 39.23, a single flight is allowed to a location where the initial inspection required in paragraph (f)(1) of this AD can be done provided the following limitations are adhered to:
(1) No aerobatic maneuvers.
(2) Normal category maneuvering load factors must not exceed +3.8g/−1.9g.
Refer to MCAI European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD No. 2015-0023-E, dated February 18, 2015, for related information. You may examine the MCAI on the Internet at
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.
(i) Gomolzig Flugzeug- und Maschinenbau GmbH Service Bulletin GFM SB 2015-1, dated February 5, 2015.
(ii) Reserved.
(3) For Gomolzig Flugzeug- und Maschinenbau GmbH service information identified in this AD, contact Gomolzig Flugzeug- und Maschinenbau GmbH, Eisenwerkstraße 9, 58332 Schwelm, telephone: +49 (0) 2336 490 330; fax; +49 (0) 2336 490 339; email:
(4) You may view this referenced service information at the FAA, Small Airplane Directorate, 901 Locust, Kansas City, Missouri 64106. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call (816) 329-4148. It is also available on the Internet at
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Railroad Retirement Board.
Final rule.
The Railroad Retirement Board (Board) amends its regulations to reflect the restructuring of the Office of Programs and the elimination of the Regional Offices.
This rule will be effective March 17, 2015.
Martha P. Rico, Secretary to the Board, Railroad Retirement Board, 844 N. Rush Street, Chicago, Illinois 60611-2092.
Marguerite P. Dadabo, Assistant General Counsel, (312) 751-4945, TTD (312) 751-4701.
The Railroad Retirement Board has restructured its Office of Assessment and Training in a Board-approved reorganization plan. The Office of Assessment and Training, formerly a single component of the Office of Programs, is now intermingled with other subcomponents of the Office of Programs. Therefore, issues that were formerly under the jurisdiction of the Office of Programs/Assessment and Training are now under the jurisdiction of the Office of Programs/Policy and Systems for purposes of the following regulations.
Additionally, the Railroad Retirement Board underwent a reorganization of its regional offices in an effort to improve efficiency and eliminate duplication. As a result of this reorganization, the Railroad Retirement Board eliminated its Regional Offices in Atlanta, Georgia, Denver, Colorado, and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The work done by the Regional Offices is now handled by the Field Services Headquarters staff.
The Board published a proposed rule on February 14, 2012 and requested comments by April 16, 2012 [77 FR 8183]. No comments were received. The final rule is essentially the same as the proposed rule.
The Board, with the concurrence of the Office of Management and Budget, has determined that this is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, as amended. Therefore, no regulatory impact analysis is required. There are no changes to the information collections associated with Parts 200, 320 and 345.
Railroad employees, Railroad employers, Railroad retirement, Railroad unemployment.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, the Railroad Retirement Board amends title 20, chapter II, subchapter A, part 200 and subchapter C, parts 320 and 345 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
45 U.S.C. 231f(b)(5) and 45 U.S.C. 362; § 200.4 also issued under 5 U.S.C. 552; § 200.5 also issued under 5 U.S.C. 552a; § 200.6 also issued under 5 U.S.C. 552b; and § 200.7 also issued under 31 U.S.C. 3717.
(a) * * *
(4) The headquarters of the Board is in Chicago, Illinois, at 844 North Rush Street. The Board maintains numerous district offices across the country in localities easily accessible to large numbers of railroad workers.
(d) * * *
(1) In the Office of Programs/Operations: The Retirement Claims Manual, RCM Circulars, Special Services Manual, Policy Decisions, Procedural Memoranda containing information on the adjudication of claims not contained in the Retirement Claims Manual or in RCM Circulars, Field Operating Manual (Parts I and VI), FOM Circulars and Memoranda, the Occupational Disability Rating Schedule, Adjudication Instruction Manual, memorandum instructions on adjudication, and circular letters of instruction to railroad officials.
(2) In the Office of Programs/Policy and Systems: The Instructions to Employers, and Circular Letters to Employers.
(5) Field offices shall also make available to the extent practicable such of these materials and indexes as are furnished them in the ordinary course of business.
45 U.S.C. 355 and 362(l).
(c)
(c)
45 U.S.C. 362(l).
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
Internal Revenue Service, Treasury.
Final rule.
In accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, the Department of the Treasury (Treasury) gives notice of an amendment to update its Privacy Act regulations to add an exemption from certain provisions of the Privacy Act for a system of records related to the Internal Revenue Service Return Preparer Office.
David Silverman, Management and Program Analyst, Privacy, Governmental Liaison and Disclosure, 1111 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20224. Phone: (202) 317-6452 (not a toll-free number).
On behalf of the Internal Revenue Service Treasury published a system of records notice at 76 FR 70813, November 15, 2011, establishing a new system of records entitled “Treasury/IRS 37.111—Preparer Tax Identification Number Records.”
Treasury also published a proposed rule at 76 FR 71293, on November 17, 2011, that would amend 31 CFR 1.36(g)(1)(vii).
The proposed rule would exempt the new system of records (Treasury/IRS 37.111) from certain provisions of the Privacy Act pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2).
The proposed rule requested that the public submit comments to the Internal Revenue Service, Return Preparer Office, and no comments were received. Accordingly, Treasury is hereby giving notice that the system of records entitled “Treasury/IRS 37.111—Preparer Tax Identification Number Records” is exempt from certain provisions of the Privacy Act, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2) as set forth in the proposed rule.
This final rule is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 601-612, it is hereby certified that this rule will not have significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This certification is based on the fact that the final rule affects individuals and not small entities. The term “small entity” is defined to have the same meaning as the terms “small business,” “small organization,” and “small governmental jurisdiction,” as defined in the RFA.
As authorized by 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), Treasury finds that good cause exists for dispensing with the 30-day delay in the effective date of this rule. These regulations exempt certain investigative records maintained by Treasury from notification, access, and amendment of a record. In order to protect the confidentiality of such investigatory records Treasury finds that it is in the public interest to make these regulations effective upon publication. In addition, interested persons have had advance notice of and an opportunity to comment on the proposed rule and no comments were received.
Privacy.
Part 1, Subpart C of title 31 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
5 U.S.C. 301 and 31 U.S.C. 321. Subpart A also issued under 5 U.S.C. 552 as amended. Subpart C also issued under 5 U.S.C. 552a.
(g) * * *
(1) * * *
(vii) * * *
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of deviation from drawbridge regulation.
The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the SR 529 Bridges across the Snohomish River, mile 3.6 near Everett, WA, and the SR 529 Bridges across Steamboat Slough, mile 1.1, near Marysville, WA. The deviation is necessary to accommodate the Everett Marathon. The deviation allows the bridges to remain in the closed-to-navigation position during the marathon to allow safe movement of event participants.
This deviation is effective from 7:30 a.m. to 11:00 a.m. on April 12, 2015.
The docket for this deviation, [USCG-2015-0142] is available at
If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email Mr. Steven Fischer, Bridge Administrator, Thirteenth Coast Guard District; telephone 206-220-7282, email
The Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) has requested that the SR 529 Bridges, north bound and south bound, across the Snohomish River and Steamboat Slough remain closed to vessel traffic to facilitate safe, uninterrupted roadway passage of participants of the Everett Marathon. The SR 529 Bridges over the Snohomish River at mile 3.6 provides 37 feet of vertical clearance above mean high water elevation while in the closed position. Under normal conditions these bridges operate in accordance with 33 CFR 117.1059(c), which requires advance notification of one-hour when a bridge opening is needed.
The SR 529 Bridges over Steamboat Slough at mile 1.1 provide 10 feet of vertical clearance above mean high water elevation while in the closed position. Under normal conditions these bridges operate in accordance with 33 CFR 117.1059(g), which requires advance notification of four hours when a bridge opening is needed.
The deviation allows the SR 529 Bridges crossing the Snohomish River and Steamboat Slough to remain in the closed-to navigation position, and need
Vessels able to pass through the bridges in the closed-to-navigation position may do so at anytime. The bridges will be required to open, if needed, for vessels engaged in emergency response operations during this closure period. Waterway usage on this part of the Snohomish River and Steamboat Slough includes vessels ranging from commercial tug and barge to small pleasure craft. Mariners will be notified and kept informed of the bridges' operational status via the Coast Guard Notice to Mariners publication and Broadcast Notice to Mariners as appropriate.
In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridges must return to their regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of deviation from drawbridge regulation.
The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the operation of the Wantagh State Parkway Bridge, mile 15.4, across Sloop Channel at Jones Beach, New York. This deviation is necessary to facilitate public safety during a public event, the Jones Beach Park's Air Show. This deviation allows the bridge to remain closed for an hour and a half on each day of the air show to help reduce vehicular traffic delays.
This deviation is effective between 4:30 p.m. and 6 p.m. on May 23 and May 24, 2015.
The docket for this deviation, [USCG-2015-0108] is available at
If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email Ms. Judy Leung-Yee, Project Officer, First Coast Guard District, telephone (212) 514-4330,
The Wantagh State Parkway Bridge across Sloop Channel, mile 15.4, at Jones Beach, New York, has a vertical clearance in the closed position of 16 feet at mean high water and 19.5 feet at mean low water. The existing bridge operating regulations are found at 33 CFR 117.5.
The waterway is transited by seasonal recreational vessels of various sizes.
The bridge owner, New York State Parks, Recreation and Historic Preservation, requested a temporary deviation from the normal operating schedule to facilitate public safety during the annual Jones Beach Park's Air Show over Memorial Day Weekend.
Under this temporary deviation, the Wantagh State Parkway Bridge may remain in the closed position between 4:30 p.m. and 6 p.m. on May 23 and May 24, 2015.
There are no alternate routes for vessel traffic. The vertical clearance under the bridge is 16 feet at mean high water and 19.5 feet at mean low water. The bridge may be opened in the event of an emergency.
The Coast Guard will inform the users of the waterways through our Local and Broadcast Notice to Mariners of the change in operating schedule for the bridges so that vessels can arrange their transits to minimize any impact caused by the temporary deviation.
In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of temporary deviation from drawbridge regulation.
The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railway Bridge, also known as the Celilo Bridge, across the Columbia River, mile 201.2, at Celilo, OR and Wishram, WA. The deviation is necessary to replace lift span rail joints. This deviation allows the bridge to remain in the closed-to-navigation position during maintenance activities.
This deviation is effective without actual notice March 13, 2015 until 3 p.m. For the purposes of enforcement, actual notice will be used from 7 a.m. on March 9, 2015, until 3 p.m. March 13, 2015.
The docket for this deviation, [USCG-2015-0127] is available at
If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email Mr. Steven Fischer, Bridge Administrator, Coast Guard Thirteenth District; telephone 206-220-7282, email
Burlington Northern Santa Fe (BNSF) Railway requested this deviation to facilitate the installation of new rail joints on the lift span. BNSF has scheduled this installation to coincide with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers lock outages on the Columbia River. The Celilo Bridge crosses the Columbia River at mile 201.2 and provides 18.8 feet of vertical clearance above Columbia River Datum 0.0 while in the closed position. Under normal operations, this bridge opens as required by 33 CFR 117.869. The deviation period is from 7 a.m. to 3 p.m. daily on March 9, 2015 through March 13, 2015. This deviation allows the lift span of the BNSF Railway Bridge across the Columbia River, mile 201.2, to remain in the closed-to-navigation position, and need not open for maritime traffic during the periods listed above. The bridge shall operate in accordance to 33 CFR 117.869 at all other times. Waterway usage on this part of the Columbia River includes vessels ranging from commercial tug and barge to small pleasure craft.
Vessels able to pass through the bridge in the closed positions may do so at anytime. The BNSF Railway Bridge will not be able to open for emergencies, and there is no immediate alternate route for vessels to pass. The Coast Guard will also inform the users of the waterways through our Local and Broadcast Notices to Mariners of the change in operating schedule for the bridge so that vessels can arrange their transits to minimize any impact caused by the temporary deviation.
In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
Postal Service
Final rule.
The Postal Service is revising
Lizbeth Dobbins at 202-268-3789, John F. Rosato at 202-268-8597, or Suzanne Newman at 202-695-0550.
The Postal Service published a proposed rule (80 FR 1872-1873) on January 14, 2015, with a comment period ending February 13, 2015, to recertify the definition of Standard Mail Marketing Parcels, remind customers about the basic eligibility and address format standards, and ensure compliance with the rule that this product line not be used for fulfillment.
Specifically, Standard Mail Marketing Parcels were designed for mailers to send non-requested items or samples to potential customers. Our intent was to build a low cost prospecting vehicle; therefore, the Postal Service built in factors to minimize handling costs. One factor, the alternative addressing format, was required so that the current resident became the recipient of the mailpiece if the named addressee moved from that address. This avoided extra delivery and forwarding costs. Another factor was the specification of size restrictions, including the requirement that pieces needed to be similar in shape and weight if sent in a single mailing.
Building upon the original intent, and to keep this product a viable and cost-effective promotional vehicle, we are adding stronger language to the DMM on content eligibility and address format for Standard Mail Marketing Parcels. This includes clarification that all Standard Mail Marketing Parcels (regular and nonprofit) must bear an alternate addressing format and cannot be used for “fulfillment purposes” (
We received feedback from five commenters, who raised three distinct issues.
The Postal Service appreciates the forthrightness of the commenters in explaining how they do business using this product. In response to these concerns, the Postal Service has determined that it is appropriate to relax the proposed rule in one respect. Since the samples will not be required to be identical in weight, if a customer elects to receive certain samples in connection with the purchase of an item, those samples may be sent separately from the purchased item as a Standard Mail Marketing Parcel as long as the transactions are linked.
Administrative practice and procedure, Postal Service.
The Postal Service adopts the following changes to
5 U.S.C. 552(a); 13 U.S.C. 301-307; 18 U.S.C. 1692-1737; 39 U.S.C. 101, 401, 403, 404, 414, 416, 3001-3011, 3201-3219, 3403-3406, 3621, 3622, 3626, 3632, 3633, and 5001.
All Standard Mail Marketing parcels (regular and nonprofit) must bear an alternate addressing format and cannot be used for “fulfillment purposes” (
We will publish an appropriate amendment to 39 CFR part 111 to reflect these changes.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving a State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision submitted by the State of Connecticut. The regulations adopted by Connecticut include the California Low Emission Vehicle (LEV) II light-duty motor vehicle emission standards effective in model year 2008, the California LEV II medium-duty vehicle standards effective in model year 2009, and greenhouse gas emission standards for light-duty motor vehicles and medium-duty vehicles effective with model year 2009. The Connecticut LEV regulation submitted also includes a zero emission vehicle (ZEV) provision, as well as emission control label and environmental performance label requirements. Connecticut has adopted these revisions to reduce emissions of volatile organic compounds (VOC) and nitrogen oxides (NO
This rule is effective on April 16, 2015.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket Identification No. EPA-R01-OAR-2010-0121. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Copies of the documents relevant to this action are also available for public inspection during normal business hours, by appointment at the Bureau of Air Management, Department of Energy and Environmental Protection, State Office Building, 79 Elm Street, Hartford, CT 06106-1630.
Donald O. Cooke, Air Quality Planning Unit, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA New England Regional Office, Office of Ecosystem Protection, Air Quality Planning Unit, 5 Post Office Square-Suite 100, (Mail code OEP05-2), Boston, MA 02109-3912, telephone number (617) 918-1668, fax number (617) 918-0668, email
Throughout this document whenever “we,” “us,” or “our” is used, we mean EPA.
Organization of this document. The following outline is provided to aid in locating information in this preamble.
On January 27, 2014 (79 FR 4308), EPA published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPR) for the State of Connecticut, “Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Connecticut; Low Emission Vehicle Program.” The NPR proposed approval of Connecticut's Low Emissions Vehicle II (LEV II) program, as adopted by Connecticut on December 4, 2004, and subsequently amended on December 22, 2005 and August 4, 2009. The Connecticut LEV II program is cited as a weight-of-evidence measure in Connecticut's Attainment Demonstration SIP for the 1997 8-hour ozone standard, submitted to EPA on February 1, 2008. The formal LEV II SIP revision was submitted by Connecticut on January 22, 2010.
On December 4, 2004, Connecticut repealed the provisions of section 22a-174-36 of the Regulations of Connecticut State Agencies, rescinding both the California Low Emission Vehicle I program and the National Low Emission Vehicle (NLEV) program. In accordance with section 177 of the Clean Air Act (CAA) and as required by Connecticut Public Act 04-84, Connecticut adopted section 22a-174-
On December 22, 2005, Connecticut amended section 22a-174-36b of the Regulations of Connecticut State Agencies, making minor technical corrections and clarifications; adopting California LEV II emission standards and related provisions for medium-duty vehicles commencing with the 2009 model year; adopting recently announced revisions concerning LEV II greenhouse gas emission standards and related provisions for passenger cars, light duty trucks and medium-duty passenger vehicles commencing with the 2009 model year in accordance with section 177 of the CAA and Connecticut Public Act 04-84; and providing additional clarification and flexibility with respect to the implementation of the zero emissions vehicle (ZEV) program in Connecticut.
On August 4, 2009, Connecticut adopted a third amendment consisting of revisions to two sections of the air quality regulations concerning motor vehicles. The recall, warranty, ZEV, and ZEV travel provision amendments update the Connecticut LEV program consistent with changes California made to its LEV program.
In addition to the amendments to the Connecticut LEV program, Connecticut's January 22, 2010 SIP revision includes a change in its motor vehicle inspection and maintenance (I/M) program to exempt composite vehicles from I/M program testing.
Other specific requirements of Connecticut's LEV II and motor vehicle I/M programs and the rationale for EPA's proposed action are explained in the NPR and will not be restated here.
EPA received comments on the NPR from one anonymous commenter. This commenter supported the effort of Connecticut and other states to follow California's lead in implementing a low emission vehicle program. The commenter went on to identify three specific issues: (1) Market failure with public transportation; (2) cars manufactured before 2008; and (3) monitoring emissions.
The action before EPA is to approve or disapprove Connecticut's request to revise its SIP to include California LEV II light-duty motor vehicle emission standards (effective in model year 2008), the California LEV II medium-duty vehicle standards (effective in model year 2009), and greenhouse gas emission standards for light-duty motor vehicles and medium-duty vehicles (effective with model year 2009). The Connecticut LEV program submitted is identical to California's program, as required by the Clean Air Act, and includes a ZEV provision, as well as emission control label and environmental performance label requirements. Connecticut's SIP revision also includes a minor amendment to the state's motor vehicle inspection and maintenance (I/M) program which exempts composite vehicles from I/M program testing.
The workings of the public transportation system and the development of new light rail transportation systems referenced by the commenter is not germane to the approval of the submitted Connecticut SIP revision.
In addition, motor vehicles manufactured prior to 2008 are not covered by Connecticut's LEV II program. These vehicles were required to be manufactured in accordance with the Federal Tier 1 and Tier 2 Vehicle and Gasoline Sulfur Program, as well as the Northeast National Low Emission Vehicle Program, the programs in place at that time. Pre-2008 motor vehicles registered in Connecticut are also subject to Connecticut's I/M program which is further discussed below.
In the third and final issue, the commenter asks how emissions would be monitored and “how often the rule/law require[s] drivers to go have a reading made.” This issue is not relevant to the approval of Connecticut's LEV II program. The Connecticut LEV II program includes requirements that apply to the manufacturer of motor vehicles, not the drivers of motor vehicles. Connecticut's motor vehicle I/M program does, however, contain requirements for drivers. EPA previously approved Connecticut's I/M program into the SIP on December 5, 2008 (73 FR 74019). This program requires biennial inspections for all subject motor vehicles that are at least four years old. Connecticut's I/M program covers all gasoline and diesel vehicles, light duty trucks, and heavy duty vehicles that are 25 years old and newer and registered in the State. In today's action, EPA is approving a minor amendment to that program. Specifically, composite vehicles are being exempted from I/M program testing. As explained in EPA's NPR, this exemption would exempt only 100 vehicles from Connecticut's I/M program which applies to approximately 1,959,000 vehicles, and will not have significant air quality impacts. Other aspects of Connecticut's I/M program including the periodic inspection requirement remain as approved by EPA on December 5, 2008 (73 FR 74019).
EPA is approving Connecticut's Low Emission Vehicle Program as a revision to the Connecticut SIP. Specifically, EPA is incorporating into the SIP Regulations of Connecticut State Agencies (RCSA) section 22a-174-36b entitled “Low Emission Vehicles II Program,” effective in the State of Connecticut on August 10, 2009.
EPA is also approving Connecticut's revised Motor Vehicle Inspection and Maintenance Program as a revision to the Connecticut SIP. Specifically, EPA is incorporating into the SIP Regulations of Connecticut State Agencies (RCSA) section 22a-174-27 entitled “Emission standards and on-board diagnostic II test requirements for periodic motor vehicle inspection and maintenance,” effective in the State of Connecticut on August 10, 2009.
Under the Clean Air Act, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the Clean Air Act. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993);
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the Clean Air Act; and
• does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, this rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), because the SIP is not approved to apply in Indian country located in the state, and EPA notes that it will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by May 18, 2015. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. (See section 307(b)(2).)
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Carbon monoxide, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Lead, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides, Volatile organic compounds.
Part 52 of chapter I, title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(c) * * *
(98) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) * * *
(
(105) Revisions to the State Implementation Plan submitted by the Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection on January 22, 2010.
(i) Incorporation by reference.
(A) Regulations of Connecticut State Agencies (RCSA) section 22a-174-36b entitled “Low Emission Vehicles II Program,”
(
(
(B) Regulations of Connecticut State Agencies (RCSA) section 22a-174-27 entitled “Emission standards and on-board diagnostic II test requirements for periodic motor vehicle inspection and maintenance,” effective August 10, 2009, revisions to Section 22a-174-27 (b), as published in the Connecticut Law Journal on September 8, 2009.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Final rule.
The Assistant Administrator (AA) for Fisheries, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), on behalf of the International Pacific Halibut Commission (IPHC), publishes annual management measures governing the Pacific halibut fishery recommended as regulations by the IPHC and accepted by the Secretary of State. This action is intended to enhance the conservation of Pacific
The IPHC's 2015 annual management measures are effective March 13, 2015. The 2015 management measures are effective until superseded.
Additional requests for information regarding this action may be obtained by contacting the International Pacific Halibut Commission, 2320 W. Commodore Way Suite 300, Seattle, WA 98199-1287; or Sustainable Fisheries Division, NMFS Alaska Region, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802, Attn: Ellen Sebastian, Records Officer; or Sustainable Fisheries Division, NMFS West Coast Region, 7600 Sand Point Way NE., Seattle, WA 98115. This final rule also is accessible via the Internet at the Federal eRulemaking portal at
For waters off Alaska, Glenn Merrill or Julie Scheurer, 907-586-7228; or, for waters off the U.S. West Coast, Sarah Williams, 206-526-4646.
The IPHC has recommended regulations which would govern the Pacific halibut fishery in 2015, pursuant to the Convention between Canada and the United States for the Preservation of the Halibut Fishery of the North Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea (Convention), signed at Ottawa, Ontario, on March 2, 1953, as amended by a Protocol Amending the Convention (signed at Washington, DC, on March 29, 1979).
As provided by the Northern Pacific Halibut Act of 1982 (Halibut Act) at 16 U.S.C. 773b, the Secretary of State, with the concurrence of the Secretary of Commerce, may accept or reject, on behalf of the United States, regulations recommended by the IPHC in accordance with the Convention (Halibut Act, Sections 773-773k). The Secretary of State of the United States, with the concurrence of the Secretary of Commerce, accepted the 2015 IPHC regulations as provided by the Halibut Act at 16 U.S.C. 773-773k.
The Halibut Act provides the Secretary of Commerce with the authority and general responsibility to carry out the requirements of the Convention and the Halibut Act. The Regional Fishery Management Councils may develop, and the Secretary of Commerce may implement, regulations governing harvesting privileges among U.S. fishermen in U.S. waters that are in addition to, and not in conflict with, approved IPHC regulations. The NPFMC has exercised this authority most notably in developing halibut management programs for three fisheries that harvest halibut in Alaska: the subsistence, sport, and commercial fisheries.
Subsistence and sport halibut fishery regulations are codified at 50 CFR part 300. Commercial halibut fisheries in Alaska are subject to the Individual Fishing Quota (IFQ) Program and Community Development Quota (CDQ) Program (50 CFR part 679), and the area-specific catch sharing plans.
The IPHC apportions catch limits for the Pacific halibut fishery among regulatory areas (Figure 1): Area 2A (Oregon, Washington, and California), Area 2B (British Columbia), Area 2C (Southeast Alaska), Area 3A (Central Gulf of Alaska), Area 3B (Western Gulf of Alaska), and Area 4 (subdivided into 5 areas, 4A-4E, in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands of Western Alaska).
The NPFMC implemented a catch sharing plan (CSP) among commercial IFQ and CDQ halibut fisheries in IPHC Areas 4C, 4D and 4E (Area 4, Western Alaska) through rulemaking, and the Secretary of State approved the plan on March 20, 1996 (61 FR 11337). The Area 4 CSP regulations were codified at 50 CFR 300.65, and were amended on March 17, 1998 (63 FR 13000). New annual regulations pertaining to the Area 4 CSP also may be implemented through IPHC action, subject to acceptance by the Secretary of State.
The NPFMC recommended and NMFS implemented through rulemaking a CSP for guided sport (charter) and commercial IFQ halibut fisheries in IPHC Area 2C and Area 3A on January 13, 2014 (78 FR 75844, December 12, 2013). The Area 2C and 3A CSP regulations are codified at 50 CFR 300.65. The CSP defines an annual process for allocating halibut between the commercial and charter fisheries so that each sector's allocation varies in proportion to halibut abundance; specifies a public process for setting annual management measures; and authorizes limited annual leases of commercial IFQ for use in the charter fishery as guided angler fish (GAF).
The IPHC held its annual meeting in Vancouver, British Columbia, January 26-30, 2015, and recommended a number of changes to the previous IPHC regulations (79 FR 13906, March 12, 2014). The Secretary of State accepted the annual management measures, including the following changes to the previous IPHC regulations for 2015:
1. New halibut catch limits in all regulatory areas in Section 11;
2. New commercial halibut fishery opening and closing dates in Section 8;
3. New management measures for Area 2C and Area 3A guided sport fisheries in Section 28, and in Figure 3 and Figure 4; and
4. Addition of California Division of Fish and Wildlife to the list of officers authorized to enforce these regulations in Section 3.
Pursuant to regulations at 50 CFR 300.62, the 2015 IPHC annual management measures are published in the
The IPHC recommended to the governments of Canada and the United States catch limits for 2015 totaling 29,223,000 lb (13,255 mt). The IPHC recommended area-specific catch limits for 2015 that were higher than 2014 in most of its management areas except Area 3B, where catch limits were reduced, and Areas 4B and 4CDE where catch limits remained at the same level as in 2014. The IPHC is responding to stock challenges with a risk-based precautionary approach and a review of the current harvest policy to ensure the best possible advice. A description of the process the IPHC used to set these catch limits follows.
As in 2012 and 2013, the 2014 stock assessment was based on an ensemble of models incorporating the uncertainty within each model as well as the uncertainty among models. This approach provides a stronger basis for risk assessment of specific management measures that may be recommended by the IPHC. There were two new additions to this year's ensemble of models: The use of long and short time-series models treating Areas As Fleets (AAF). The two AAF models considered this year assess the halibut population as a coastwide stock, while allowing for region-specific variations in the selectivity and catchability in the treatment of survey and fishery information. The AAF approach is a commonly applied stock assessment method for dealing with populations showing evidence of spatial structure, but without explicitly
The assessment indicates that the Pacific halibut stock declined continuously from the late 1990s to around 2010. That trend is estimated to have been a result of decreasing size at age as well as smaller recruitments than those observed through the 1980s and 1990s. In recent years, the estimated female spawning biomass appears to have stabilized near 200 million pounds. Overall, the ensemble models project a stable halibut biomass in the next 3 years at current harvest rates. The AAF models project a slight increase in halibut biomass in the next 3 years at current harvest rates.
As in 2014, and as part of an ongoing effort to provide Commissioners with greater flexibility when selecting catch limits, in January 2015 IPHC staff provided a decision table that estimates the consequences to stock and fishery status and trends from different levels of harvest. This decision table more fully accommodates uncertainty in the stock status and allowed the Commissioners to weigh the risk and benefits of management choices as they set the annual catch limits. After considering harvest advice for 2015 from its scientific staff, Canadian and U.S. harvesters and processors, and other fishery agencies, the IPHC recommended catch limits for 2015 to the U.S. and Canadian governments (see Table 1 below).
The IPHC recommended higher catch limits than 2014 for Areas 2A, 2B, and 2C because the stock assessment survey and fishery weight per unit effort (WPUE) estimates indicate a stable and upward trend in exploitable biomass in these areas. The IPHC recommended the higher catch limits in Areas 2A, 2B, and 2C than would result from the application of the IPHC's adopted harvest policy. The IPHC made these catch limit recommendations after considering the low risk of an adverse impact on the halibut stock from the recommended catch limits in Areas 2A, 2B, and 2C, and the favorable survey and fishery trends in these areas.
The IPHC recommended a more precautionary approach to their catch limit recommendations for Areas 3A and 3B relative to Areas 2A, 2B, and 2C. The IPHC recommended catch limits that were consistent with the IPHCs adopted harvest policy in Areas 3A and 3B. The IPHC noted that the catch limit recommendations in Areas 3A and 3B are precautionary and catch limits greater than the adopted harvest policy were not warranted given downward trends in exploitable biomass and WPUE in these areas. The catch limit in Area 3A increased slightly relative to 2014 due to increased biomass estimates in Area 3A. The catch limit in Area 3B decreased slightly relative to 2014 due to decreased biomass estimates in Area 3B.
The IPHC recommended a catch limit for Area 4A that was higher than the 2014 limit. The IPHC-recommended catch limit in Area 4A is consistent with the IPHC's adopted harvest policy in this area. The IPHC did not recommend a catch limit amount in Area 4A greater than its adopted harvest policy in this area because the stock trends in this area are uncertain and a more precautionary approach to management is appropriate. Specifically, the survey trends in Area 4A show an increased biomass, but the commercial WPUE decreased in 2014.
The IPHC recommended a catch limit for Area 4B that was the same as that adopted in 2014. The IPHC recommended a catch limit in Area 4B that is slightly higher than that which would result from application of its adopted harvest policy in Area 4B. The IPHC made this catch limit recommendation after considering the low risk of an adverse impact on the halibut stock from the recommended catch limit in Area 4B, and the after considering the adverse socioeconomic impact that could result from a catch limit that was lower than that provided in 2014.
Similarly, the IPHC recommended a catch limit for Areas 4CDE that is the same as that adopted in 2014. The IPHC recommended a catch limit in Areas 4CDE that is higher than that which would result from application of its adopted harvest policy in Areas 4CDE. The IPHC made this catch limit recommendation after considering the low risk of an adverse impact on the halibut stock from the recommended catch limit in Areas 4CDE, and the after considering the adverse socioeconomic impact that could result from a catch limit that was lower than that provided in 2014. The IPHC also noted that overall stock trends in Area 4CDE from the fishery survey show an increasing biomass. The IPHC also considered ongoing efforts by the North Pacific groundfish fleet to reduce the amount of halibut mortality from bycatch, particularly in Areas 4CDE, during 2014 and 2015. The IPHC noted that reduced bycatch mortality in 2015 is likely to provide additional harvest opportunities for the commercial fishery in the future. Overall, the IPHC's catch limit recommendations for 2015 are projected to result in a stable or slightly increasing halibut stock in the future.
The opening date for the tribal commercial fishery in Area 2A and for the commercial halibut fisheries in Areas 2B through 4E is March 14, 2015. The date takes into account a number of factors, including the timing of halibut migration and spawning, marketing for seasonal holidays, and interest in getting product to processing plants before the herring season opens. The closing date for the halibut fisheries is November 7, 2015. This date takes into account the anticipated time required to fully harvest the commercial halibut catch limits while providing adequate time for IPHC staff to review the complete record of 2015 commercial catch data for use in the 2016 stock assessment process.
In the Area 2A non-treaty directed commercial fishery the IPHC recommended seven 10-hour fishing periods. Each fishing period shall begin at 0800 hours and terminate at 1800 hours local time on June 24, July 8, July 22, August 5, August 19, September 2, and September 16, 2015, unless the IPHC specifies otherwise. These 10-hour openings will occur until the quota is taken and the fishery is closed.
The NMFS West Coast Region published a proposed rule for changes to the Pacific Halibut Catch Sharing Plan for Area 2A off Washington, Oregon, and California on February 3, 2015 (80 FR 5719), with public comments accepted through March 5, 2015. A separate final rule will be published to approve changes to the Area 2A CSP and to implement the portions of the CSP and management measures that are not implemented through the IPHC annual management measures that are published in this final rule. These measures include the sport fishery allocations and management measures for Area 2A. Once published, the final rule implementing the Area 2A CSP will be available on the NOAA Fisheries West Coast Region's Web site at
In 2014, NMFS implemented a CSP for Area 2C and Area 3A. The CSP defines an annual process for allocating halibut between the charter and commercial fisheries in Area 2C and Area 3A, and establishes allocations for each fishery. To allow flexibility for individual commercial and charter fishery participants, the CSP also authorizes annual transfers of commercial halibut IFQ as guided angler fish (GAF) to charter halibut permit holders for harvest in the charter fishery. Under the CSP, the IPHC recommends combined catch limits (CCLs) for the charter and commercial halibut fisheries in Area 2C and Area 3A. Each CCL includes estimates of discard mortality (wastage) for each fishery. The CSP was implemented to achieve the halibut fishery management goals of the NPFMC. More information is provided in the proposed (78 FR 39122, June, 28, 2013) and final (78 FR 75844, December 12, 2013) rules implementing the CSP. Implementing regulations for the CSP are at 50 CFR 300.65. The Area 2C and Area 3A CSP allocation tables are located in Tables 1 through 4 of subpart E of 50 CFR part 300.
The IPHC recommended a CCL of 4,650,000 lb (2,109.2 mt) for Area 2C. Following the CSP allocations in Tables 1 and 3 of subpart E of 50 CFR part 300, the commercial fishery is allocated 81.7 percent or 3,799,000 lb (1,723.2 mt), and the charter fishery is allocated 18.3 percent or 851,000 lb (386.0 mt) of the CCL (rounded to the nearest 1,000 lb). Wastage in the amount of 120,000 lb (54.4 mt) was deducted from the commercial allocation to obtain the commercial catch limit of 3,679,000 lb (1,668.8 mt). The charter allocation for 2015 is about 90,000 lb (40.8 mt), or 11.8 percent greater than the charter sector allocation of 761,000 lb (345.2 mt) in 2014.
The IPHC recommended a CCL of 10,100,000 lb (4,581.3 mt) for Area 3A. Following the CSP allocations in Tables 2 and 4 of subpart E of 50 CFR part 300, the commercial fishery is allocated the difference of the CCL and a fixed 1,890,000 lb (857.3 mt) for the charter fishery. The commercial fishery is therefore allocated 8,210,000 lb (3,724.0 mt), and the charter fishery is allocated 1,890,000 lb (857.3 mt). Discard mortality in the amount of 420,000 lb (190.5 mt) was deducted from the commercial allocation to obtain the commercial catch limit of 7,790,000 lb (3,533.5 mt). The charter allocation increased by about 108,000 lb (49.0 mt), or 6.1 percent, from the 2014 allocation of 1,782,000 lb (808.3 mt).
The NPFMC formed the Charter Halibut Management Implementation Committee to provide it with recommendations for annual management measures intended to limit charter harvest to the charter catch limit while minimizing negative economic impacts to the charter fishery participants in times of low halibut abundance. The committee is composed of representatives from the charter fishing industry in Areas 2C and 3A. The committee selected management measures for further analysis from a suite of alternatives that were presented in October 2014. After reviewing an analysis of the effects of the alternative measures on estimated charter removals, the committee recommended its preferred management measures to the NPFMC for 2015. The NPFMC recommended the committee's preferred measures to recommend to the IPHC, and the IPHC took action consistent with the NPFMC's recommendations. The NPFMC has used this process to select and recommend annual management measures to the IPHC since 2012.
The IPHC recognizes the role of the NPFMC to develop policy and regulations that allocate the Pacific halibut resource among fishermen in and off Alaska, and that NMFS has developed numerous regulations to support the NPFMC's goals of limiting charter harvests over the past several years. The IPHC concluded that additional restrictions were necessary for 2015 to limit the Area 2C and Area 3A charter halibut fisheries to their charter catch limits under the CSP, to achieve the IPHC's overall conservation objective to limit total halibut harvests to established catch limits, and to meet the NPFMC's allocation objectives for these areas. The IPHC determined that limiting charter harvests by implementing the management measures discussed below would meet these objectives.
Total charter removals in Area 2C exceeded the 2014 charter allocation by about 109,677 lb (49.7 mt) or 14 percent. The method used to forecast harvest for 2015 was changed to better account for trends, and the harvest forecast for 2015 is higher than the preliminary estimate for 2014.
The preliminary estimate of charter wastage (release mortality) in 2014 represented about 5.5 percent of the directed harvest amount. Therefore, projected charter harvest for 2015 was inflated by 5.5 percent to account for all charter removals in the selection of annual management measures for Area 2C.
Changes in management measures are required to manage total charter removals, including wastage, in Area 2C within the 2015 allocation. Therefore, the 2015 reverse slot limit is more restrictive to limit charter removals in Area 2C within the allocation under the CSP of 851,000 lb (386.0 mt). This final rule amends the 2014 measures applicable to the charter vessel fishery in Area 2C.
For 2015, the IPHC recommended a management measure that prohibits a person on board a charter vessel referred to in 50 CFR 300.65 and fishing in Area 2C from taking or possessing any halibut, with head on, that is greater than 42 inches (107 cm) and less than 80 inches (203 cm), as measured in a straight line, passing over the pectoral fin from the tip of the lower jaw with mouth closed, to the extreme end of the middle of the tail. This type of restriction is referred to as a “reverse slot limit.” The 2014 reverse slot limit prohibited retention by charter anglers of halibut that were greater than 44 inches (112 cm) and less than 76 inches (193 cm).
Charter removals in Area 3A in 2014 exceeded the charter allocation by 413,374 lb (187.5 mt), or 23 percent, primarily because the halibut that were caught and retained by charter anglers were larger on average than predicted for the size limit. The estimation error for average weight was factored into the analysis of potential management measures for 2015.
The preliminary estimate of charter wastage in 2014 represented less than 2 percent of the directed harvest amount. The projected charter harvest for 2015 was increased by 2 percent to account for total charter removals in the selection of appropriate annual management measures for Area 3A for 2015.
This final rule amends the 2014 management measures applicable to the charter halibut fishery in Area 3A. The NPFMC and IPHC considered 2014 information on charter removals and the projections of charter harvest for 2015. Despite the increased allocation for 2015, the NPFMC and IPHC determined that changes to the 2014 Area 3A management measures are necessary to manage total charter removals, including wastage, within the 2015 allocation.
For 2015, the IPHC recommended the following management measures for Area 3A: (1) A two-fish bag limit with a 29-inch size limit on one of the halibut; (2) A one trip per day limit; (3) a day-of-week closure; and (4) an annual limit. Each of these management measures is described in more detail below. The size and trip limit regulations were in place in 2014, but the day-of-week closure and annual limit measures are new for 2015.
The 2015 charter halibut fishery in Area 3A will be managed under a two-fish daily bag limit in which one of the retained halibut may be of any size and one of the retained halibut must be 29 inches (74 cm) total length or less. The NPFMC and the IPHC recommended the 2014 daily bag and size limit in Area 3A for 2015 to maintain similar angling opportunities to previous years. This daily bag and size limit will be combined with additional restrictions to limit charter halibut removals to the 2015 allocation.
In 2014, charter vessels were limited to one charter halibut fishing trip in which halibut were retained per calendar day in Area 3A. The one-trip per day limit will remain in place in Area 3A for 2015. If no halibut are retained during a charter vessel fishing trip, the vessel may take an additional trip to catch and retain halibut that day. The trip limit applies to vessels only, not to charter halibut permits. A charter operator may use more than one vessel to take more than one charter vessel fishing trip using the same charter halibut permit per day. Trip limits will affect only a small number of charter operators and allows the size of the size-restricted fish in the daily bag limit to be maximized for the entire charter fleet in Area 3A. Without a trip limit, a more restrictive size or bag limit might have been necessary to achieve harvest targets.
Currently, charter operators in Area 3A are able to conduct a single trip over two calendar days by remaining at sea overnight because, according to the Federal definition at 50 CFR 300.61, a charter vessel fishing trip does not end until clients or halibut are offloaded. This practice allows retention of two daily halibut limits on a single trip. Additionally, the charter operator could start another trip on the same day that the previous trip ended because a complete trip had not occurred on a single calendar day; thereby circumventing the trip limit. The committee and the NPFMC requested that the trip limit annual management measures recommended by the IPHC and implemented in this regulation be reworded to reflect their original intent for this measure. This regulation provides that clarification.
For purposes of the trip limit in Area 3A in 2015, a charter vessel fishing trip will end when anglers or halibut are offloaded, or at the end of the calendar day, whichever occurs first. Charter operators will still be able to conduct overnight trips and harvest a bag limit of halibut on each calendar day, but they will not be allowed to begin another overnight trip until the day after the trip ended. For example, if an overnight trip started on a Monday and ended on a Tuesday, and charter vessel anglers harvested halibut on Monday and Tuesday, the charter operator would not be able to start another charter vessel fishing trip on that vessel until Wednesday. Alternatively, charter anglers could harvest halibut on the first calendar day of an overnight trip, but not the second, allowing the guide to embark on another overnight trip on the second day. GAF halibut are exempt from the trip limit; therefore, GAF could be used to harvest halibut on a second trip in a day, but only if exclusively GAF halibut were harvested on that trip. For example, if an overnight trip started on a Monday and anglers harvested halibut on Monday, they could harvest GAF on Tuesday, allowing the charter operator to start another charter vessel fishing trip on Tuesday on the same charter vessel and charter vessel anglers to harvest halibut on Tuesday.
The NPFMC and the IPHC recommended a day-of-week closure for Area 3A in 2015. No retention of halibut by charter vessel anglers will be allowed in Area 3A on Thursdays beginning June 15 through August 31 (
Charter vessel anglers will be limited to harvesting no more than five halibut on charter vessel fishing trips in Area 3A during a calendar year. This limit applies only to halibut caught aboard charter vessels in Area 3A. Halibut harvested while unguided fishing, fishing in other IPHC regulatory areas, or harvested as GAF will not accrue toward the annual limit.
NMFS published a proposed rule on December 3, 2014 (79 FR 71729), to revise Federal regulations for charter halibut fishing in Areas 2C and 3A. The proposed revisions were recommended by the NPFMC under authority of the Northern Pacific Halibut Act of 1982 at 16 U.S.C. 773b. The proposed rule would align Federal regulations with State of Alaska regulations, would clarify the intent of the NPFMC and NMFS for management of charter halibut fisheries in Alaska, and would facilitate enforcement and clarify recordkeeping and reporting requirements for the charter halibut fishery. The proposed rule is available on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site at
Current Federal charter fishing regulations do not apply to a small number of businesses that offer guide-assisted sport fishing services in which guides provide assistance to halibut anglers, likely for compensation, from adjacent vessels or shore. Under current Federal regulations, a person providing assistance to an angler during a fishing trip, and who is not on board the vessel with the anglers, is not providing sport fishing guide services. As a result, persons providing guide-assisted sport fishing services are not required to have charter halibut permits as required by the charter halibut limited access program regulations at 50 CFR 300.67. In addition, anglers receiving assistance during the fishing trip from a guide who is not on board the same vessel are not subject to regulations that limit guided anglers to more restrictive daily bag and size limits that are intended to limit charter removals to allocations specified by the NPFMC's CSP for Area 2C and Area 3A. The proposed rule is primarily intended to clarify that (1) “guide-assisted” sport fishing services for halibut would be managed under Federal charter fishery regulations, and (2) halibut harvested by a guide-assisted angler would accrue toward charter allocations.
In recommending the proposed revisions to Federal regulations, the NPFMC specified that guide-assisted sport fishing services for halibut are a
Once implemented, this rule will revise several Federal regulations and definitions pertaining to charter fishing for halibut. Some revisions to the IPHC annual management measures are also necessary to facilitate compliance and enforcement. First, NMFS proposed adding an annual management measures to section 28(1) to require all halibut harvested on a charter vessel fishing trip to be retained on board the vessel on which it was caught until the end of a charter vessel fishing trip. This requirement will prevent charter vessel anglers without a guide on board the vessel from transferring their catch to another vessel for processing, and is necessary for enforcement of bag and size limits. Second, NMFS proposed revising the IPHC definition of “charter vessel” at Section 3 to specify that, for Alaska, a charter vessel means a vessel used while providing or receiving sport fishing guide services for halibut. This change does not alter the definition of charter vessel as it applies to other IPHC regulatory areas, while making the definition more consistent with the proposed Federal definition for Alaska. Third, minor technical revisions would be made to maintain consistency with Federal and State of Alaska sport fishing regulations. Fourth, section 25(7) will be revised to clarify that the charter vessel guide shall be held liable for any violations of annual management measures committed by an angler on a charter vessel, whether the guide is on board the vessel with the angler or on a separate vessel. And finally, this rule would implement a Federal regulation requiring carcass-retention that duplicates annual management measures at 28(2)(d) and 28(3)(d). This change is discussed in the next section. The IPHC recommended that these changes be made to the annual management measures.
Current IPHC regulations prohibit the filleting, mutilation, or other disfigurement of sport-caught halibut that would prevent the determination of the size or number of halibut possessed or landed. The IPHC first implemented a carcass-retention requirement in 2011 for Area 2C at section 28(2)(b) requiring that a person on board a charter vessel who possesses filleted halibut must also retain the entire carcass, with head and tail connected as a single piece, on board the vessel until all the fillets are offloaded. This regulation was implemented in Area 2C to facilitate enforcement of maximum size limits and reverse slot limits in that area. The IPHC recommended a carcass-retention requirement in Area 3A in 2014 at section 28(3)(d) to facilitate enforcement of the 29-inch maximum size limit on one of the two fish. In 2015, anglers in Area 3A are required to retain only the carcass of the halibut that is less than the 29-inch maximum size limit if two halibut are retained. If an angler only retained one halibut in a day, the carcass need not be retained.
The IPHC recommended removing the carcass-retention requirements from the IPHC annual management measures when a carcass-retention requirement is implemented through Federal regulations. NMFS has proposed a carcass-retention requirement through Federal regulation in the sport fishing guide services proposed rule (79 FR 71729, December 3, 2014). This Federal regulation would be effective upon publication of the sport fishing guide services final rule. Because the final rule affecting sport fishing guide services has not yet been published and will not be effective prior to the publication of these annual management measures, the carcass-retention requirements will be retained in these IPHC management measures for 2015, and will be removed next year, if applicable, after the sport fishing guide services final rule has become effective. This will ensure that the carcass-retention requirement is in effect for the 2015 charter fishing season.
The following annual management measures for the 2015 Pacific halibut fishery are those recommended by the IPHC and accepted by the Secretary of State, with the concurrence of the Secretary.
These Regulations may be cited as the Pacific Halibut Fishery Regulations.
(1) These Regulations apply to persons and vessels fishing for halibut in, or possessing halibut taken from, the maritime area as defined in Section 3.
(2) Sections 3 to 6 apply generally to all halibut fishing.
(3) Sections 7 to 20 apply to commercial fishing for halibut.
(4) Section 21 applies to tagged halibut caught by any vessel.
(5) Section 22 applies to the United States treaty Indian fishery in Subarea 2A-1.
(6) Section 23 applies to customary and traditional fishing in Alaska.
(7) Section 24 applies to Aboriginal groups fishing for food, social and ceremonial purposes in British Columbia.
(8) Sections 25 to 28 apply to sport fishing for halibut.
(9) These Regulations do not apply to fishing operations authorized or conducted by the Commission for research purposes.
(1) In these Regulations,
(a) “authorized officer” means any State, Federal, or Provincial officer authorized to enforce these Regulations including, but not limited to, the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), Canada's Department of Fisheries and Oceans (DFO), Alaska Wildlife Troopers (AWT), United States Coast Guard (USCG), Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW), the Oregon State Police (OSP), and California Department of Fish and Wildlife (CDFW);
(b) “authorized clearance personnel” means an authorized officer of the United States, a representative of the Commission, or a designated fish processor;
(c) “charter vessel” outside of Alaska waters means a vessel used for hire in sport fishing for halibut, but not including a vessel without a hired operator, and in Alaska waters means a vessel used while providing or receiving sport fishing guide services for halibut;
(d) “commercial fishing” means fishing, the resulting catch of which is sold or bartered; or is intended to be sold or bartered, other than (i) Sport fishing, (ii) treaty Indian ceremonial and subsistence fishing as referred to in section 22, (iii) customary and traditional fishing as referred to in section 23 and defined by and regulated pursuant to NMFS regulations published at 50 CFR part 300, and (iv) Aboriginal groups fishing in British Columbia as referred to in section 24;
(e) “Commission” means the International Pacific Halibut Commission;
(f) “daily bag limit” means the maximum number of halibut a person may take in any calendar day from Convention waters;
(g) “fishing” means the taking, harvesting, or catching of fish, or any activity that can reasonably be expected to result in the taking, harvesting, or catching of fish, including specifically the deployment of any amount or component part of setline gear anywhere in the maritime area;
(h) “fishing period limit” means the maximum amount of halibut that may be retained and landed by a vessel during one fishing period;
(i) “land” or “offload” with respect to halibut, means the removal of halibut from the catching vessel;
(j) “license” means a halibut fishing license issued by the Commission pursuant to section 4;
(k) “maritime area”, in respect of the fisheries jurisdiction of a Contracting Party, includes without distinction areas within and seaward of the territorial sea and internal waters of that Party;
(l) “net weight” of a halibut means the weight of halibut that is without gills and entrails, head-off, washed, and without ice and slime. If a halibut is weighed with the head on or with ice and slime, the required conversion factors for calculating net weight are a 2 percent deduction for ice and slime and a 10 percent deduction for the head;
(m) “operator”, with respect to any vessel, means the owner and/or the master or other individual on board and in charge of that vessel;
(n) “overall length” of a vessel means the horizontal distance, rounded to the nearest foot, between the foremost part of the stem and the aftermost part of the stern (excluding bowsprits, rudders, outboard motor brackets, and similar fittings or attachments);
(o) “person” includes an individual, corporation, firm, or association;
(p) “regulatory area” means an area referred to in section 6;
(q) “setline gear” means one or more stationary, buoyed, and anchored lines with hooks attached;
(r) “sport fishing” means all fishing other than (i) commercial fishing, (ii) treaty Indian ceremonial and subsistence fishing as referred to in section 22, (iii) customary and traditional fishing as referred to in section 23 and defined in and regulated pursuant to NMFS regulations published in 50 CFR part 300, and iv) Aboriginal groups fishing in British Columbia as referred to in section 24;
(s) “tender” means any vessel that buys or obtains fish directly from a catching vessel and transports it to a port of landing or fish processor;
(t) “VMS transmitter” means a NMFS-approved vessel monitoring system transmitter that automatically determines a vessel's position and transmits it to a NMFS-approved communications service provider.
(2) In these Regulations, all bearings are true and all positions are determined by the most recent charts issued by the United States National Ocean Service or the Canadian Hydrographic Service.
(1) No person shall fish for halibut from a vessel, nor possess halibut on board a vessel, used either for commercial fishing or as a charter vessel in Area 2A, unless the Commission has issued a license valid for fishing in Area 2A in respect of that vessel.
(2) A license issued for a vessel operating in Area 2A shall be valid only for operating either as a charter vessel or a commercial vessel, but not both.
(3) A vessel with a valid Area 2A commercial license cannot be used to sport fish for Pacific halibut in Area 2A.
(4) A license issued for a vessel operating in the commercial fishery in Area 2A shall be valid for one of the following:
(a) the directed commercial fishery during the fishing periods specified in paragraph (2) of section 8 and the incidental commercial fishery during the sablefish fishery specified in paragraph (3) of section 8;
(b) the incidental catch fishery during the sablefish fishery specified in paragraph (3) of section 8; or
(c) the incidental catch fishery during the salmon troll fishery specified in paragraph (4) of section 8.
(5) No person may apply for or be issued a license for a vessel operating in the incidental catch fishery during the salmon troll fishery in paragraph (4)(c), if that vessel was previously issued a license for either the directed commercial fishery in paragraph (4)(a) or the incidental catch fishery during the sablefish fishery in paragraph (4)(b).
(6) A license issued in respect to a vessel referred to in paragraph (1) of this section must be carried on board that vessel at all times and the vessel operator shall permit its inspection by any authorized officer.
(7) The Commission shall issue a license in respect to a vessel, without fee, from its office in Seattle, Washington, upon receipt of a completed, written, and signed “Application for Vessel License for the Halibut Fishery” form.
(8) A vessel operating in the directed commercial fishery in Area 2A must have its “Application for Vessel License for the Halibut Fishery” form postmarked no later than 11:59 p.m. on April 30, or on the first weekday in May if April 30 is a Saturday or Sunday.
(9) A vessel operating in the incidental catch fishery during the sablefish fishery in Area 2A must have its “Application for Vessel License for the Halibut Fishery” form postmarked no later than 11:59 p.m. on March 15, or the next weekday in March if March 15 is a Saturday or Sunday.
(10) A vessel operating in the incidental catch fishery during the salmon troll fishery in Area 2A must have its “Application for Vessel License for the Halibut Fishery” form postmarked no later than 11:59 p.m. on March 15, or the next weekday in March if March 15 is a Saturday or Sunday.
(11) Application forms may be obtained from any authorized officer or from the Commission.
(12) Information on “Application for Vessel License for the Halibut Fishery” form must be accurate.
(13) The “Application for Vessel License for the Halibut Fishery” form shall be completed and signed by the vessel owner.
(14) Licenses issued under this section shall be valid only during the year in which they are issued.
(15) A new license is required for a vessel that is sold, transferred, renamed, or the documentation is changed.
(16) The license required under this section is in addition to any license, however designated, that is required under the laws of the United States or any of its States.
(17) The United States may suspend, revoke, or modify any license issued under this section under policies and procedures in Title 15, CFR part 904.
(1) The Commission is authorized to establish or modify regulations during the season after determining that such action:
(a) Will not result in exceeding the catch limit established preseason for each regulatory area;
(b) is consistent with the Convention between Canada and the United States of America for the Preservation of the Halibut Fishery of the Northern Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea, and applicable domestic law of either Canada or the United States; and
(c) is consistent, to the maximum extent practicable, with any domestic catch sharing plans or other domestic allocation programs developed by the United States or Canadian governments.
(2) In-season actions may include, but are not limited to, establishment or modification of the following:
(a) Closed areas;
(b) fishing periods;
(c) fishing period limits;
(d) gear restrictions;
(e) recreational bag limits;
(f) size limits; or
(g) vessel clearances.
(3) In-season changes will be effective at the time and date specified by the Commission.
(4) The Commission will announce in-season actions under this section by providing notice to major halibut processors; Federal, State, United States treaty Indian, and Provincial fishery officials; and the media.
The following areas shall be regulatory areas (see Figure 1) for the purposes of the Convention:
(1) Area 2A includes all waters off the states of California, Oregon, and Washington;
(2) Area 2B includes all waters off British Columbia;
(3) Area 2C includes all waters off Alaska that are east of a line running 340° true from Cape Spencer Light (58°11′56″ N. latitude, 136°38′26″ W. longitude) and south and east of a line running 205° true from said light;
(4) Area 3A includes all waters between Area 2C and a line extending from the most northerly point on Cape Aklek (57°41′15″ N. latitude, 155°35′00″ W. longitude) to Cape Ikolik (57°17′17″ N. latitude, 154°47′18″ W. longitude), then along the Kodiak Island coastline to Cape Trinity (56°44′50″ N. latitude, 154°08′44″ W. longitude), then 140° true;
(5) Area 3B includes all waters between Area 3A and a line extending 150° true from Cape Lutke (54°29′00″ N. latitude, 164°20′00″ W. longitude) and south of 54°49′00″ N. latitude in Isanotski Strait;
(6) Area 4A includes all waters in the Gulf of Alaska west of Area 3B and in the Bering Sea west of the closed area defined in section 10 that are east of 172°00′00″ W. longitude and south of 56°20′00″ N. latitude;
(7) Area 4B includes all waters in the Bering Sea and the Gulf of Alaska west of Area 4A and south of 56°20′00″ N. latitude;
(8) Area 4C includes all waters in the Bering Sea north of Area 4A and north of the closed area defined in section 10 which are east of 171°00′00″ W. longitude, south of 58°00′00″ N. latitude, and west of 168°00′00″ W. longitude;
(9) Area 4D includes all waters in the Bering Sea north of Areas 4A and 4B, north and west of Area 4C, and west of 168°00′00″ W. longitude; and
(10) Area 4E includes all waters in the Bering Sea north and east of the closed area defined in section 10, east of 168°00′00″ W. longitude, and south of 65°34′00″ N. latitude.
(1) Section 7 applies only to any person fishing, or vessel that is used to fish for, Area 4E Community Development Quota (CDQ) or Area 4D CDQ halibut, provided that the total annual halibut catch of that person or vessel is landed at a port within Area 4E or 4D.
(2) A person may retain halibut taken with setline gear in Area 4E CDQ and 4D CDQ fishery that are smaller than the size limit specified in section 13, provided that no person may sell or barter such halibut.
(3) The manager of a CDQ organization that authorizes persons to harvest halibut in the Area 4E or 4D CDQ fisheries must report to the Commission the total number and weight of undersized halibut taken and retained by such persons pursuant to section 7, paragraph (2). This report, which shall include data and methodology used to collect the data, must be received by the Commission prior to November 1 of the year in which such halibut were harvested.
(1) The fishing periods for each regulatory area apply where the catch limits specified in section 11 have not been taken.
(2) Each fishing period in the Area 2A directed commercial fishery
(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (7) of section 11, an incidental catch fishery
(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (2), and paragraph (7) of section 11, an incidental catch fishery is authorized during salmon troll seasons in Area 2A in accordance with regulations promulgated by NMFS. This fishery will occur between 1200 hours local time on March 14 and 1200 hours local time on November 7.
(5) The fishing period in Areas 2B, 2C, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, and 4E shall begin at 1200 hours local time on March 14 and terminate at 1200 hours local time on November 7, unless the Commission specifies otherwise.
(6) All commercial fishing for halibut in Areas 2A, 2B, 2C, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, and 4E shall cease at 1200 hours local time on November 7.
(1) No person shall engage in fishing for halibut in any regulatory area other than during the fishing periods set out in section 8 in respect of that area.
(2) No person shall land or otherwise retain halibut caught outside a fishing period applicable to the regulatory area where the halibut was taken.
(3) Subject to paragraphs (7), (8), (9), and (10) of section 19, these Regulations do not prohibit fishing for any species of fish other than halibut during the closed periods.
(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (3), no person shall have halibut in his/her possession while fishing for any other species of fish during the closed periods.
(5) No vessel shall retrieve any halibut fishing gear during a closed period if the vessel has any halibut on board.
(6) A vessel that has no halibut on board may retrieve any halibut fishing gear during the closed period after the operator notifies an authorized officer or representative of the Commission prior to that retrieval.
(7) After retrieval of halibut gear in accordance with paragraph (6), the vessel shall submit to a hold inspection at the discretion of the authorized officer or representative of the Commission.
(8) No person shall retain any halibut caught on gear retrieved in accordance with paragraph (6).
(9) No person shall possess halibut on board a vessel in a regulatory area during a closed period unless that vessel is in continuous transit to or within a port in which that halibut may be lawfully sold.
All waters in the Bering Sea north of 55°00´00″ N. latitude in Isanotski Strait that are enclosed by a line from Cape Sarichef Light (54°36′00″ N. latitude, 164°55′42″ W. longitude) to a point at 56°20′00″ N. latitude, 168°30′00″ W. longitude; thence to a point at 58°21′25″ N. latitude, 163°00′00″ W. longitude; thence to Strogonof Point (56°53′18″ N. latitude, 158°50′37″ W. longitude); and then along the northern coasts of the Alaska Peninsula and Unimak Island to the point of origin at Cape Sarichef Light are closed to halibut fishing and no person shall fish for halibut therein or have halibut in his/her possession while in those waters, except in the course of a continuous transit across those waters. All waters in Isanotski Strait between 55°00′00″ N. latitude and 54°49′00″ N. latitude are closed to halibut fishing.
(1) The total allowable catch of halibut to be taken during the halibut fishing periods specified in section 8 shall be limited to the net weights expressed in pounds or metric tons shown in the following table:
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), regulations pertaining to the division of the Area 2A catch limit between the directed commercial fishery and the incidental catch fishery as described in paragraph (4) of section 8 will be promulgated by NMFS and published in the
(3) The Commission shall determine and announce to the public the date on which the catch limit for Area 2A will be taken.
(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the commercial fishing in Area 2B will close only when all Individual Vessel Quotas (IVQs) assigned by DFO are taken, or November 7, whichever is earlier.
(5) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), Areas 2C, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, and 4E will each close only when all Individual Fishing Quotas (IFQ) and all CDQs issued by NMFS have been taken, or November 7, whichever is earlier.
(6) If the Commission determines that the catch limit specified for Area 2A in paragraph (1) would be exceeded in an unrestricted 10-hour fishing period as specified in paragraph (2) of section 8, the catch limit for that area shall be considered to have been taken unless fishing period limits are implemented.
(7) When under paragraphs (2), (3), and (6) the Commission has announced a date on which the catch limit for Area 2A will be taken, no person shall fish for halibut in that area after that date for the rest of the year, unless the Commission has announced the reopening of that area for halibut fishing.
(8) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the total allowable catch of halibut that may be taken in the Area 4E directed commercial fishery is equal to the combined annual catch limits specified for the Area 4D and Area 4E CDQ fisheries. The annual Area 4D CDQ catch limit will decrease by the equivalent amount of halibut CDQ taken in Area 4E in excess of the annual Area 4E CDQ catch limit.
(9) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the total allowable catch of halibut that may be taken in the Area 4D directed commercial fishery is equal to the combined annual catch limits specified for Area 4C and Area 4D. The annual Area 4C catch limit will decrease by the equivalent amount of halibut taken in Area 4D in excess of the annual Area 4D catch limit.
Area 2B includes combined commercial and sport catch limits that will be allocated by DFO.
(1) It shall be unlawful for any vessel to retain more halibut than authorized by that vessel's license in any fishing period for which the Commission has announced a fishing period limit.
(2) The operator of any vessel that fishes for halibut during a fishing period when fishing period limits are in effect must, upon commencing an offload of halibut to a commercial fish processor, completely offload all halibut on board said vessel to that processor and ensure that all halibut is weighed and reported on State fish tickets.
(3) The operator of any vessel that fishes for halibut during a fishing period when fishing period limits are in effect must, upon commencing an offload of halibut other than to a commercial fish processor, completely offload all halibut on board said vessel and ensure that all halibut are weighed and reported on State fish tickets.
(4) The provisions of paragraph (3) are not intended to prevent retail over-the-side sales to individual purchasers so long as all the halibut on board is ultimately offloaded and reported.
(5) When fishing period limits are in effect, a vessel's maximum retainable catch will be determined by the Commission based on:
(a) The vessel's overall length in feet and associated length class;
(b) The average performance of all vessels within that class; and
(c) The remaining catch limit.
(6) Length classes are shown in the following table:
(7) Fishing period limits in Area 2A apply only to the directed halibut fishery referred to in paragraph (2) of section 8.
(1) No person shall take or possess any halibut that:
(a) With the head on, is less than 32 inches (81.3 cm) as measured in a straight line, passing over the pectoral fin from the tip of the lower jaw with the mouth closed, to the extreme end of the middle of the tail, as illustrated in Figure 2; or
(b) With the head removed, is less than 24 inches (61.0 cm) as measured from the base of the pectoral fin at its most anterior point to the extreme end of the middle of the tail, as illustrated in Figure 2.
(2) No person on board a vessel fishing for, or tendering, halibut caught in Area 2A shall possess any halibut that has had its head removed.
(1) All halibut that are caught and are not retained shall be immediately released outboard of the roller and returned to the sea with a minimum of injury by:
(a) Hook straightening;
(b) Cutting the gangion near the hook; or
(c) Carefully removing the hook by twisting it from the halibut with a gaff.
(2) Except that paragraph (1) shall not prohibit the possession of halibut on board a vessel that has been brought aboard to be measured to determine if the minimum size limit of the halibut is met and, if sublegal-sized, is promptly returned to the sea with a minimum of injury.
(1) The operator of any vessel that fishes for halibut in Areas 4A, 4B, 4C, or 4D must obtain a vessel clearance before fishing in any of these areas, and before the landing of any halibut caught in any of these areas, unless specifically exempted in paragraphs (10), (13), (14), (15), or (16).
(2) An operator obtaining a vessel clearance required by paragraph (1) must obtain the clearance in person from the authorized clearance personnel and sign the IPHC form documenting that a clearance was obtained, except that when the clearance is obtained via VHF radio referred to in paragraphs (5), (8), and (9), the authorized clearance personnel must sign the IPHC form documenting that the clearance was obtained.
(3) The vessel clearance required under paragraph (1) prior to fishing in Area 4A may be obtained only at Nazan Bay on Atka Island, Dutch Harbor or Akutan, Alaska, from an authorized officer of the United States, a representative of the Commission, or a designated fish processor.
(4) The vessel clearance required under paragraph (1) prior to fishing in Area 4B may only be obtained at Nazan Bay on Atka Island or Adak, Alaska, from an authorized officer of the United States, a representative of the Commission, or a designated fish processor.
(5) The vessel clearance required under paragraph (1) prior to fishing in Area 4C or 4D may be obtained only at St. Paul or St. George, Alaska, from an authorized officer of the United States, a representative of the Commission, or a designated fish processor by VHF radio and allowing the person contacted to confirm visually the identity of the vessel.
(6) The vessel operator shall specify the specific regulatory area in which fishing will take place.
(7) Before unloading any halibut caught in Area 4A, a vessel operator may obtain the clearance required under paragraph (1) only in Dutch Harbor or Akutan, Alaska, by contacting an authorized officer of the United States, a representative of the Commission, or a designated fish processor.
(8) Before unloading any halibut caught in Area 4B, a vessel operator may obtain the clearance required under paragraph (1) only in Nazan Bay on Atka Island or Adak, by contacting an authorized officer of the United States, a representative of the Commission, or a designated fish processor by VHF radio or in person.
(9) Before unloading any halibut caught in Area 4C and 4D, a vessel operator may obtain the clearance required under paragraph (1) only in St. Paul, St. George, Dutch Harbor, or Akutan, Alaska, either in person or by contacting an authorized officer of the United States, a representative of the Commission, or a designated fish processor. The clearances obtained in St. Paul or St. George, Alaska, can be obtained by VHF radio and allowing the person contacted to confirm visually the identity of the vessel.
(10) Any vessel operator who complies with the requirements in section 18 for possessing halibut on board a vessel that was caught in more than one regulatory area in Area 4 is exempt from the clearance requirements of paragraph (1) of this section, provided that:
(a) The operator of the vessel obtains a vessel clearance prior to fishing in Area 4 in either Dutch Harbor, Akutan, St. Paul, St. George, Adak, or Nazan Bay on Atka Island by contacting an authorized officer of the United States, a representative of the Commission, or
(b) before unloading any halibut from Area 4, the vessel operator obtains a vessel clearance from Dutch Harbor, Akutan, St. Paul, St. George, Adak, or Nazan Bay on Atka Island by contacting an authorized officer of the United States, a representative of the Commission, or a designated fish processor. The clearance obtained in St. Paul or St. George can be obtained by VHF radio and allowing the person contacted to confirm visually the identity of the vessel. The clearance obtained in Adak or Nazan Bay on Atka Island can be obtained by VHF radio.
(11) Vessel clearances shall be obtained between 0600 and 1800 hours, local time.
(12) No halibut shall be on board the vessel at the time of the clearances required prior to fishing in Area 4.
(13) Any vessel that is used to fish for halibut only in Area 4A and lands its total annual halibut catch at a port within Area 4A is exempt from the clearance requirements of paragraph (1).
(14) Any vessel that is used to fish for halibut only in Area 4B and lands its total annual halibut catch at a port within Area 4B is exempt from the clearance requirements of paragraph (1).
(15) Any vessel that is used to fish for halibut only in Area 4C or 4D or 4E and lands its total annual halibut catch at a port within Area 4C, 4D, 4E, or the closed area defined in section 10, is exempt from the clearance requirements of paragraph (1).
(16) Any vessel that carries a transmitting VMS transmitter while fishing for halibut in Area 4A, 4B, 4C, or 4D and until all halibut caught in any of these areas is landed, is exempt from the clearance requirements of paragraph (1) of this section, provided that:
(a) The operator of the vessel complies with NMFS' vessel monitoring system regulations published at 50 CFR 679.28(f)(3), (4) and (5); and
(b) The operator of the vessel notifies NOAA Fisheries Office for Law Enforcement at 800-304-4846 (select option 1 to speak to an Enforcement Data Clerk) between the hours of 0600 and 0000 (midnight) local time within 72 hours before fishing for halibut in Area 4A, 4B, 4C, or 4D and receives a VMS confirmation number.
(1) The operator of any U.S. vessel fishing for halibut that has an overall length of 26 feet (7.9 meters) or greater shall maintain an accurate log of halibut fishing operations. The operator of a vessel fishing in waters in and off Alaska must use one of the following logbooks: the Groundfish/IFQ Daily Fishing Longline and Pot Gear Logbook provided by NMFS; the Alaska hook-and-line logbook provided by Petersburg Vessel Owners Association or Alaska Longline Fisherman's Association; the Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G) longline-pot logbook; or the logbook provided by IPHC. The operator of a vessel fishing in Area 2A must use either the Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW) Voluntary Sablefish Logbook, Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife (ODFW) Fixed Gear Logbook, or the logbook provided by IPHC.
(2) The logbook referred to in paragraph (1) must include the following information:
(a) The name of the vessel and the State (ADF&G, WDFW, ODFW, or California Department of Fish and Game) or Tribal vessel number;
(b) The date(s) upon which the fishing gear is set or retrieved;
(c) The latitude and longitude coordinates or a direction and distance from a point of land for each set or day;
(d) The number of skates deployed or retrieved, and number of skates lost; and
(e) The total weight or number of halibut retained for each set or day.
(3) The logbook referred to in paragraph (1) shall be:
(a) Maintained on board the vessel;
(b) Updated not later than 24 hours after 0000 (midnight) local time for each day fished and prior to the offloading or sale of halibut taken during that fishing trip;
(c) Retained for a period of two years by the owner or operator of the vessel;
(d) Open to inspection by an authorized officer or any authorized representative of the Commission upon demand; and
(e) Kept on board the vessel when engaged in halibut fishing, during transits to port of landing, and until the offloading of all halibut is completed.
(4) The log referred to in paragraph (1) does not apply to the incidental halibut fishery during the salmon troll season in Area 2A defined in paragraph (4) of section 8.
(5) The operator of any Canadian vessel fishing for halibut shall maintain an accurate log recorded in the British Columbia Integrated Groundfish Fishing Log provided by DFO.
(6) The logbook referred to in paragraph (5) must include the following information:
(a) The name of the vessel and the DFO vessel registration number;
(b) The date(s) upon which the fishing gear is set and retrieved;
(c) The latitude and longitude coordinates for each set;
(d) The number of skates deployed or retrieved, and number of skates lost; and
(e) The total weight or number of halibut retained for each set.
(7) The logbook referred to in paragraph (5) shall be:
(a) Maintained on board the vessel;
(b) Retained for a period of two years by the owner or operator of the vessel;
(c) Open to inspection by an authorized officer or any authorized representative of the Commission upon demand;
(d) Kept on board the vessel when engaged in halibut fishing, during transits to port of landing, and until the offloading of all halibut is completed;
(e) Mailed to the DFO (white copy) within seven days of offloading; and
(f) Mailed to the Commission (yellow copy) within seven days of the final offload if not collected by a Commission employee.
(8) No person shall make a false entry in a log referred to in this section.
(1) No person shall receive halibut caught in Area 2A from a United States vessel that does not have on board the license required by section 4.
(2) No person shall possess on board a vessel a halibut other than whole or with gills and entrails removed, except that this paragraph shall not prohibit the possession on board a vessel of:
(a) Halibut cheeks cut from halibut caught by persons authorized to process the halibut on board in accordance with NMFS regulations published at 50 CFR part 679;
(b) Fillets from halibut offloaded in accordance with section 17 that are possessed on board the harvesting vessel in the port of landing up to 1800 hours local time on the calendar day following the offload
(c) Halibut with their heads removed in accordance with section 13.
(3) No person shall offload halibut from a vessel unless the gills and entrails have been removed prior to offloading
(4) It shall be the responsibility of a vessel operator who lands halibut to continuously and completely offload at a single offload site all halibut on board the vessel.
(5) A registered buyer (as that term is defined in regulations promulgated by NMFS and codified at 50 CFR part 679) who receives halibut harvested in IFQ and CDQ fisheries in Areas 2C, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, and 4E, directly from the vessel operator that harvested such halibut must weigh all the halibut received and record the following information on Federal catch reports: date of offload; name of vessel; vessel number (State, Tribal or Federal, not IPHC vessel number); scale weight obtained at the time of offloading, including the scale weight (in pounds) of halibut purchased by the registered buyer, the scale weight (in pounds) of halibut offloaded in excess of the IFQ or CDQ, the scale weight of halibut (in pounds) retained for personal use or for future sale, and the scale weight (in pounds) of halibut discarded as unfit for human consumption.
(6) The first recipient, commercial fish processor, or buyer in the United States who purchases or receives halibut directly from the vessel operator that harvested such halibut must weigh and record all halibut received and record the following information on State fish tickets: the date of offload; vessel number (State, Tribal or Federal, not IPHC vessel number); total weight obtained at the time of offload including the weight (in pounds) of halibut purchased; the weight (in pounds) of halibut offloaded in excess of the IFQ, CDQ, or fishing period limits; the weight of halibut (in pounds) retained for personal use or for future sale; and the weight (in pounds) of halibut discarded as unfit for human consumption.
(7) The individual completing the State fish tickets for the Area 2A fisheries as referred to in paragraph (6) must additionally record whether the halibut weight is of head-on or head-off fish.
(8) For halibut landings made in Alaska, the requirements as listed in paragraph (5) and (6) can be met by recording the information in the Interagency Electronic Reporting Systems, eLandings in accordance with NMFS regulation published at 50 CFR part 679.
(9) The master or operator of a Canadian vessel that was engaged in halibut fishing must weigh and record all halibut on board said vessel at the time offloading commences and record on Provincial fish tickets or Federal catch reports the date; locality; name of vessel; the name(s) of the person(s) from whom the halibut was purchased; and the scale weight obtained at the time of offloading of all halibut on board the vessel including the pounds purchased, pounds in excess of IVQs, pounds retained for personal use, and pounds discarded as unfit for human consumption.
(10) No person shall make a false entry on a State or Provincial fish ticket or a Federal catch or landing report referred to in paragraphs (5), (6), and (9) of section 17.
(11) A copy of the fish tickets or catch reports referred to in paragraphs (5), (6), and (9) shall be:
(a) Retained by the person making them for a period of three years from the date the fish tickets or catch reports are made; and
(b) open to inspection by an authorized officer or any authorized representative of the Commission.
(12) No person shall possess any halibut taken or retained in contravention of these Regulations.
(13) When halibut are landed to other than a commercial fish processor, the records required by paragraph (6) shall be maintained by the operator of the vessel from which that halibut was caught, in compliance with paragraph (11).
(14) No person shall tag halibut unless the tagging is authorized by IPHC permit or by a Federal or State agency.
(1) Except as provided in this section, no person shall possess at the same time on board a vessel halibut caught in more than one regulatory area.
(2) Halibut caught in more than one of the Regulatory Areas 2C, 3A, or 3B may be possessed on board a vessel at the same time, provided the operator of the vessel:
(a) Has a NMFS-certified observer on board when required by NMFS regulations
(b) Can identify the regulatory area in which each halibut on board was caught by separating halibut from different areas in the hold, tagging halibut, or by other means.
(3) Halibut caught in more than one of the Regulatory Areas 4A, 4B, 4C, or 4D may be possessed on board a vessel at the same time, provided the operator of the vessel:
(a) Has a NMFS-certified observer on board the vessel as required by NMFS regulations published at 50 CFR 679.7(f)(4); or has an operational VMS on board actively transmitting in all regulatory areas fished and does not possess at any time more halibut on board the vessel than the IFQ permit holders on board the vessel have cumulatively available for any single Area 4 regulatory area fished; and
(b) Can identify the regulatory area in which each halibut on board was caught by separating halibut from different areas in the hold, tagging halibut, or by other means.
(4) If halibut from Area 4 are on board the vessel, the vessel can have halibut caught in Regulatory Areas 2C, 3A, and 3B on board if in compliance with paragraph (2).
(1) No person shall fish for halibut using any gear other than hook and line gear, except that vessels licensed to catch sablefish in Area 2B using sablefish trap gear as defined in the Condition of Sablefish Licence can retain halibut caught as bycatch under regulations promulgated by the Canadian Department of Fisheries and Oceans.
(2) No person shall possess halibut taken with any gear other than hook and line gear, except that vessels licensed to catch sablefish in Area 2B using sablefish trap gear as defined by the Condition of Sablefish Licence can retain halibut caught as bycatch under regulations promulgated by the Canadian Department of Fisheries and Oceans.
(3) No person shall possess halibut while on board a vessel carrying any trawl nets or fishing pots capable of catching halibut, except that in Areas 2C, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, or 4E, halibut heads, skin, entrails, bones or fins for use as bait may be possessed on board a vessel carrying pots capable of catching halibut, provided that a receipt documenting purchase or transfer of these halibut parts is on board the vessel.
(4) All setline or skate marker buoys carried on board or used by any United States vessel used for halibut fishing shall be marked with one of the following:
(a) The vessel's State license number; or
(b) The vessel's registration number.
(5) The markings specified in paragraph (4) shall be in characters at least four inches in height and one-half inch in width in a contrasting color visible above the water and shall be maintained in legible condition.
(6) All setline or skate marker buoys carried on board or used by a Canadian vessel used for halibut fishing shall be:
(a) Floating and visible on the surface of the water; and
(b) legibly marked with the identification plate number of the vessel engaged in commercial fishing from which that setline is being operated.
(7) No person on board a vessel used to fish for any species of fish anywhere in Area 2A during the 72-hour period immediately before the fishing period for the directed commercial fishery shall catch or possess halibut anywhere in those waters during that halibut fishing period unless, prior to the start of the halibut fishing period, the vessel has removed its gear from the water and has either:
(a) Made a landing and completely offloaded its catch of other fish; or
(b) Submitted to a hold inspection by an authorized officer.
(8) No vessel used to fish for any species of fish anywhere in Area 2A during the 72-hour period immediately before the fishing period for the directed commercial fishery may be used to catch or possess halibut anywhere in those waters during that halibut fishing period unless, prior to the start of the halibut fishing period, the vessel has removed its gear from the water and has either:
(a) Made a landing and completely offloaded its catch of other fish; or
(b) Submitted to a hold inspection by an authorized officer.
(9) No person on board a vessel from which setline gear was used to fish for any species of fish anywhere in Areas 2B, 2C, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, or 4E during the 72-hour period immediately before the opening of the halibut fishing season shall catch or possess halibut anywhere in those areas until the vessel has removed all of its setline gear from the water and has either:
(a) Made a landing and completely offloaded its entire catch of other fish; or
(b) Submitted to a hold inspection by an authorized officer.
(10) No vessel from which setline gear was used to fish for any species of fish anywhere in Areas 2B, 2C, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, or 4E during the 72-hour period immediately before the opening of the halibut fishing season may be used to catch or possess halibut anywhere in those areas until the vessel has removed all of its setline gear from the water and has either:
(a) Made a landing and completely offloaded its entire catch of other fish; or
(b) Submitted to a hold inspection by an authorized officer.
(11) Notwithstanding any other provision in these Regulations, a person may retain, possess and dispose of halibut taken with trawl gear only as authorized by Prohibited Species Donation regulations of NMFS.
The unloading and weighing of halibut may be subject to the supervision of authorized officers to assure the fulfillment of the provisions of these Regulations.
(1) Nothing contained in these Regulations prohibits any vessel at any time from retaining and landing a halibut that bears a Commission external tag at the time of capture, if the halibut with the tag still attached is reported at the time of landing and made available for examination by a representative of the Commission or by an authorized officer.
(2) After examination and removal of the tag by a representative of the Commission or an authorized officer, the halibut:
(a) May be retained for personal use; or
(b) May be sold only if the halibut is caught during commercial halibut fishing and complies with the other commercial fishing provisions of these Regulations.
(3) Externally tagged fish must count against commercial IVQs, CDQs, IFQs, or daily bag or possession limits unless otherwise exempted by State, Provincial, or Federal regulations.
(1) Halibut fishing in Subarea 2A-1 by members of United States treaty Indian tribes located in the State of Washington shall be regulated under regulations promulgated by NMFS and published in the
(2) Subarea 2A-1 includes all waters off the coast of Washington that are north of 46°53´18´´ N. latitude and east of 125°44´00´´ W. longitude, and all inland marine waters of Washington.
(3) Section 13 (size limits), section 14 (careful release of halibut), section 16 (logs), section 17 (receipt and possession of halibut) and section 19 (fishing gear), except paragraphs (7) and (8) of section 19, apply to commercial fishing for halibut in Subarea 2A-1 by the treaty Indian tribes.
(4) Regulations in paragraph (3) of this section that apply to State fish tickets apply to Tribal tickets that are authorized by Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife.
(5) Section 4 (Licensing Vessels for Area 2A) does not apply to commercial fishing for halibut in Subarea 2A-1 by treaty Indian tribes.
(6) Commercial fishing for halibut in Subarea 2A-1 is permitted with hook and line gear from March 14 through November 7, or until 307,700 pounds (139.6 metric tons) net weight is taken, whichever occurs first.
(7) Ceremonial and subsistence fishing for halibut in Subarea 2A-1 is permitted with hook and line gear from January 1 through December 31, and is estimated to take 31,800 pounds (14.4 metric tons) net weight.
(1) Customary and traditional fishing for halibut in Regulatory Areas 2C, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, and 4E shall be governed pursuant to regulations promulgated by NMFS and published in 50 CFR part 300.
(2) Customary and traditional fishing is authorized from January 1 through December 31.
(1) Fishing for halibut for food, social and ceremonial purposes by Aboriginal groups in Regulatory Area 2B shall be governed by the Fisheries Act of Canada and regulations as amended from time to time.
(1) No person shall engage in sport fishing for halibut using gear other than a single line with no more than two hooks attached; or a spear.
(2) Any minimum overall size limit promulgated under IPHC or NMFS regulations shall be measured in a straight line passing over the pectoral fin from the tip of the lower jaw with the mouth closed, to the extreme end of the middle of the tail.
(3) Any halibut brought aboard a vessel and not immediately returned to the sea with a minimum of injury will be included in the daily bag limit of the person catching the halibut.
(4) No person may possess halibut on a vessel while fishing in a closed area.
(5) No halibut caught by sport fishing shall be offered for sale, sold, traded, or bartered.
(6) No halibut caught in sport fishing shall be possessed on board a vessel when other fish or shellfish aboard said vessel are destined for commercial use, sale, trade, or barter.
(7) The operator of a charter vessel shall be liable for any violations of these Regulations committed by an angler on
(1) The total allowable catch of halibut shall be limited to:
(a) 214,110 pounds (97.1 metric tons) net weight in waters off Washington;
(b) 187,259 pounds (84.9 metric tons) net weight in waters off Oregon; and
(c) 25,220 pounds (11.4 metric tons) net weight in waters off California.
(2) The Commission shall determine and announce closing dates to the public for any area in which the catch limits promulgated by NMFS are estimated to have been taken.
(3) When the Commission has determined that a subquota under paragraph (8) of this section is estimated to have been taken, and has announced a date on which the season will close, no person shall sport fish for halibut in that area after that date for the rest of the year, unless a reopening of that area for sport halibut fishing is scheduled in accordance with the Catch Sharing Plan for Area 2A, or announced by the Commission.
(4) In California, Oregon, or Washington, no person shall fillet, mutilate, or otherwise disfigure a halibut in any manner that prevents the determination of minimum size or the number of fish caught, possessed, or landed.
(5) The possession limit on a vessel for halibut in the waters off the coast of Washington is the same as the daily bag limit. The possession limit on land in Washington for halibut caught in U.S. waters off the coast of Washington is two halibut.
(6) The possession limit on a vessel for halibut caught in the waters off the coast of Oregon is the same as the daily bag limit. The possession limit for halibut on land in Oregon is three daily bag limits.
(7) The possession limit on a vessel for halibut caught in the waters off the coast of California is one halibut. The possession limit for halibut on land in California is one halibut.
(8) [The Area 2A CSP will be published under a separate final rule that, once published, will be available on the NOAA Fisheries West Coast Region's Web site at
(1) In all waters off British Columbia:
(a) the sport fishing season will open on February 1 unless more restrictive regulations are in place;
(b) the sport fishing season will close when the sport catch limit allocated by DFO, is taken, or December 31, whichever is earlier; and
(c) the daily bag limit is two halibut of any size per day per person.
(2) In British Columbia, no person shall fillet, mutilate, or otherwise disfigure a halibut in any manner that prevents the determination of minimum size or the number of fish caught, possessed, or landed.
(3) The possession limit for halibut in the waters off the coast of British Columbia is three halibut.
(1) In Convention waters in and off Alaska:
(a) The sport fishing season is from February 1 to December 31.
(b) The daily bag limit is two halibut of any size per day per person unless a more restrictive bag limit applies in Commission regulations or Federal regulations at 50 CFR 300.65.
(c) No person may possess more than two daily bag limits.
(d) No person shall possess on board a vessel, including charter vessels and pleasure craft used for fishing, halibut that have been filleted, mutilated, or otherwise disfigured in any manner, except that each halibut may be cut into no more than 2 ventral pieces, 2 dorsal pieces, and 2 cheek pieces, with skin on all pieces.
(e) Halibut in excess of the possession limit in paragraph (1)(c) of this section may be possessed on a vessel that does not contain sport fishing gear, fishing rods, hand lines, or gaffs.
(f) All halibut harvested on a charter vessel fishing trip in Area 2C or Area 3A must be retained on board the charter vessel on which the halibut was caught until the end of the charter vessel fishing trip as defined at 50 CFR 300.61.
(g) Guided angler fish (GAF), as described at 50 CFR 300.65, may be used to allow a charter vessel angler to harvest additional halibut up to the limits in place for unguided anglers, and are exempt from the requirements in paragraphs 2 and 3 of this section.
(2) For guided sport fishing (as referred to in 50 CFR 300.65) in Regulatory Area 2C:
(a) The total catch allocation, including an estimate of incidental mortality (wastage), is 851,000 pounds (386.0 metric tons).
(b) No person on board a charter vessel (as referred to in 50 CFR 300.65) shall catch and retain more than one halibut per calendar day.
(c) No person on board a charter vessel (as referred to in 50 CFR 300.65) shall catch and retain any halibut that with head on that is greater than 42 inches (107 cm) and less than 80 inches (203 cm) as measured in a straight line, passing over the pectoral fin from the tip of the lower jaw with mouth closed, to the extreme end of the middle of the tail, as illustrated in Figure 3.
(d) If the halibut is filleted, the entire carcass, with head and tail connected as a single piece, must be retained on board the vessel until all fillets are offloaded.
(3) For guided sport fishing (as referred to in 50 CFR 300.65) in Regulatory Area 3A:
(a) The total catch allocation, including an estimate of incidental mortality (wastage), is 1,890,000 pounds (857.3 metric tons).
(b) No person on board a charter vessel (as referred to in 50 CFR 300.65) shall catch and retain more than two halibut per calendar day.
(c) At least one of the retained halibut must have a head-on length of no more than 29 inches (74 cm) as measured in a straight line, passing over the pectoral fin from the tip of the lower jaw with mouth closed, to the extreme end of the middle of the tail, as illustrated in Figure 4. If a person sport fishing on a charter vessel in Area 3A retains only one halibut in a calendar day, that halibut may be of any length.
(d) If the size-restricted halibut is filleted, the entire carcass, with head and tail connected as a single piece, must be retained on board the vessel until all fillets are offloaded.
(e) A charter vessel on which one or more anglers catch and retain halibut may only make one charter vessel
(f) No person on board a charter vessel may catch and retain halibut on Thursdays between June 15 and August 31. Only GAF halibut, if authorized by 50 CFR 300.65, may be retained by charter vessel anglers in Area 3A on Thursdays between these dates.
(g) Charter vessel anglers may catch and retain no more than five (5) halibut per year on board charter vessels in Area 3A. Halibut that are retained as GAF, retained while on a charter vessel fishing trip in other Commission regulatory areas, or retained while fishing without the services of a guide do not accrue toward the 5-fish annual limit.
These Regulations shall supersede all previous regulations of the Commission, and these Regulations shall be effective each succeeding year until superseded.
These IPHC annual management measures are a product of an agreement between the United States and Canada and are published in the
The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries finds that the otherwise applicable notice-and-comment and delay-in-effectiveness date provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA), 5 U.S.C. 553(c) and (d), are inapplicable to these IPHC management measures pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(a)(1) because this regulation involves a foreign affairs function of the United States. Once accepted, the measures are non-discretionary and the additional time necessary to comply with the notice-and-comment and delay-in-effectiveness requirements of the APA would disrupt coordinated international conservation and management of the halibut fishery pursuant to the Convention. Furthermore, no other law requires prior notice and public comment for this rule. Because prior notice and an opportunity for public comment are not required to be provided for these portions of this rule by 5 U.S.C. 553, or any other law, the analytical requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601
16 U.S.C. 773
In rule document 2015-05041 beginning on page 11919 in the issue of Thursday, March 5, 2015, make the following correction(s):
On page 11921, Table 1 should read:
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; opening.
NMFS is opening directed fishing for sablefish with fixed gear managed under the Individual Fishing Quota (IFQ) Program and the Community Development Quota (CDQ) Program. The season will open 1200 hours, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), March 14, 2015, and will close 1200 hours, A.l.t., November 7, 2015. This period is the same as the 2015 commercial halibut fishery opening dates adopted by the International Pacific Halibut Commission. The IFQ and CDQ halibut season is specified by a separate publication in the
Effective 1200 hours, A.l.t., March 14, 2015, until 1200 hours, A.l.t., November 7, 2015.
Obren Davis, 907-586-7228.
Beginning in 1995, fishing for Pacific halibut and sablefish with fixed gear in the IFQ regulatory areas defined in 50 CFR 679.2 has been managed under the IFQ Program. The IFQ Program is a regulatory regime designed to promote the conservation and management of these fisheries and to further the objectives of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act and the Northern Pacific Halibut Act. Persons holding quota share receive an annual allocation of IFQ. Persons receiving an annual allocation of IFQ are authorized to harvest IFQ species within specified limitations. Further information on the implementation of the IFQ Program, and the rationale supporting it, are contained in the preamble to the final rule implementing the IFQ Program published in the
This announcement is consistent with § 679.23(g)(1), which requires that the directed fishing season for sablefish managed under the IFQ Program be specified by the Administrator, Alaska Region, and announced by publication in the
This action responds to the best available information recently obtained from the fishery. The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA, (AA), finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as it would prevent NMFS from responding to the most recent fisheries data in a timely fashion and would delay the opening of the sablefish fishery thereby increasing bycatch and regulatory discards between the sablefish fishery and the halibut fishery, and preventing the accomplishment of the management objective for simultaneous opening of these two fisheries. NMFS was unable to publish a notice providing time for public comment because the most recent, relevant data only became available as of March 11, 2015.
The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.
This action is required by § 679.23 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Office of the Secretary, USDA.
Request for Information (RFI).
In accordance with Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” and Executive Order 13610, “Identifying and Reducing Regulatory Burdens,” the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) continues to review its existing regulations and information collections to evaluate the continued effectiveness in addressing the circumstances for which the regulations were implemented. USDA's Final Plan for Retrospective Analysis, released August 18, 2011, focused on actions needed to minimize the burdens on individuals, businesses, and communities attempting to access programs that promote economic growth, create jobs, and protect the health and safety of the American people. The plan identified initiatives estimated to realize significant savings in terms of money and burden-hours. As part of this ongoing review to maximize the cost-effectiveness of its regulatory programs, USDA invites public comment to assist in analyzing its existing significant regulations to determine whether any should be modified, streamlined, expanded, or repealed. The focus of this review is to identify areas where savings can be achieved through increased use of advanced information technology to transition from paper submissions to electronic submissions; streamlining or redesigning existing information collections to both reduce the reporting burden on the public for participation in and compliance with USDA programs; reducing duplication through increased data sharing and harmonization for programs with similar regulatory requirements; and providing increased regulatory flexibility to achieve desired program outcomes and maximize cost-effectiveness.
Comments and information are requested on or before May 18, 2015.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this notice. All submissions must refer to “Retrospective Review” to ensure proper delivery.
•
•
Michael Poe, Telephone Number: (202) 720-3257.
USDA remains committed to minimizing the burdens on individuals businesses, and communities for participation in and compliance with USDA programs that promote economic growth, create jobs, and protect the health and safety of the American people.
USDA programs are diverse and far reaching, as are the regulations and legislation that implement their delivery. The regulations range from nutrition standards for the school lunch program, natural resources and environmental measures governing national forest usage and soil conservation, emergency producer assistance as a result of natural disasters, to protection of American agriculture from the ravages of plant or animal pestilence. USDA regulations extend from farm to supermarket to ensure the safety, quality, and availability of the Nation's food supply. Regulations also specify how USDA conducts its business, including access to and eligibility for USDA programs. Finally, regulations specify the responsibilities of businesses, individuals, and State and local governments that are necessary to comply with their provisions.
Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” was issued to ensure that Federal regulations use the best available tools to promote innovation that will reduce costs and burden while allowing public participation and an open exchange of ideas. These principles will enhance and strengthen Federal regulations to allow them to achieve their regulatory objectives, most important among them protecting public health, welfare, safety, and the environment. In consideration of these principles, and as directed by the Executive Order, Federal agencies and departments need to periodically review existing regulations that may be outmoded, ineffective, insufficient, or excessively burdensome and to modify, streamline, expand, or repeal them in accordance with what has been learned.
In addition, Executive Order 13610, “Identifying and Reducing Regulatory Burdens,” directed Federal agencies to conduct retrospective analyses of existing rules to examine whether they remain justified and whether they should be modified or streamlined in light of changed circumstances, including the availability of new technologies. Executive Order 13610 directs Federal agencies to give priority, consistent with law, to those initiatives that will produce significant quantifiable monetary savings or significant quantifiable reductions in paperwork burdens while protecting public health, welfare, safety, and the environment. For the regulatory requirements imposed on small businesses, it directs Federal agencies to give special consideration to initiatives
As part of this retrospective review of regulations, USDA published an RFI on April 20, 2011 (76 FR 22058), and developed a final plan that focused on reducing costs and reporting requirements on the public. However, the overall intention of Executive Order 13563 was not to be a single exercise, but to create a continuing process of scrutiny of regulatory actions. Therefore, USDA is once again seeking public comment on how best to remove unintended regulatory obstacles to participation in and compliance with USDA programs and ways to improve the current regulations to help USDA agencies advance the USDA mission.
All regulatory actions by all USDA agencies are open for comment. USDA is particularly interested in public comments that speak to areas in which we can reduce costs and reporting burdens on the public, through technological advances or other modernization efforts, and comments on regulatory flexibility.
USDA's initial retrospective review under Executive Order 13563 identified eight regulations, four of which have been implemented. An additional regulation from the Forest Service on revised National Environmental Policy Act implementing procedures was also identified and implemented. USDA also identified paperwork and burden reduction initiatives under Executive Order 13610. The following table highlights USDA's key accomplishments and on-going activities pursuant to its efforts to reduce regulatory burdens:
In addition to looking back at current regulations, USDA is also looking forward to how new regulations are implemented and how existing regulations can be improved. Regulatory flexibility includes a variety of regulatory techniques that can help avoid unnecessary costs on regulated entities and avoid negative impacts. Regulatory flexibility techniques could include:
• Pilot projects, which can be used test regulatory approaches;
• Safe harbors, which are streamlined modes of regulatory compliance and can serve to reduce compliance costs;
• Sunset provisions, which terminate a rule after a certain date;
• Trigger provisions, which specify one or more threshold indicators that the rule is designed to address;
• Phase-ins, which allow the rule to be phased-in for different groups at different times;
• Streamlined requirements, which provide exemptions or other streamlined requirements if a particular entity (for example, a small business) may otherwise experience disproportionate burden from a rule;
• State flexibilities, which provide greater flexibility to States or other regulatory partners, for example, giving them freedom to implement alternative regulatory approaches; and
• Exceptions, which allow exceptions to part or all of the rule in cases where there is a potential or suspected unintended consequence.
In providing comments, the public is encouraged to respond to the below questions:
• What regulations or reporting requirements that have become outdated and, if so, how can they be modernized to accomplish the regulatory objectives better?
• Do agencies currently collect information that they do not need or use effectively to achieve regulatory objectives?
• Which regulations, reporting requirements, or regulatory submission or application processes are unnecessarily complicated or could be streamlined to achieve regulatory objectives in ways that are more efficient?
• Which regulations, submission and application processes, or reporting requirements have been overtaken by technological developments? Can new technologies be used to modify, streamline, or do away with existing regulatory or reporting requirements?
• Which regulations provide examples of how regulatory flexibility techniques have worked well? In general, who has benefitted from the regulatory flexibility? What types of regulatory flexibility have worked well?
• What regulations would be improved through the addition of regulatory flexibility techniques? How would regulatory flexibility lower costs and burden? How would regulatory flexibility improve benefits?
This is a non-exhaustive list that is meant to assist in the formulation of comments and is not intended to limit the issues that commenters may choose to address. We welcome comments from the public on any of USDA's regulations and ways to improve them to help USDA agencies advance the mission of the Department consistent with the Executive Order. USDA notes that this RFI is issued solely for information and program-planning purposes. While responses to this RFI do not bind USDA to any further actions related to the response, all submissions will be made publicly available on
Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy.
Notice of data availability.
The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) is informing the public of its collection of shipment data and creation of spreadsheet models to
As of March 17, 2015, DOE has determined that no regulatory action is necessary at this time.
Ms. Lucy deButts, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies, EE-2J, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 287-1604. Email:
Mr. Peter Cochran, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General Counsel, GC-33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 586-9496. Email:
The Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA 2007; Pub. L. 110-140) was enacted on December 19, 2007. Among the requirements of subtitle B (Lighting Energy Efficiency) of title III of EISA 2007 were provisions directing DOE to collect, analyze, and monitor unit sales of five lamp types (
On December 18, 2008, DOE issued a notice of data availability (NODA) for the
EISA 2007 also amends section 325(l) of EPCA by adding paragraphs (4)(D) through (4)(H), which state that if DOE finds that the unit sales for a given lamp type in any year between 2010 and 2025 exceed the benchmark estimate of unit sales by at least 100 percent (
As in the 2008 analysis and previous comparisons, DOE uses manufacturer shipments as a surrogate for unit sales in this NODA because manufacturer shipment data are tracked and aggregated by the trade organization, NEMA. DOE believes that annual shipments track closely with actual unit sales of these five lamp types, as DOE presumes that retailer inventories remain constant from year to year. DOE believes this is a reasonable assumption because the markets for these five lamp types have existed for many years, thereby enabling manufacturers and retailers to establish appropriate inventory levels that reflect market demand. In addition, increasing unit sales must eventually result in increasing manufacturer shipments. This is the same methodology presented in DOE's 2008 analysis and subsequent annual comparisons, and the Department did not receive any comments challenging this assumption or the general approach.
Section 321(a)(1)(B) of EISA 2007 amended section 321(30) of EPCA by adding the definition of a “rough service lamp.” The statutory definition reads as follows: “The term `rough service lamp' means a lamp that—(i) has a minimum of 5 supports with filament configurations that are C-7A, C-11, C-17, and C-22 as listed in Figure 6-12 of the 9th edition of the IESNA [Illuminating Engineering Society of North America] Lighting handbook, or similar configurations where lead wires are not counted as supports; and (ii) is designated and marketed specifically for `rough service' applications, with—(I) the designation appearing on the lamp packaging; and (II) marketing materials that identify the lamp as being for rough service.” (42 U.S.C. 6291(30)(X))
As noted above, rough service incandescent lamps must have a minimum of five filament support wires (not counting the two connecting leads at the beginning and end of the filament), and must be designated and marketed for “rough service” applications. This type of incandescent lamp is typically used in applications where the lamp would be subject to mechanical shock or vibration while it is operating. Standard incandescent lamps have only two support wires (which also serve as conductors), one at each end of the filament coil. When operating (
Section 321(a)(1)(B) of EISA 2007 amended section 321(30) of EPCA by adding the definition of a “vibration service lamp.” The statutory definition reads as follows: “The term `vibration service lamp' means a lamp that—(i) has filament configurations that are C-5, C-7A, or C-9, as listed in Figure 6-12 of the 9th Edition of the IESNA Lighting Handbook or similar configurations; (ii) has a maximum wattage of 60 watts; (iii) is sold at retail in packages of 2 lamps or less; and (iv) is designated and marketed specifically for vibration service or vibration-resistant applications, with—(I) the designation appearing on the lamp packaging; and (II) marketing materials that identify the lamp as being vibration service only.” (42 U.S.C. 6291(30)(AA))
The statute mentions three examples of filament configurations for vibration service lamps in Figure 6-12 of the
Section 321(a)(1)(B) of EISA 2007 amended section 321(30) of EPCA by adding the definition of a “3-way incandescent lamp.” The statutory definition reads as follows: “The term `3-way incandescent lamp' includes an incandescent lamp that—(i) employs 2 filaments, operated separately and in combination, to provide 3 light levels; and (ii) is designated on the lamp packaging and marketing materials as being a 3-way incandescent lamp.” (42 U.S.C. 6291(30)(Y))
Three-way lamps are commonly found in wattage combinations such as 50, 100, and 150 watts or 30, 70, and 100 watts. These lamps use two filaments (
The statute does not provide a definition of “2,601-3,300 Lumen General Service Incandescent Lamps”; however, DOE is interpreting this term to be a general service incandescent lamp
Section 321(a)(1)(B) of EISA 2007 amended section 321(30) of EPCA by adding the definition of a “shatter-resistant lamp, shatter-proof lamp, or shatter-protected lamp.” The statutory definition reads as follows: “The terms `shatter-resistant lamp,' `shatter-proof lamp,' and `shatter-protected lamp' mean a lamp that—(i) has a coating or equivalent technology that is compliant with [National Sanitation Foundation/American National Standards Institute] NSF/ANSI 51 and is designed to contain the glass if the glass envelope of the lamp is broken; and (ii) is designated and marketed for the intended application, with—(I) the designation on the lamp packaging; and (II) marketing materials that identify the lamp as being shatter-resistant, shatter-proof, or shatter-protected.” (42 U.S.C. 6291(30)(Z)) Although the definition provides three names commonly used to refer to these lamps, DOE simply refers to them collectively as “shatter-resistant lamps.”
Shatter-resistant lamps incorporate a special coating designed to prevent glass
In the 2008 analysis, DOE reviewed each of the five sets of shipment data that was collected in consultation with NEMA and applied two curve fits to generate unit sales estimates for the five lamp types after calendar year 2006. One curve fit applied a linear regression to the historical data and extended that line into the future. The other curve fit applied an exponential growth function to the shipment data and projected unit sales into the future. For this calculation, linear regression treats the year as a dependent variable and shipments as the independent variable. The linear regression curve fit is modeled by minimizing the differences among the data points and the best curve-fit linear line using the least squares function.
For 3-way incandescent lamps, 2,601-3,300 lumen general service incandescent lamps, and shatter-resistant lamps, DOE found that the linear regression and exponential growth curve fits produced nearly the same estimates of unit sales (
For rough service lamps, the exponential growth forecast projected the benchmark unit sales estimate for 2014 to be 5,224,000 units. The NEMA-provided shipment data reported shipments of 7,267,000 units in 2014. As this finding exceeds the estimate by only 39.1 percent, DOE will continue to track rough service lamp sales data and will not initiate regulatory action for this lamp type at this time.
For vibration service lamps, the exponential growth forecast projected the benchmark unit sales estimate for 2014 to be 2,729,000 units. The NEMA-provided shipment data reported shipments of 5,220,000 units in 2014. As this finding exceeds the estimate by only 91.3 percent, DOE will continue to track vibration service lamp sales data and will not initiate regulatory action for this lamp type at this time.
For 3-way incandescent lamps, the exponential growth forecast projected the benchmark unit sales estimate for 2014 to be 49,107,000 units. The NEMA-provided shipment data reported shipments of 35,340,000 units in 2014. As this finding is only 72.0 percent of the estimate, DOE will continue to track 3-way incandescent lamp sales data and will not initiate regulatory action for this lamp type at this time.
For 2,601-3,300 lumen general service incandescent lamps, the exponential growth forecast projected the benchmark unit sales estimate for 2014 to be 34,110,000 units. The NEMA-provided shipment data reported shipments of 5,232,000 units in 2014. As this finding is 15.3 percent of the estimate, DOE will continue to track 2,601-3,300 lumen general service incandescent lamp sales data and will not initiate regulatory action for this lamp type at this time.
For shatter-resistant lamps, the exponential growth forecast projected the benchmark unit sales estimate for 2014 to be 1,671,000 units. The NEMA-provided shipment data reported shipments of 1,042,000 units in 2014. As this finding is only 62.4 percent of the estimate, DOE will continue to track shatter-resistant lamp sales data and will not initiate regulatory action for this lamp type at this time.
None of the shipments for rough service lamps, vibration service lamps, 3-way incandescent lamps, 2,601-3,300 lumen general service incandescent lamps, or shatter-resistant lamps crossed the statutory threshold for a standard. DOE will continue to monitor these five currently exempted lamp types and will assess 2015 sales by March 31, 2016, in order to determine whether an energy conservation standards rulemaking is required, consistent with 42 U.S.C. 6295(l)(4)(D) through (H).
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Petition for rulemaking; consideration in the rulemaking process.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) will consider in the rulemaking process the issues raised in a petition for rulemaking (PRM), PRM-50-107, submitted by James Lieberman (the petitioner). The petitioner requested that the NRC amend its regulations to require that all persons seeking NRC approvals provide the NRC with complete and accurate information. Current NRC regulations pertaining to completeness and accuracy of information apply only to NRC licensees and license applicants. The NRC has determined that the issues raised in the PRM have merit and are appropriate for consideration in the rulemaking process.
The docket for the petition for rulemaking, PRM-50-107, is closed on March 17, 2015.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2013-0077 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this petition. You can obtain publicly-available documents related to this petition by using any of the following methods:
• Federal Rulemaking Web site: Go to
• The NRC's Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS): You may obtain publicly-available documents online in the ADAMS Public Documents collection at
• The NRC's PDR: You may examine and purchase copies of public documents at the NRC's PDR, O1-F21, One White Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, MD 20852.
Jenny Tobin, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-2328; email:
On April 15, 2013, the NRC received a PRM (ADAMS Accession No. ML13113A443) requesting the NRC to revise its regulations relating to nuclear reactors at §§ 50.1, 50.9, 52.0, and 52.6 of Title 10 of the
The NRC assigned the petition Docket Number PRM-50-107 and published a notice of receipt of the petition in the
The petitioner asserts that non-licensees (including vendors and other contractors) used by NRC-regulated entities to meet regulatory requirements should be subject to the same requirements for complete and accurate submissions as NRC licensees and license applicants. When the Commission promulgated the 1987 “Completeness and Accuracy of Information” rule (52 FR 49362; December 31, 1987) (the 1987 rule), neither the rule language nor the Statement of Considerations (SOC) discussed non-licensees submitting information to the NRC for regulatory approvals. The 1987 rule included nearly identical “Completeness and Accuracy of Information” requirements in 10 CFR parts 30, 40, 50, 60, 61, 70, 71, and 72. When the Commission added 10 CFR parts 52 and 63 to its regulations, it added “Completeness and Accuracy of Information” requirements to these parts as well (72 FR 49521, August 28, 2007; and 66 FR 55732, November 2, 2001; respectively). The petitioner asserts that the intent of this petition is to close the gap that exists in NRC requirements between licensees/applicants and non-licensees regarding the submittal of complete and accurate information for NRC approval.
The NRC assigned the petition Docket Number PRM-50-107 and published a notice of receipt of the petition in the
The NRC's regulations at 10 CFR 30.9, 40.9, 50.9, 52.6, 60.10, 61.9a, 63.10, 70.9, 71.7, and 72.11 implemented: (1) The longstanding policy that license applicants and licensees provide the Commission information that is complete and accurate in all material respects and maintain such information as required; and (2) the requirement that
The 1987 rule re-emphasized the NRC's need to receive complete and accurate information and timely notification of safety significant information from its licensees and license applicants if the NRC is to fulfill its statutory responsibilities under the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (AEA). The SOC for the 1987 rule stated that “the accuracy and forthrightness in communications to the NRC by licensees and applicants for licenses are essential if the NRC is to fulfill its responsibilities to ensure that utilization of radioactive material and the operation of nuclear facilities are consistent with the health and safety of the public and the common defense and security.” The SOC relied on the general authority provision in AEA Section 161b. that permits the NRC to establish by rule, regulation, or order, such standards and instructions to govern the possession and use of special nuclear material, source material, and byproduct material. The SOC also specifically mentioned the importance of accurate information in AEA Section 186, which authorizes the NRC to revoke any license for material false statement in an application or statement of fact required under AEA Section 182.
However, similar concerns also are raised when non-licensees seek the NRC's approval in other situations. For example, a non-licensee may submit a description of its Quality Assurance (QA) program to the NRC for approval in support of a Certificate of Compliance (CoC) for transportation and storage casks. The regulations at 10 CFR part 71 and part 72 set forth requirements for QA programs in subparts H and G, respectively. Non-licensees who intend to apply for a CoC establish, maintain, and execute programs satisfying the QA requirements for the control of quality-affecting activities such as design, procurement, special processes, inspection, and testing, among other activities. Implementing an effective QA program during transportation or storage cask design and testing pre-application phases provides adequate confidence that the systems or components will perform satisfactorily in service.
On more than one occasion the NRC has received from a non-licensee a description of a QA program for NRC approval in accordance with 10 CFR parts 71 and 72 requirements. After reviewing this information, the NRC staff approved the QA program, as documented. However, a subsequent on-site inspection of that NRC-approved QA program resulted in a finding of inadequate implementation of certain quality-related activities. Had this QA program implementation deficiency gone unidentified and uncorrected, it could have resulted in design issues or reduced confidence that systems or components would perform satisfactorily in service. Under current regulations, the NRC can only take an enforcement action against the applicant if the cause of a QA program deficiency is attributable to an applicant providing incomplete or inaccurate information. The NRC is unable to take enforcement action against the non-licensee for not providing complete and accurate information that was submitted for NRC's approval; the NRC is limited to issuing an administrative action, such as a notice of nonconformance.
A topical report is another example of one type of information submitted to the NRC by non-licensees for regulatory approval. Once reviewed and approved, the NRC endorses the use of the topical report, and licensees implement the report accordingly. The petitioner cited reactor topical reports as an example of a single safety evaluation report, once approved by the NRC, that may be adopted by many licensees, and therefore greatly magnify the impact of any error beyond the non-licensee applicant for the topical report itself.
The petition states that non-licensees who submit information to the NRC for approval should be held accountable for providing complete and accurate information. The petitioner's proposed rule change would provide the NRC staff with additional enforcement tools to encourage non-licensees to submit complete and accurate information to the NRC.
The NRC received a total of three comment submissions on the petition and amended petition from two private citizens. The NRC received two public comments in response to the June 10, 2013,
Comment: The commenter asserted that the NRC should consider for rulemaking Mr. Lieberman's petition to require vendors and suppliers to provide complete and accurate information. The commenter also stated that the NRC should consider expanding the original petition's request to include other parts of the regulations that have the same completeness and accuracy provisions, namely 10 CFR parts 30, 40, 61, 70, 71, and 72. The commenter highlighted that it is important to have complete and accurate information in submittals by non-licensees who seek the following: (1) Exemption from NRC regulations; and (2) NRC approval that their activities do not need a license. The commenter pointed out that currently there is no legal obligation for a vendor to provide complete and accurate information either in the application for a topical report or in response to NRC questions on the topical report. The commenter noted that this oversight has been brought to light during litigation.
NRC Response: The NRC agrees with this comment, and intends to consider this issue in the rulemaking process. In addition, the petitioner amended the petition to expand the request of proposed changes in the regulations.
Comment: The commenter stated that the NRC should consider Mr. Lieberman's petition for rulemaking.
NRC Response: The NRC agrees with the comment and intends to consider this PRM in the rulemaking process.
Comment: The commenter stated that the NRC should consider for rulemaking the revised petition that expands the original petition request.
NRC Response: The NRC agrees with the comment and intends to consider the PRM in the rulemaking process.
Non-licensee applicants for NRC regulatory approvals (
The NRC agrees with the petitioner that non-licensee applicants for NRC approvals in all subject areas (
Although not mentioned in the petition or the amended petition, the NRC staff identified other portions of the regulations that contain similar requirements for “Completeness and Accuracy of Information.” As a result, the NRC also considered the applicability of the issue to 10 CFR parts 54, 76, and 110 in its evaluation.
For these reasons, the NRC will consider the issues raised in the petition in the rulemaking process.
The documents identified in the following table are available to interested persons through one or more of the following methods, as indicated. For information on accessing ADAMS, see the
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all General Electric Company (GE) GEnx turbofan engine models. This proposed AD was prompted by reports of GEnx-1B and GEnx-2B engines experiencing power loss in ice crystal icing (ICI) conditions. This proposed AD would preclude the use of full authority digital engine control (FADEC) software, version B175 or earlier, in GEnx-1B engines, and the use of FADEC software, version C065 or earlier, in GEnx-2B engines. We are proposing this AD to prevent engine failure, loss of thrust control, and damage to the airplane.
We must receive comments on this proposed AD by May 18, 2015.
You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact General Electric Company, GE Aviation, Room 285, 1 Neumann Way, Cincinnati, OH 45215; phone: 513-552-3272; email:
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Tomasz Rakowski, Aerospace Engineer, Engine Certification Office, FAA, Engine & Propeller Directorate, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803; phone: 781-238-7735; fax: 781-238-7199; email:
We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this NPRM. Send your comments to an address listed under the
We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
We propose to adopt a new AD for all GE GEnx turbofan engine models. This proposed AD was prompted by reports of GEnx-1B and GEnx-2B engines experiencing power loss in ICI conditions. Five engines experienced non-serviceable mechanical damage. One engine did not recover power due to mechanical damage. This condition, if not corrected, could result in engine failure, loss of thrust control, and damage to the airplane. This proposed AD would preclude the use of FADEC software, version B175 or earlier in GEnx-1B engines, and the use of FADEC software, version C065 or earlier, in GEnx-2B engines. We are proposing this AD to prevent engine failure, loss of thrust control, and damage to the airplane.
We reviewed GE GEnx-1B Service Bulletin (SB) No. 73-0036, dated January 6, 2015, and GE GEnx-2B SB No. 73-0035, dated September 16, 2014. The SBs describe procedures for installing FADEC software on GE GEnx-1B and GEnx-2B engine models. This service information is reasonably available; see
We are proposing this NPRM because we evaluated all the relevant information and determined the unsafe condition described previously is likely to exist or develop in other products of the same type design.
This NPRM would preclude the use of FADEC software, version B175 or earlier, in GEnx-1B engines, and the use of FADEC software, version C065 or earlier, in GEnx-2B engines.
We estimate that this proposed AD will affect 80 engines installed on airplanes of U.S. registry. We also estimate that it will take about 1 hour per engine to comply with this proposed AD. The average labor rate is $85 per hour. No parts are required. Based on these figures, we estimate the total cost of the proposed AD to U.S. operators to be $6,800.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska to the extent that it justifies making a regulatory distinction, and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
We must receive comments by May 18, 2015.
None.
This AD applies to all General Electric Company (GE) GEnx-1B model turbofan engines with full authority digital engine control (FADEC) software version B175 or earlier, installed, and GEnx-2B model turbofan engines with FADEC software version C065 or earlier, installed.
This AD was prompted by reports of GEnx-1B and GEnx-2B engines experiencing power loss in ice crystal icing (ICI) conditions. We are issuing this AD to prevent engine failure, loss of thrust control, and damage to the airplane.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
(1) Thirty days after the effective date of this AD, do not operate any GE GEnx-1B engine with FADEC software version B175 or earlier, installed in the electronic engine control (EEC).
(2) Thirty days after the effective date of this AD, do not operate any GE GEnx-2B engine with FADEC software version C065 or earlier, installed in the EEC.
The Manager, Engine Certification Office, FAA, may approve AMOCs to this AD. Use the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19 to make your request. You may email your request to:
(1) For more information about this AD, contact Tomasz Rakowski, Aerospace Engineer, Engine Certification Office, FAA, Engine & Propeller Directorate, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803; phone: 781-238-7735; fax: 781-238-7199; email:
(2) GE GEnx-1B Service Bulletin (SB) No. 73-0036, dated January 6, 2015, and GE GEnx-2B SB No. 73-0035, dated September 16, 2014, which are not incorporated by reference in this proposed AD, can be obtained from GE using the contact information in paragraph (g)(3) of this proposed AD.
(3) For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact General Electric Company, GE Aviation, Room 285, 1 Neumann Way, Cincinnati, OH 45215; phone: 513-552-3272; email:
(4) You may view this service information at the FAA, Engine & Propeller Directorate, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 781-238-7125.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
We propose to supersede Airworthiness Directive (AD) 2008-22-20, for certain Airbus Model A330-200, A330-300, and A340-300 series airplanes. AD 2008-22-20 currently requires repetitive high frequency eddy current (HFEC) inspections for cracking, repair if necessary, and modification of the upper shell structure of the fuselage. Since we issued AD 2008-22-20, we have determined from a fatigue and damage tolerance evaluation that the compliance times must be reduced. This proposed AD would shorten certain compliance times. We are proposing this AD to prevent fatigue cracking of the upper shell structure of the fuselage, which could result in reduced structural integrity of the airplane.
We must receive comments on this proposed AD by May 1, 2015.
You may send comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact Airbus SAS, Airworthiness Office—EAL, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 45 80; email
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Vladimir Ulyanov, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-1138; fax 425-227-1149.
We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposed AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the
We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
On October 20, 2008, we issued AD 2008-22-20, Amendment 39-15717 (73 FR 66747, November 12, 2008). AD 2008-22-20 requires actions intended to address an unsafe condition on certain Airbus Model A330-200, A330-300, and A340-300 series airplanes.
Since we issued AD 2008-22-20, Amendment 39-15717 (73 FR 66747, November 12, 2008), it has been determined from a fatigue and damage tolerance evaluation that the compliance times for certain inspections and modification must be reduced.
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA Airworthiness Directive 2014-0012R1, dated January 24, 2014 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for the specified products. The MCAI states:
During fatigue tests (EF3) on the A340-600, damage was found in the longitudinal doubler at the Vertical Tail Plane (VTP) attachment cut out between Frame (FR) 80 and FR86. This damage occurred between 58,341 and 72,891 simulated flight cycles (FC).
Due to the higher Design Service Goal and different design of the affected structural area (
This condition, if not detected and corrected, could affect the structural integrity of the upper shell structure between FR80 and FR86.
Prompted by these findings, EASA issued AD 2007-0284 [(
Since that [EASA] AD was issued, in the frame of a new fatigue and damage tolerance evaluation, taking into account the airplane
For the reason described above, this [EASA] AD retains the requirements of EASA AD 2007-0284, which is superseded and introduces redefined thresholds and intervals.
This [EASA] AD is revised to clarify that, under some conditions, accomplishment of a repair constitutes terminating action for the repetitive inspections. One of the outcome of this clarification is the deletion of paragraph (5) of this [EASA] AD.
You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket on the Internet at
Initial compliance time thresholds range from 7,300 flight cycles or 47,600 flight hours, and up to 25,400 flight cycles or 76,300 flight hours, depending on configuration and range.
Repetitive compliance time thresholds range from 1,700 flight cycles or 11,300 flight hours, and up to 4,500 flight cycles or 13,500 flight hours, depending on configuration.
Structural fatigue damage is progressive. It begins as minute cracks, and those cracks grow under the action of repeated stresses. This can happen because of normal operational conditions and design attributes, or because of isolated situations or incidents such as material defects, poor fabrication quality, or corrosion pits, dings, or scratches. Fatigue damage can occur locally, in small areas or structural design details, or globally. Global fatigue damage is general degradation of large areas of structure with similar structural details and stress levels. Multiple-site damage is global damage that occurs in a large structural element such as a single rivet line of a lap splice joining two large skin panels. Global damage can also occur in multiple elements such as adjacent frames or stringers. Multiple-site-damage and multiple-element-damage cracks are typically too small initially to be reliably detected with normal inspection methods. Without intervention, these cracks will grow, and eventually compromise the structural integrity of the airplane, in a condition known as widespread fatigue damage (WFD). As an airplane ages, WFD will likely occur, and will certainly occur if the airplane is operated long enough without any intervention.
The FAA's WFD final rule (75 FR 69746, November 15, 2010) became effective on January 14, 2011. The WFD rule requires certain actions to prevent structural failure due to WFD throughout the operational life of certain existing transport category airplanes and all of these airplanes that will be certificated in the future. For existing and future airplanes subject to the WFD rule, the rule requires that DAHs establish a limit of validity (LOV) of the engineering data that support the structural maintenance program. Operators affected by the WFD rule may not fly an airplane beyond its LOV, unless an extended LOV is approved.
The WFD rule (75 FR 69746, November 15, 2010) does not require identifying and developing maintenance actions if the DAHs can show that such actions are not necessary to prevent WFD before the airplane reaches the LOV. Many LOVs, however, do depend on accomplishment of future maintenance actions. As stated in the WFD rule, any maintenance actions necessary to reach the LOV will be mandated by airworthiness directives through separate rulemaking actions.
In the context of WFD, this action is necessary to enable DAHs to propose LOVs that allow operators the longest operational lives for their airplanes, and still ensure that WFD will not occur. This approach allows for an implementation strategy that provides flexibility to DAHs in determining the timing of service information development (with FAA approval), while providing operators with certainty regarding the LOV applicable to their airplanes.
Airbus has issued the following service information. The actions described in this service information are intended to correct the unsafe condition identified in the MCAI. This service information is reasonably available; see
• Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3159, Revision 02, dated March 29, 2010. The service information describes procedures for a modification of the fuselage, which includes inspections (
• Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3160, Revision 03, dated January 6, 2012. The service information describes procedures for applicable actions, including an eddy current rotating probe test for cracking of the fastener holes and an HFEC inspection for cracks in the upper shell of the fuselage (and including checks of the fastener position for clearance and applicable corrective actions (
• Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3168, Revision 02, dated December 21, 2011. The service information describes procedures for a HFEC inspection for cracking of the upper shell structure of the fuselage between FR80 and FR86.
• Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4165, Revision 02, dated March 29, 2010. The service information describes procedures for a modification of the fuselage, which includes inspections (
• Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4172, Revision 01, dated July 8, 2009. The service information describes procedures for inspections (
• Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4174, Revision 02, dated December 21, 2011. The service information describes procedures for a HFEC inspection for cracking of the upper shell structure of the fuselage between FR80 and FR86.
This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the State of Design Authority, we have been notified of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all pertinent information and determined an unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.
Unlike the procedures described in the service information, this proposed AD would not permit further flight if cracks are detected in the upper shell structure. We have determined that, because of the safety implications and consequences associated with that cracking, any cracked upper shell structure must be repaired before further flight. This difference has been coordinated with the EASA and Airbus.
The compliance time for the modification specified in this proposed AD for addressing WFD was established to ensure that discrepant structure is modified before WFD develops in airplanes. Standard inspection techniques cannot be relied on to detect WFD before it becomes a hazard to flight. We will not grant any extensions of the compliance time to complete any AD-mandated service bulletin related to WFD without extensive new data that would substantiate and clearly warrant such an extension.
We estimate that this proposed AD affects 26 airplanes of U.S. registry. We also estimate that it would take about 208 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements (inspection and modification) of this proposed AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Required parts would cost about $28,360 per product. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this proposed AD on U.S. operators to be $1,197,040, or $46,040 per product.
We have received no definitive data that would enable us to provide cost estimates for the on-condition actions specified in this proposed AD.
According to the manufacturer, some of the costs of this proposed AD may be covered under warranty, thereby reducing the cost impact on affected individuals. We do not control warranty coverage for affected individuals. As a result, we have included all costs in our cost estimate.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
We must receive comments by May 1, 2015.
This AD replaces AD 2008-22-20, Amendment 39-15717 (73 FR 66747, November 12, 2008).
This AD applies to Airbus Model A330-201, -202, -203, -223, -243, -301, -302, -303, -321, -322, -323, -341, -342, and -343; and Model A340-311, -312, and -313 airplanes; certificated in any category; all manufacturer serial numbers on which Airbus Modification 44205 has been embodied in production, except those on which Airbus Modification 52974 or 53223 has been embodied in production.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 53, Fuselage.
This AD was prompted by the results of a fatigue and damage tolerance evaluation that concluded existing compliance times must be reduced. We are issuing this AD to prevent fatigue cracking of the upper shell structure of the fuselage, which could result in reduced structural integrity of the airplane.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
For Model A330-300 and A340-300 airplanes, except Model A340-300 WV 027 airplanes: At the applicable time specified in paragraph (g)(1) or (g)(2) of this AD, do a high frequency eddy current (HFEC) inspection for cracking of the upper shell structure between frame (FR) 80 and FR86, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3168, Revision 02, dated December 21, 2011; or Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4174, Revision 02, dated December 21, 2011; as applicable. Repeat the inspection thereafter at the applicable time specified in paragraph 1.E., “COMPLIANCE,” of Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3168, Revision 02, dated December 21, 2011; or Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4174, Revision 02, dated December 21, 2011; as applicable.
(1) For airplanes that, as of the effective date of this AD, have not been inspected in accordance with Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3168; or Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4174; as applicable: Inspect at the later of the times specified in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (g)(1)(ii) of this AD.
(i) Before reaching the applicable threshold specified in paragraph 1.E., “COMPLIANCE,” of Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3168, Revision 02, dated December 21, 2011; or Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4174, Revision 02, dated December 21, 2011; as applicable for airplane model, configuration, and utilization, since the airplane's first flight.
(ii) Within the threshold defined in paragraph 1.E, “COMPLIANCE,” of Airbus
(2) For airplanes that, as of the effective date of this AD, have been inspected in accordance with Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3168; or Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4174; as applicable: Inspect at the later of the times specified in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of this AD.
(i) Within the applicable interval specified in paragraph 1.E., “COMPLIANCE,” of Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3168, Revision 02, dated December 21, 2011; or Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4174, Revision 02, dated December 21, 2011; as applicable; to be counted from the last inspection.
(ii) Within 12 months after the effective date of this AD without exceeding the intervals defined in paragraph 1.E, “COMPLIANCE,” of Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3168, Revision 01, dated February 15, 2008; or Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4174, Revision 01, dated February 15, 2008; as applicable for airplane model, configuration, and utilization to be counted from the last inspection.
If any crack is detected during any HFEC inspection required by the introductory text to paragraph (g) of this AD: Before further flight, repair using a method approved by the Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA; or the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA); or Airbus's EASA Design Organization Approval (DOA). Accomplishment of a repair for a specific area, as required by this paragraph, is terminating action for the repetitive HFEC inspections required by the introductory text to paragraph (g) of this AD, as applicable, for that specific repaired area only. The need and definition of subsequent repetitive inspections (if any) for that specific repaired area will be defined in the applicable repair method approved by the Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA; or the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) or Airbus's EASA Design Organization Approval (DOA).
For Airbus Model A330-300 and A340-300 airplanes, except Model A340-300 WV 027 airplanes: Modification, which includes inspections and applicable corrective actions, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3159, Revision 02, dated March 29, 2010; or Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4165, Revision 02, dated March 29, 2010; as applicable; terminates the repetitive HFEC inspections required by the introductory text to paragraph (g) of this AD, except where Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3159, Revision 02, dated March 29, 2010; or Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4165, Revision 02, dated March 29, 2010; as applicable; specifies to contact the manufacturer, repair using a method approved by the Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA; or EASA; or Airbus's EASA DOA.
(1) Within the compliance times specified in paragraph (j)(1)(i) or (j)(1)(ii) of this AD, whichever occurs later: Do all applicable actions, including an eddy current rotating probe test and an HFEC inspection for cracks, and modify the airplane upper shell structure between FR80 and FR86; in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3160, Revision 03, dated January 6, 2012.
(i) Within the compliance times identified in paragraph 1.E., “COMPLIANCE,” of Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3160, Revision 03, dated January 6, 2012, as applicable for airplane configuration and utilization since the airplane's first flight.
(ii) Within 12 months after the effective date of this AD without exceeding the threshold, defined in paragraph 1.E, “COMPLIANCE,” of Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3160, Revision 02, dated March 29, 2010, since the airplane's first flight.
For Model A340-300 airplanes, WV 027 only: Before the accumulation of 14,200 total flight cycles from the airplane's first flight, do all applicable inspections and modify the airplane upper shell structure between FR80 and FR86; in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4172, Revision 01, dated July 8, 2009.
If any crack is detected during the inspection required by paragraph (j) or (k) of this AD, before further flight, repair using a method approved by the Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA; or EASA; or Airbus's EASA DOA; concurrently with modification required by paragraph (j) or (k) of this AD.
(1) For the purposes of this AD, the term “Threshold,” as used in paragraph 1.E., “COMPLIANCE,” of the service information specified in paragraphs (m)(2)(i) through (m)(2)(vi) of this AD means the total flight cycles or flight hours accumulated since the airplane's first flight.
(2) For the purposes of this AD, the term “Interval” as used in paragraph 1.E., “COMPLIANCE,” of the service information specified in paragraphs (m)(2)(i) through (m)(2)(vi) of this AD means the total flight cycles or flight hours accumulated since the last inspection, as applicable.
(i) Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3168, dated September 19, 2007.
(ii) Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3168, Revision 01, dated February 15, 2008.
(iii) Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3168, Revision 02, dated December 21, 2011.
(iv) Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4174, dated September 19, 2007.
(v) Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4174, Revision 01, dated February 15, 2008.
(vi) Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4174, Revision 02, dated December 21, 2011.
(1) For Model A330-300 and A340-300 airplanes, except Model A340-300 WV 027 airplanes: This paragraph provides credit for the modification specified in paragraph (i) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using the service information identified in paragraph (n)(1)(i), (n)(1)(ii), (n)(1)(iii), or (n)(1)(iv) of this AD, as applicable. This service information is not incorporated by reference in this AD.
(i) Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3159, dated September 19, 2007.
(ii) Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3159, Revision 01, dated June 15, 2009.
(iii) Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4165, dated September 19, 2007.
(iv) Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4165, Revision 01, dated June 17, 2009.
(2) For Model A330-200 airplanes: This paragraph provides credit for the inspection and modification required by paragraph (j) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using the service information identified in paragraph (n)(2)(i), (n)(2)(ii), or (n)(2)(iii) of this AD, as applicable. This service information is not incorporated by reference in this AD.
(i) Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3160, dated July 9, 2007.
(ii) Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3160, Revision 01, dated April 28, 2009.
(iii) Airbus Service Bulletin A330-53-3160, Revision 02, dated March 29, 2010.
(3) For Model A340-300 airplanes, WV 027 only: This paragraph provides credit for the inspection and modification required by paragraph (k) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using Airbus Service Bulletin A340-53-4172, dated July 10, 2007, which is not incorporated by reference in this AD.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
(1) Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) EASA Airworthiness Directive 2014-0012R1, dated January 24, 2014, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(2) For service information identified in this AD, contact Airbus SAS, Airworthiness Office—EAL, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 45 80; email
Office of Innovation and Improvement, Department of Education.
Proposed priority.
The Assistant Deputy Secretary for Innovation and Improvement proposes a priority under the Investing in Innovation Fund (i3). The Assistant Deputy Secretary may use this priority for competitions in fiscal year (FY) 2015 and later years. The proposed priority would not repeal or replace currently established priorities for this program.
We must receive your comments on or before April 16, 2015.
Submit your comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal or via postal mail, commercial delivery, or hand delivery. We will not accept comments by fax or by email or those submitted after the comment period. To ensure that we do not receive duplicate copies, please submit your comments only once. In addition, please include the Docket ID at the top of your comments.
•
•
The Department of Education's (Department) policy is to make all comments received from members of the public available for public viewing in their entirety on the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Allison Moss. Telephone: (202) 205-7726 or by email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
The proposed priority is designed to be used in conjunction with several priorities that have already been established under the i3 program, and no priority, whether it is used as an absolute or competitive preference priority, affects the overall amount of funding available to individual applicants in any given fiscal year.
In addition, we note that participation in this program is voluntary. Potential applicants need to consider carefully the effort that will be required to prepare a strong application, their capacity to implement a project successfully, and their chances of submitting a successful application. We believe that the costs imposed on applicants by the proposed priority would be limited to paperwork burden related to preparing an application and that the benefits of implementing these proposals would outweigh any costs incurred by applicants. The costs of carrying out activities would be paid for with program funds and with matching funds provided by private-sector partners. Thus, the costs of implementation would not be a burden for any eligible applicants, including small entities.
We invite you to assist us in complying with the specific requirements of Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 and their overall requirement of reducing regulatory burden that might result from this proposed priority. Please let us know of any further ways we could reduce potential costs or increase potential benefits while preserving the effective and efficient administration of the program.
During and after the comment period, you may inspect all public comments about this notice by accessing Regulations.gov. You may also inspect the comments in person in Room 4W335, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Washington, DC, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Washington, DC time, Monday through Friday of each week except Federal holidays. Please contact the person listed under
The i3 program addresses these two challenges through its multi-tier structure that links the amount of funding that an applicant may receive to the quality of the evidence supporting the efficacy of the proposed project. Applicants proposing practices supported by limited evidence can receive small grants to support the development and initial evaluation of promising practices and help to identify new solutions to pressing challenges; applicants proposing practices supported by evidence from rigorous evaluations, such as large randomized controlled trials, can receive substantially larger grants to support expansion across the Nation. This structure provides incentives for applicants to build evidence of effectiveness of their proposed projects and to address the barriers to serving more students across schools, districts, and States so that applicants can compete for more sizeable grants.
As importantly, all i3 projects are required to generate additional evidence of effectiveness. All i3 grantees must use part of their grant award to conduct independent evaluations of their projects. This ensures that projects funded under the i3 program contribute significantly to improving the information available to practitioners and policymakers about which practices work, for which types of students, and in which contexts. More information about the i3 program, including information about eligible applicants, can be found in the notice of final priorities, requirements, definitions, and selection criteria, published in the
American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA), Division A, Section 14007, Public Law 111-5.
The Department has conducted five competitions under the i3 program and awarded 143 i3 grants since the program was established under ARRA.
In FY 2015, Congress directed the Department, in making new awards with FY 2015 i3 funds, to establish a priority to support high school reform that will increase the number and percentage of students who graduate from high school and enroll in postsecondary education without the need for remediation and with the ability to think critically, solve complex problems, evaluate arguments on the basis of evidence, and communicate effectively. Congress further recommended that the Department use this priority to support schools where not less than 40 percent of students are from low-income families.
There is a growing body of evidence about what works in comprehensive high school reform. Interventions supported by research include: Implementing a rigorous college- and career-ready curriculum that links student work and real-world experiences;
The Department expects that any high school reform strategy would, at a minimum, be designed to improve outcomes for all students in a school, and these strategies may be composed from a variety of activities and interventions, including, but not limited to, those outlined above. In addition, for this proposed priority, we are also interested in projects that are designed to prepare students with the skills necessary to succeed in postsecondary programs, such as critical thinking, persistence, solving complex and non-routine problems, making arguments using evidence, and communicating effectively.
To better ensure that projects addressing this proposed priority will improve outcomes for high-need students, and to ensure that this proposed priority serves the populations intended by Congress, we seek projects that will be implemented in high schools that are eligible to operate Title I schoolwide programs under Section 1114 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended. Through this proposed priority, we aim to expand the development, use, and evidence base of effective strategies for helping high-need students attain the skills they need to succeed in college, career, and life.
Under this priority, we provide funding to support comprehensive high school reform and redesign strategies in high schools eligible to operate Title I schoolwide programs under section 1114 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended. These strategies must be designed to increase the number and percentage of students who graduate from high school college- and career-ready and enroll in college, other postsecondary education, or other career and technical education.
These strategies could include elements such as implementing a rigorous college- and career-ready curriculum; providing accelerated learning opportunities; supporting personalized learning; developing robust links between student work and real-world experiences to better prepare students for their future; improving the readiness of students for post-secondary education in STEM fields; or reducing the need for remediation, among others.
When inviting applications for a competition using one or more priorities, we designate the type of each priority as absolute, competitive preference, or invitational through a notice in the
In the i3 competition, each application must choose to address one of the absolute priorities and projects are grouped by that absolute priority for the purposes of peer review and funding determinations. In FY 2015, Congress directed the Department to establish the priority proposed in this document as an absolute priority.
We will announce the final priority in a notice in the
This notice does
This proposed regulatory action,
We have also reviewed this proposed regulatory action under Executive Order 13563, which supplements and explicitly reaffirms the principles, structures, and definitions governing regulatory review established in Executive Order 12866. To the extent permitted by law, Executive Order 13563 requires that an agency—
(1) Propose or adopt regulations only upon a reasoned determination that their benefits justify their costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify);
(2) Tailor its regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives and taking into account—among other things and to the extent practicable—the costs of cumulative regulations;
(3) In choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, select those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity);
(4) To the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than the behavior or manner of compliance a regulated entity must adopt; and
(5) Identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including economic incentives—such as user fees or marketable permits—to encourage the desired behavior, or provide information that enables the public to make choices.
Executive Order 13563 also requires an agency “to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible.” The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB has emphasized that these techniques may include “identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes.”
We are issuing this proposed priority only on a reasoned determination that their benefits would justify their costs. In choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, we selected those approaches that would maximize net benefits. Based on the analysis that follows, the Department believes that this regulatory action is consistent with the principles in Executive Order 13563.
We also have determined that this regulatory action would not unduly interfere with State, local, and tribal governments in the exercise of their governmental functions.
In accordance with both Executive orders, the Department has assessed the
This document provides early notification of our specific plans and actions for this program.
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Proposed rule; request for comments.
NMFS proposes to approve and implement through regulations measures included in Framework Adjustment 26 to the Atlantic Sea Scallop Fishery Management Plan, which the New England Fishery Management Council adopted and submitted to NMFS for approval. The purpose of Framework 26 is to prevent overfishing, improve yield-per-recruit, and improve the overall management of the Atlantic sea scallop fishery. The Framework 26 proposed measures would also: Close a portion of the Elephant Trunk Access Area and extend the boundaries of the Nantucket Lightship Access Area to protect small scallops; adjust the State Waters Exemption Program; allow for Vessel Monitoring System declaration changes for vessels to steam home with product on board; implement a proactive accountability measure to protect windowpane flounder and yellowtail flounder; align two gear measures designed to protect sea turtles; and implement other measures to improve the management of the scallop fishery. Aligning the gear designed to protect sea turtles involves modifying existing regulations implemented under the Endangered Species Act; therefore, this action would be implemented under joint authority of the Endangered Species Act and the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act.
Comments must be received by April 1, 2015.
The Council developed an environmental assessment (EA) for this action that describes the proposed measures and other considered alternatives and provides a thorough analysis of the impacts of the proposed measures and alternatives. Copies of the Framework, the EA, and the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA), are available upon request from Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director, New England Fishery Management Council, 50 Water Street, Newburyport, MA 01950.
You may submit comments on this document, identified by NOAA-NMFS-2015-0002, by either of the following methods:
•
•
Written comments regarding the burden-hour estimates or other aspects of the collection-of-information requirements contained in this proposed rule may be submitted to the Greater Atlantic Regional Fisheries Office and by email to
Emily Gilbert, Fishery Policy Analyst, 978-281-9315.
The scallop fishery's management unit ranges from the shorelines of Maine through North Carolina to the outer boundary of the Exclusive Economic Zone. The Scallop Fishery Management Plan (FMP), established in 1982, includes a number of amendments and framework adjustments that have revised and refined the fishery's management. The Council sets scallop
The Council adopted Framework 26 on November 20, 2014, and submitted it to NMFS on February 17, 2015, for review and approval. Framework 26 specifies measures for fishing year 2015, but includes fishing year 2016 measures that will go into place as a default, should the next specifications-setting framework be delayed beyond the start of fishing year 2016. NMFS will implement Framework 26, if approved, after the start of fishing year 2015; 2015 default measures concerning allocations have been in place as of March 1, 2015. These default measures are more conservative than the Framework 26 proposed allocations and would be replaced by the higher Framework 26 allocations if this action is approved. The Council has reviewed the Framework 26 proposed rule regulations as drafted by NMFS and deemed them to be necessary and appropriate as specified in section 303(c) of the MSA.
The proposed allocations incorporate new biomass reference points that resulted from the Northeast Fisheries Science Center's most recent scallop stock benchmark assessment that was completed in July 2014. The assessment reviewed and updated the data and models used to assess the scallop stock and ultimately updated the reference points for status determinations. The scallop stock is considered overfished if the biomass is less than half of the biomass at maximum sustainable yield (B
Due to these reference point updates, the fishing mortality rates that the Council uses to set OFL, ABC, and ACL would be updated through this action. The proposed OFL was set based on an F of 0.48, equivalent to the F threshold updated through the 2014 assessment. The proposed ABC and the equivalent total ACL for each fishing year are based on an F of 0.38, which is the F associated with a 25-percent probability of exceeding the OFL. The Council's Scientific and Statistical Committee recommended scallop fishery ABCs for the 2015 and 2016 fishing years of 55.9 M lb (25,352 mt) and 70.1 M lb (31,807 mt), respectively, after accounting for discards and incidental mortality. The Scientific and Statistical Committee will reevaluate an ABC for 2016 when the Council develops the next framework adjustment.
Table 2 outlines the proposed scallop fishery catch limits that are derived from the ABC values. After deducting the incidental target total allowable catch (TAC) and the research and observer set-asides, the remaining ACL available to the fishery is allocated according to the fleet proportions established in Amendment 11 to the Scallop FMP (72 FR 20090; April 14, 2008): 94.5 percent allocated to the limited access (LA) scallop fleet (
This action would deduct 567 mt of scallops annually for 2015 and 2016 from the ABC and set it aside as the Scallop RSA to fund scallop research and to compensate participating vessels through the sale of scallops harvested under RSA projects. As of March 1, 2015, this set-aside was available for harvest by RSA-funded projects in open areas. Framework 26 would allow RSA to be harvested from the Mid-Atlantic Access Areas that is proposed to be open for 2015, once this action is approved and implemented, but would prevent RSA harvesting from access areas under 2016 default measures. Of this 1.25 M lb (567 mt) allocation, NMFS has already allocated 397,470 lb
This action would also set aside 1 percent of the ABC for the industry-funded observer program to help defray the cost of scallop vessels that carry an observer. The observer set-asides for fishing years 2015 and 2016 are 254 mt and 318 mt, respectively. The 2016 observer set-aside may be adjusted by the Council when it develops specific, non-default measures for 2016.
This action would implement vessel-specific DAS allocations for each of the three LA scallop DAS permit categories (
On March 1, 2015, full-time, part-time, and occasional vessels received 17, 7, and 1 DAS, respectively. These allocations would increase as soon as Framework 26 is implemented, if approved.
For fishing year 2015 and the start of 2016, Framework 26 would close all three Georges Bank Access Areas (
As for the Mid-Atlantic Access Areas, this action proposes that all three access areas be open to both the LA and LAGC IFQ fleet, and be treated as one single area, which this rule will now refer to as the Mid-Atlantic Access Area. Scallop vessels would be able to fish across all three areas in a single access area trip. There is one the exception: This action proposes six 10-minute squares (
Table 4 outlines the proposed LA allocations that can be fished from the Mid-Atlantic Access Area, which could be taken in as many trips as needed, so long as the trip possession limits (also in Table 4) are not exceeded. These proposed access area allocations for 2015 represent a 112-percent increase in access area allocations compared to 2014.
This action also proposes to modify access area trip reporting procedures by requiring that each LA vessel submit a pre-landing notification form through its VMS unit prior to returning to port at the end of each access area trip, including trips where no scallops were landed. These pre-landing notifications would replace the current broken trip and compensation trip procedures. Vessels would no longer be required to submit a broken trip notification form if they are unable to land their full possession limits on an access area trip. Vessels would also no longer need to apply to NMFS to receive, or wait for NMFS to issue, a compensation trip to fish their remaining access area scallop allocation.
For example, under Framework 26 access area allocations, a full-time vessel receives 51,000 lb (23,133 kg) in the Mid-Atlantic Access Area, which can be landed on as many or as few trips as needed, so long as the 17,000-lb (7,711-kg) possession limit is not exceeded on any one trip. The vessel may choose to fish its full allocation over the course of three trips, landing
This action would also modify the procedures for when scallop access area allocation can be carried over to the next fishing year. Under the current regulations, vessel may fish for a previous year's unharvested scallop access area allocation in the first 60 days of a fishing year if the vessel broke a trip in the last 60 days of the previous fishing year or open season for an access area. In many cases, vessels in the last 60 days of the fishing year simply crossed the VMS Demarcation Line, submitted a broken trip report through their VMS unit, and returned to port. This caused confusion and created a high number of cases for NMFS to review as the fishing year came to an end. Under the proposed measures, each vessel would automatically carry over unharvested access area allocation that the vessel could fish in the first 60 days of the subsequent fishing year, as long as the access area is open for scallop fishing during that time. This change would result in little change to the amount of carryover NMFS expects from year to year because most vessels took advantage of the broken trip provisions. Also, Framework 26 accounts for the uncertainty associated with carryover by setting the LA fishery's ACT lower than the fishery's ACL. This ensures that carryover would not cause an ACL to be exceeded from year to year.
Although vessel owners would ultimately be responsible for tracking their own scallop access area landings and ensuring they do not exceed their annual allocations, NMFS would match dealer-reported scallop landing records with access area trip declarations and make that information available on Fish-On-Line.
1. Crew Limit Restrictions in Access Areas. Similar to the crew limit restrictions NMFS implemented in Delmarva in 2014, this action proposes crew limits for all access areas. Currently, LA scallop vessels have crew size limits when fishing in open areas: Vessels are limited to seven individuals when fishing on a DAS, or five individuals if the vessel is on a DAS and participating in the small dredge program. These limits have been in place to restrict the shucking capacity of a vessel to help reduce landings per unit effort while on DAS. In an effort to protect small scallops and discourage vessels from high-grading (discarding smaller scallops in exchange for larger ones), Framework 26 would impose a crew limit of eight individuals per LA vessel, including the captain, when fishing in any scallop access area. If a vessel is participating in the small dredge program, it may not have more than six people on board, including the operator, on an access area trip. These crew limits may be reevaluated in a future framework action.
2. Delayed Harvesting of Default 2016 Mid-Atlantic Access Area Allocations. Although the Framework would include precautionary access area allocations for the 2016 fishing year (see 2016 allocations in Table 4), vessels would have to wait to fish these allocations until April 1, 2016. This precautionary measure is designed to protect scallops when scallop meat weights are lower than other times of the year (generally, this change in meat-weight is a physiological change in scallops due to spawning). However, if a vessel has not fully harvested its 2015 scallop access area allocation in fishing year 2015, it may still fish the remainder of its allocation in the first 60 days of 2016 (
3. 2016 RSA Harvest Restrictions. This action proposes that vessels participating in RSA projects would be prohibited from harvesting RSA under default 2016 measures. At the start of 2016, RSA could only be harvested from open areas. This would be re-evaluated for the remainder of 2016 in the framework action that would set final 2016 specifications.
1.
Because Framework 26 would not go into effect until after the March 1 start of fishing year 2015, the default 2015 IFQ allocations were automatically triggered. These default 2015 IFQ allocations are lower than those proposed in Framework 26. If approved, this action would increase the current vessel IFQ allocations. NMFS sent a letter to IFQ permit holders providing both March 1, 2015, IFQ allocations and Framework 26 proposed IFQ allocations so that vessel owners know what mid-year adjustments would occur if Framework 26 is approved.
2.
3.
These trip allocations are equivalent to the overall proportion of total catch from access areas compared to total catch. For example, the total projected catch for the scallop fishery in 2015 is 20,865 mt, and 8,700 mt are projected to come from access areas, roughly 41.7 percent. If the same proportion is applied to total LAGC IFQ catch, the total allocation to LAGC IFQ vessels from access areas would be about 600 mt, roughly 44.5 percent of the total LAGC IFQ sub-ACL for 2015 (1,348 mt).
4.
5.
This action proposes to adjust season regulations for the sea turtle deflector
This action would not change any other regulatory requirements for the use of chain mats and TDDs.
This action would enable a vessel to declare out of a DAS trip at or south of Cape May, NJ (specifically, at or south of 39° N. lat.), once it goes inside the VMS demarcation line, and then, with scallops on board, steam seaward of the VMS demarcation line to ports south of Cape May, NJ, without being charged DAS. This measure does not apply to vessels that intend to land scallops in ports north of Cape May, NJ. Once this change in declaration to “declare out of fishery” has been made, vessels would be required to submit a scallop pre-landing notification form through VMS, return directly to port and offload scallops immediately, and stow all gear. In addition, such vessels would be prohibited from having on board any in-shell scallops.
The purpose of this measure is to help increase incentive for vessels to land scallops in the southern part of the mid-Atlantic by reducing some of the steaming time to return to those more distant ports. Due to the location of the access areas in the mid-Atlantic, which were at one point primary traditional open area fishing grounds, vessels from Virginia and North Carolina fishing on open area DAS trips have to steam for a long period of time to reach productive open area fishing grounds. Vessels are currently allowed to start their open area DAS trip landward of the VMS Demarcation Line, but not necessarily from port, but are required to accrue DAS when harvested scallops are on board, so their return steam from an open area trip counts against their DAS allocation. Over time, as DAS have been reduced dramatically and with increased fuel costs, vessels have more incentive to land near these primary fishing grounds (
Because this change in when some vessels may “clock out” of their DAS could impact overall DAS allocations to the fleet, this action also proposes an overall DAS deduction to each LA scallop vessel. The proposed DAS adjustment (which has already been calculated into the DAS allocations proposed in Table 3) would be a decrease of 0.14 DAS for full-time vessels and 0.06 DAS for part-time vessels. This entire measure, including the appropriate DAS deductions, was supported by the Council's Advisory Panel.
Framework 26 proposes to modify the State Water Exemption Program to include a new exemption that would enable scallop vessels to continue to fish in state waters after the NGOM hard TAC is reached.
The current State Water Exemption Program has been in place since Framework 2 to the Scallop FMP (November 21, 1994; 59 FR 59967). At that time, the purpose of the program was to allow Federal permit holders to compete in the state waters fishery on a more equitable basis where Federal and state laws are inconsistent and to encourage vessels with general category permits (open access, at the time) to fish under the exemption program and continue to submit catch and effort data. This program specifies that a state with a scallop fishery may be eligible for state waters exemptions if it has a scallop conservation program that does not jeopardize the biomass and fishing mortality/effort limit objectives of the Scallop FMP. If a state is found to be eligible for the State Waters Exemption Program, federally permitted scallop vessels fishing in that state's waters may be exempted from a limited number of Federal scallop regulations: LA scallop vessels could fish in state waters outside of scallop DAS, and LA and LAGC scallop vessels could be exempt from Federal gear and possession limit restrictions.
This action proposes to expand the exemptions to include this new measure related to the NGOM. Specifically, states within the NGOM management area (
Currently, a vessel issued a NGOM or IFQ permit can declare a state-only NGOM scallop trip and fish for scallops exclusively in state waters without those landings being attributed to the Federal TAC, but must cease scallop fishing entirely for the remainder of the year, along with all other scallop vessels, once the Federal TAC is reached. To date this has not been an issue because the Federal NGOM catch has been well below the TAC. However, total catch in both Federal and state
The process for applying to the State Waters Exemption Program, as outlined in the regulations, would remain the same. In order for NMFS to make a determination of whether or not a state waters exemption is warranted for a particular state's waters, a state must submit a request for the exemption so that we can fully evaluate the scope of the potential fishery in the state's waters. Such a request would need to include the following information: A complete description of scallop fishing regulations in state waters; the number of vessels and trips that could be expected in state waters; the average landings per trip for vessels fishing in state waters; and the average per-pound value of scallops landed by vessels fishing for scallops in state waters. If the information provided supports a conclusion that a particular state's scallop fishery is consistent with the FMP relative to the State Waters Exemption Program, NMFS would then publish the requested exemptions from DAS, gear, and possession limits, and NGOM closures, in a notice in the
Currently, all scallop vessels (
This proposed rule includes several revisions to the regulatory text to address text that is unnecessary, outdated, unclear, or otherwise could be improved. NMFS proposes these changes consistent with section 305(d) of the MSA which provides that the Secretary of Commerce may promulgate regulations necessary to ensure that amendments to an FMP are carried out in accordance with the FMP and the MSA. Two revisions clarify how to apply and measure gear modifications to ensure compliance. The first revision at § 648.51 would clarify where to measure meshes to ensure twine top compliance. The second revision at § 648.53 clarifies an example on how the hanging ratio should be applied and measured if the windowpane reactive AM implemented through Framework 25 (June 26, 2014; 79 FR 34251) is triggered.
This action would also modify the VMS catch report requirements at § 648.10(f)(4)(i) to only include the information actually used by NMFS to monitor flatfish bycatch. The form currently requires that the amount of yellowtail flounder discards be reported daily. This requirement has been in place since Amendment 15 (76 FR 43746; July 21, 2011), which established the yellowtail flounder AMs in the FMP. However, since Amendment 15, the scallop fishery now has other bycatch sub-ACLs and AMs (
In addition, this action would adjust the regulations at § 648.53(a) to clarify that the values for ABC/ACL stated in the regulations reflect the levels from which ACTs are set, thus they do not include estimates of discards and incidental mortality. This regulatory clarification is at the request of the Council and would more accurately reflect the process for establishing ABCs and ACLs in the scallop fishery.
Pursuant to section 304(b)(1)(A) of the MSA, the NMFS Assistant Administrator has made a preliminary determination that this proposed rule is consistent with the FMP, other provisions of the MSA, and other applicable law. In making the final determination, NMFS will consider the data, views, and comments received during the public comment period.
This proposed rule does not contain policies with Federalism or “takings” implications as those terms are defined in E.O. 13132 and E.O. 12630, respectively.
This proposed rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
An IRFA has been prepared, as required by section 603 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA). The IRFA consists of Framework 26 analyses, its draft IRFA, and the preamble to this action.
This action proposes the management measures and specifications for the Atlantic sea scallop fishery for 2015, with 2016 default measures. A description of the action, why it is being considered, and the legal basis for this action are contained in Framework 26 and the preamble of this proposed rule and are not repeated here.
The proposed regulations would affect all vessels with LA and LAGC scallop permits. The Framework 26 document provides extensive information on the number and size of vessels and small businesses that would be affected by the proposed regulations, by port and state (see
On June 1 of each year, ownership entities are identified based on a list of all permits for the most recent complete calendar year. The current ownership dataset is based on the calendar year 2013 permits and contains average gross sales associated with those permits for calendar years 2011 through 2013. Matching the potentially impacted 2013 fishing year permits described above (LA and LAGC IFQ) to calendar year 2013 ownership data results in 172 distinct ownership entities for the LA fleet and 115 distinct ownership entities for the LAGC IFQ fleet. Of these, and based on the Small Business Administration (SBA) guidelines, 154 of the LA distinct ownership entities and all 115 of the LAGC IFQ entities are categorized as small. The remaining 18 of the LA entities are categorized as large entities, all of which are shellfish businesses.
The proposed action contains collection-of-information requirements subject to review and approval by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). Two requirements will be submitted to OMB for approval under the NMFS Northeast Region Scallop Report Family of Forms (OMB Control No. 0648-0491).
Under the proposed action, all 347 LA vessels would be required to submit a pre-landing notification form for each access area trip through their VMS units. This information collection is intended to improve access area trip monitoring, as well as streamline a vessel's ability to fish multiple access area trips. Although this is a new requirement, it would replace other reporting procedures currently required for breaking an access area trip and receiving permission to take a compensation trip to harvest remaining unharvested scallop pounds from an access area trip. The proposed action also includes a new requirement for some LA vessels to report a pre-landing notification form through their VMS unit before changing their open area trip declaration to a “declared out of fishery declaration,” which is expected to add a burden to a very small portion of the fleet. This requirement would only apply to a few vessels that intend to land open area scallops at ports south of Cape May, NJ, and want to steam to those ports while not using DAS. This new pre-landing requirement is necessary to enforce a measure intended to assist shoreside businesses in southern ports by providing an incentive for vessels to steam to ports far away from popular open area fishing grounds.
Notification requires the dissemination of the following information: Operator's permit number; amount of scallop meats and/or bushels to be landed; the estimated time of arrival; the landing port and state where the scallops will be offloaded; and the vessel trip report (VTR) serial number recorded from that trip's VTR. This information would be used by the Office of Law Enforcement to monitor vessel activity and ensure compliance with the regulations.
The burden estimates for these new requirements apply to all LA vessels. In a given fishing year, NMFS estimates that for access area reporting, each of the 313 full-time LA vessels would submit a pre-landing report 5 times (1,565 responses) and each of the 34 part-time LA vessel would submit a pre-landing report up to 3 times (102 responses), for a total of 1,667 responses. Public reporting burden for submitting these pre-landing notification forms is estimated to average 5 minutes per response with an associated cost of $1.25, that includes the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information.
Therefore, 1,667 responses would impose total compliance costs of $2,084. While this is a new requirement, it would replace current trip termination and compensation trip reporting procedures, which were estimated to cost a total of $300 annually, so the additional burden for this new pre-landing requirement would be $1,785 ($2,085−$300), or $5.14 per vessel. This is likely an overestimate, but would account for the potential of higher access area scallop allocations in future fishing years. For the new DAS pre-landing requirements, NMFS estimates that this would likely impact 30 vessels and result in each of those vessels reporting one time a year. Public reporting burden for submitting these pre-landing notification forms is also estimated to average 5 minutes per response with an associated cost of $1.25. Therefore, the total cost of this would impose total compliance costs of $38 (30 vessels × $1.25). The total additional burden from both of these new pre-landing requirements would be $1,823.
Public comment is sought regarding: whether this proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Send comments on these or any other aspects of the collection of information to the Regional Administrator (See
Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. All currently approved NOAA collections of information may be viewed at:
This action contains no other compliance costs. It does not duplicate, overlap, or conflict with any other Federal law.
The proposed regulations do not create overlapping regulations with any state regulations or other federal laws.
The preferred alternative for LA allocations, which would allocate includes 30.86 DAS and 23,133 kg of scallops to be harvested in access areas to full-time vessels, as well as close a portion of the Elephant Trunk Access Area and extend the NLS closure, is expected to positively impact profitability of small entities regulated by this action. The estimated revenues and net revenue for scallop vessels and small business entities under all considered allocations alternatives, including the preferred alternative, are expected to be higher than both the No Action alternative (
Overall LAGC IFQ allocations for the preferred alternative will be 5.8 percent higher than the No Action (
Because the NGOM and incidental TACs are unchanged from previous years, those proposed allocations are not expected to directly impact small business entities.
Endangered and threatened species, Exports, Imports, Transportation.
Fisheries, Fishing, Recordkeeping and reporting requirements.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR parts 223 and 648 are proposed to be amended as follows:
16 U.S.C. 1531 1543; subpart B, § 223.201-202 also issued under 16 U.S.C. 1361
(d) * * *
(11)
(ii) Any vessel that enters the waters described in paragraph (d)(11)(i) of this section and that is required to have a Federal Atlantic sea scallop fishery permit must have the chain mat configuration installed on all dredges for the duration of the trip.
(iii) Vessels subject to the requirements in paragraphs (d)(11)(i) and (d)(11)(ii) of this section transiting waters west of 71° W. long., from the shoreline to the outer boundary of the Exclusive Economic Zone, will be exempted from the chain-mat requirements provided the dredge gear is stowed in accordance with § 648.2 and there are no scallops on-board.
16 U.S.C. 1801
(e) * * *
(5) * * *
(iii) DAS counting for a vessel that is under the VMS notification requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, with the exception of vessels that have elected to fish exclusively in the Eastern U.S./Canada Area on a particular trip, as described in paragraph (e)(5) of this section, begins with the first location signal received showing that the vessel crossed the VMS Demarcation Line after leaving port. DAS counting ends with the first location signal received showing that the vessel crossed the VMS Demarcation Line upon its return to port, unless the vessel is declared into a limited access scallop DAS trip and, upon its return to port, declares out of the scallop fishery shoreward of the VMS Demarcation Line at or south of 39° N. lat., as specified in paragraph (f)(6) of this section, and lands in a port south of 39° N. lat.
(f) * * *
(4)
(A) VTR serial number;
(B) Date fish were caught;
(C) Total pounds of scallop meats kept;
(D) Total pounds of all fish kept.
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(6)
(i) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) * * *
(B) While under or subject to the DAS allocation program, in possession of more than 40 lb (18.1 kg) of shucked scallops or 5 bu (1.76 hL) of in-shell scallops, or fishing for scallops in the EEZ:
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(iii) * * *
(C) Fish for or land per trip, or possess at any time, scallops in the NGOM scallop management area after notification in the
(iv) * * *
(D) Fail to comply with any requirements for declaring out of the DAS allocation program and steaming to land scallops at ports located at or south of 39° N. lat., as specified in § 648.53(f)(3).
(E) Possess on board or land in-shell scallops if declaring out of the DAS allocation program and steaming to land scallops at ports located at or south of 39° N. lat.
(v) * * *
(D) Once declared into the scallop fishery in accordance with § 648.10(f), change its VMS declaration until the trip has ended and scallop catch has been offloaded, except as specified at § 648.53(f)(3).
(E) Fail to submit a scallop access area pre-landing notification form through VMS as specified at § 648.10(f)(4)(iii).
(3) * * *
(iii) * * *
(C) Declare into the NGOM scallop management area after the effective date of a notification published in the
(D) Fish for, possess, or land scallops in or from the NGOM scallop management area after the effective date of a notification published in the
(4) * * *
(i) * * *
(C) Declare into the NGOM scallop management area after the effective date of a notification published in the
(5) * * *
(iii) Fish for, possess, or land scallops in state or Federal waters of the NGOM management area after the effective date of notification in the
The revisions read as follows:
(b) * * *
(4) * * *
(iv)
(v)
(5) * * *
(ii) * * *
(A) From May 1 through November 30, any limited access scallop vessel using a dredge, regardless of dredge size or vessel permit category, or any LAGC IFQ scallop vessel fishing with a dredge with a width of 10.5 ft (3.2 m) or greater, that is fishing for scallops in waters west of 71° W long., from the shoreline to the outer boundary of the EEZ, must use a TDD. The TDD requires five modifications to the rigid dredge frame, as specified in paragraphs (b)(5)(ii)(A)(
(
(c)
(e) * * *
(3) * * *
(i) A vessel participating in the Sea Scallop Area Access Program as specified in § 648.60 may have no more than six people, including the operator, on board.
(a)
(1) ABC/ACL for fishing years 2015 through 2016, excluding discards, shall be:
(i) 2015: 25,352 mt.
(ii) 2016: 31,807 mt.
(2)
(3)
(i) The limited access fishery sub-ACLs for fishing years 2015 and 2016 are:
(A) 2015: 23,161 mt.
(B) 2016: 29,200 mt.
(ii) The limited access fishery ACTs for fishing years 2015 and 2016 are:
(A) 2015: 19,311 mt.
(B) 2016: 23,016 mt.
(4)
(i) The ACLs for fishing years 2015 and 2016 for LAGC IFQ vessels without a limited access scallop permit are:
(A) 2015: 1,225 mt.
(B) 2016: 1,545 mt.
(ii) The ACLs for fishing years 2015 and 2016 for vessels issued both a LAGC and a limited access scallop permits are:
(A) 2015: 123 mt.
(B) 2016: 154 mt.
(b) * * *
(1)
(i) 2015 fishing year: 2,594 lb/DAS (1,171 kg/DAS).
(ii) 2016 fishing year: 2,715 lb/DAS (1,175 kg/DAS).
(iii) [Reserved]
(4) Each vessel qualifying for one of the three DAS categories specified in the table in this paragraph (b)(4) (full-time, part-time, or occasional) shall be allocated the maximum number of DAS for each fishing year it may participate in the open area limited access scallop fishery, according to its category, excluding carryover DAS in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section. DAS allocations shall be determined by distributing the portion of ACT specified in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, as reduced by access area allocations specified in § 648.59, and dividing that amount among vessels in the form of DAS calculated by applying estimates of open area LPUE specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. Allocation for part-time and occasional scallop vessels shall be 40 percent and 8.33 percent of the full-time DAS allocations, respectively. The annual open area DAS allocations for each category of vessel for the fishing years indicated are as follows:
(i) [Reserved]
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(f) * * *
(3)
(i) The vessel must submit a Scallop Pre-landing Notification Form, as specified at § 648.10(f)(4)(iv);
(ii) The vessel's fishing gear is stowed and not available for immediate use as defined in § 648.2;
(iii) The vessel must return directly to port and offload scallops;
(iv) The vessel must land scallops at a port located at or south of 39° N. lat.; and
(v) The vessel may not possess in-shell scallops.
(g)
(a) * * *
(4) The Regional Administrator has determined that the State of Maine has a scallop fishery conservation program for its scallop fishery that does not jeopardize the biomass and fishing mortality/effort limit objectives of the Scallop FMP. A vessel fishing in State of Maine waters may fish under the State of Maine state waters exemption, subject to the exemptions specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, provided the vessel is in compliance with paragraphs (e) through (g) of this section.
(b
(c
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
The revisions read as follows:
(a)
(2)
(i)
(3)
(4)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a) * * *
(1)
(3)
(A) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, paragraphs (a)(3)(i)(B) through (E) of this section specify the total amount of scallops, in weight, that a limited access scallop vessel may harvest from Sea Scallop Access Areas during applicable seasons specified in § 648.59. A vessel may not possess or land in excess of its scallop allocation assigned to specific Sea Scallop Access Areas, unless authorized by the Regional Administrator, as specified in paragraph (d) of this section, unless the vessel owner has exchanged an area-specific scallop allocation with another vessel owner for additional scallop allocation in that area, as specified in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section. A vessel may harvest its scallop allocation, as specified in paragraph (a)(3)(B) of this section, on any number of trips in a given fishing year, provided that no single trip exceeds the possession limits specified in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, unless authorized by the Regional Administrator, as specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section,
(B)
(
(C)
(
(D)
(
(ii)
(5)
(9)
(c)
(e)
(i) 2015: The Mid-Atlantic Scallop Access Area, as specified in § 648.59(a)
(ii) 2016: None.
(g) * * *
(3)
(a) As specified in § 648.55(d), and pursuant to the biennial framework adjustment process specified in § 648.90, the scallop fishery shall be allocated a sub-ACL for the Georges Bank and Southern New England/Mid-Atlantic stocks of yellowtail flounder. The sub-ACLs are specified in § 648.90(a)(4)(iii)(C) of the NE multispecies regulations.
(b) * * *
(3) * * *
(ii) The maximum hanging ratio for a net, net material, or any other material on the top of a scallop dredge (twine top) possessed or used by vessels fishing with scallop dredge gear does not exceed 1.5:1 overall. An overall hanging ratio of 1.5:1 means that the twine top is attached to the rings in a pattern of alternating 2 meshes per ring and 1 mesh per ring (counted at the bottom where the twine top connects to the apron), for an overall average of 1.5 meshes per ring for the entire width of the twine top. For example, an apron that is 40 rings wide subtracting 5 rings one each side of the side pieces, yielding 30 rings, would only be able to use a twine top with 45 or fewer meshes so that the overall ratio of meshes to rings did not exceed 1.5 (45 meshes/30 rings = 1.5).
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice; request for comment.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Forest Service is seeking comments from all interested individuals and organizations on the extension with no revision of a currently approved information collection, Grazing Permit Administration Forms.
Comments must be received in writing on or before May 18, 2015 to be assured of consideration. Comments received after that date will be considered to the extent practicable.
Comments concerning this notice should be addressed to the Attention: Director, Rangeland Management, USDA Forest Service, Washington Office, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Mailstop 1153, Washington, DC 20250-1153. To ensure timely delivery, review, and consideration, it may be preferable to submit comments via email to
All comments, including names and addresses when provided, are placed in the record and available for public inspection and copying. The agency cannot confirm receipt of comments.
The public may inspect comments received at the USDA Forest Service Washington Office, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 4 p.m. Those wishing to inspect comments are encouraged to call ahead to 202-205-1460 to facilitate entry into the building.
Annette Joseph, Rangeland Management at 202-205-1454. Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
Forest Service officials currently use the following forms to collect the information necessary to administer this program.
• Name and mailing address;
• Permit number;
• National Forest or Grassland and Ranger District;
• Purpose of application: Credit on next year's fees, refund of fees, or transfer of credit to another account;
• Information on the allotment; number of cattle, horses, or sheep;
• Period range not used;
• Reason for less use than permitted; and
• Signature of Permittee.
Information collected on this form enables the Forest Service to evaluate a grazing permittee's request for refund, credit, or transfer of the unused potion of the preceding season's grazing fees paid to the Forest Service for the occupancy of the National Forest System lands by permitted livestock.
• Name and address of applicant;
• Type, amount, and location of requested grazing;
• Period of use; and
• Grazing allotment.
Information collected on this form enables the Forest Service to determine whether individuals qualify for a temporary grazing or livestock use permit, which authorizes grazing on certain NFS lands for a period not to exceed one year. The Forest Service uses the information on this form to determine whether the applicant is likely to comply with grazing permit terms and conditions.
• Name and address of applicant;
• Type, amount, and location of requested grazing;
• Period of use; and
• Grazing allotment.
The information collected on this form enables the Forest Service to evaluate an applicant's eligibility and qualification to hold a term grazing permit authorizing the use of National Forest System lands for livestock grazing purposes, to determine the applicant's ability to comply with grazing permit terms and conditions, and to notify the applicant in writing of matters associated with the administration of permitted grazing including, but not limited to, bills for the fees associated with the permitted grazing.
• Name and address of applicant;
• Type, amount, and location of requested grazing;
• Period of use; and
• Grazing allotment.
The information collected on this form enables the Forest Service to evaluate an applicant's eligibility and qualification to hold a term private land-grazing permit, which authorizes the use of National Forest System lands and private lands controlled by the applicant for livestock grazing purposes. The information also enables the Forest Service to determine the applicant's ability to comply with grazing permit terms and conditions, and to notify the applicant in writing of matters associated with the administration of permitted grazing.
• Name of corporation, partnership, or other legal entity; and
• The title, signing authority, mailing address, shares owned, or ownership of each stockholder or partner.
The information on this form enables the Forest Service to evaluate whether a corporation or partnership is eligible and qualified to hold a term grazing permit authorizing grazing on certain National Forest System lands, whether the corporation is authorized to conduct business in the state in which the National Forest System lands to be grazed are located, and which shareholders or partners are authorized to sign official documents on behalf of the corporation or partnership.
Comment is invited on: (1) Whether this collection of information is necessary for the stated purposes and the proper performance of the functions of the Agency, including whether the information will have practical or scientific utility; (2) the accuracy of the Agency's estimate of the burden of the collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including the use of automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
All comments received in response to this notice, including names and addresses when provided, will be a matter of public record. Comments will be summarized and included in the submission request toward Office of Management and Budget approval.
The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments regarding: (a) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments regarding this information collection received by April 16, 2015 will be considered. Written comments should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), New Executive Office Building, 725-17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20502. Commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Failure to collect this information would cripple APHIS' ability to ensure that clementines from Spain are not carrying fruit flies.
The Department of Agriculture will submit the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 on or after the date of publication of this notice. Comments regarding (a) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC, New Executive Office Building, 725—17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503. Commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
Comments regarding these information collections are best assured of having their full effect if received by April 16, 2015. Copies of the submission(s) may be obtained by calling (202) 720-8681.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
On November 19, 2014, the Department of Commerce (the Department) published in the
Michael A. Romani, AD/CVD Operations, Office I, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW, Washington DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-0198.
On November 19, 2014, the Department published the
We conducted this review in accordance with sections 751(a)(1)(B) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act).
The merchandise covered by the order includes all small diameter graphite electrodes of any length, whether or not finished, of a kind used in furnaces, with a nominal or actual diameter of 400 millimeters (16 inches) or less, and whether or not attached to a graphite pin joining system or any other type of joining system or hardware. The merchandise covered by the order also includes graphite pin joining systems for small diameter graphite electrodes, of any length, whether or not finished, of a kind used in furnaces, and whether or not the graphite pin joining system is attached to, sold with, or sold separately from, the small diameter graphite electrode. Small diameter graphite electrodes and graphite pin joining systems for small diameter graphite electrodes are most commonly used in primary melting, ladle metallurgy, and specialty furnace applications in industries including foundries, smelters, and steel refining operations. Small diameter graphite electrodes and graphite pin joining systems for small diameter graphite electrodes that are subject to the order are currently classified under the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) subheadings 8545.11.0010,
The Department made no changes to its
The Department will determine, and U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries covered by this review.
The Department intends to issue appropriate assessment instructions directly to CBP 15 days after publication of the final results of review.
The following cash deposit requirements will be effective upon publication of the final results of this administrative review for shipments of the subject merchandise from the PRC entered, or withdrawn from warehouse,
This notice serves as a final reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this POR. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Secretary's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.
This notice also serves as a reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a sanctionable violation.
These final results of review are issued and published in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i) of the Act.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
On February 27, 2015 the United States Court of International Trade (“CIT”) sustained the Department of Commerce's (“the Department”) final results of remand redetermination, pursuant to the CIT's remand order, in
Consistent with the decision of the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (“CAFC”) in
Thomas Martin, Office IV, Enforcement & Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-3936.
On June 12, 2013, the Department published the
Pursuant to the CIT's remand instructions, the Department re-examined record evidence and made the following changes. The Department revised its calculation of DuPont's margin in two ways. First, the Department reopened the record to allow DuPont an opportunity to substantiate its by-product offset, and granted that offset. Second, the Department adjusted DuPont's brokerage and handling surrogate value calculation by dividing the surrogate value for document preparation and customs clearance costs by the weight of DuPont's shipments. In addition, the Department revised its calculation of Wanhua's separate rate by adjusting it for any changes to DuPont's margin, given that its margin was solely based on DuPont's margin.
In its decision in
Because there is now a final court decision with respect to the
This notice is issued and published in accordance with sections 516A(e)(1), 751(a)(1), and 777(i)(1) of the Act.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) finds that revocation of the antidumping duty finding/orders on prestressed concrete steel wire strand (PC strand) from Brazil, India, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Mexico, and Thailand would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of dumping as indicated in the “Final Results of Sunset Review” section of this notice.
Michael Romani or Minoo Hatten, AD/CVD Operations, Office I, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-0198 or (202) 482-1690, respectively.
On November 3, 2014, the Department published the notice of initiation of the sunset reviews of the antidumping duty finding
In accordance with 19 CFR 351.218(d)(1)(i), the Department received notices of intent to participate in these sunset reviews from Insteel Wire Products Company and Sumiden Wire Products Corp. (collectively, the domestic interested parties) within 15 days after the date of publication of the
The Department received complete substantive responses to the
The product covered in the sunset reviews of the antidumping duty orders on PC strand from Brazil, India, Korea, Mexico, and Thailand is steel strand produced from wire of non-stainless, non-galvanized steel, which is suitable for use in prestressed concrete (both pre-tensioned and post-tensioned) applications. The product definition encompasses covered and uncovered strand and all types, grades, and diameters of PC strand.
The product covered in the sunset review of the antidumping duty finding on PC strand from Japan is steel wire strand, other than alloy steel, not galvanized, which is stress-relieved and suitable for use in prestressed concrete.
The merchandise subject to the finding/orders is currently classifiable under subheadings 7312.10.3010 and 7312.10.3012 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS). Although the HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the merchandise under the finding/orders is dispositive. A full description of the scope of the order is contained in the Issues and Decision Memorandum.
A complete discussion of all issues raised in these reviews are addressed in the accompanying Issues and Decision Memorandum, which is hereby adopted by this notice, including the likelihood of continuation or recurrence of dumping in the event of revocation and the magnitude of dumping margins likely to prevail if the finding/orders
Pursuant to sections 751(c)(1) and 752(c)(1) and (2) of the Act, we determine that revocation of the antidumping duty finding/orders on PC strand from Brazil, India, Japan, Mexico, Korea, and Thailand would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of dumping up to the following weighted-average margin percentages:
This notice serves as the only reminder to parties subject to administrative protective orders (APO) of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305. Timely written notification of the destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation which is subject to sanction.
The Department is issuing and publishing these final results and notice in accordance with sections 751(c), 752(c), and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.218.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
On February 25, 2015, the United States Court of International Trade (CIT or Court) issued final judgment in
Consistent with the decision of the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (CAFC) in
Thomas Schauer, Office I, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-0410.
On July 14, 2006, the Department published
On July 29, 2011, the CIT affirmed, in part, the Department's first remand, which resulted in a weighted-average dumping margin of 13.91 percent for Nachi and a weighted-average dumping margin of 8.02 percent for NTN.
In its decision in
Because there is now a final court decision, the Department is amending
Accordingly, the Department will continue the suspension of liquidation of the subject merchandise pending the expiration of the period of appeal or, if appealed, pending a final and conclusive court decision. In the event the Court's ruling is not appealed, or if appealed and upheld by the Federal Circuit, the Department will instruct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to assess antidumping duties on appropriate entries of the subject merchandise from NTN or Nachi using the revised assessment rates calculated by the Department in the
Because we revoked the antidumping duty order on ball bearings and parts thereof from Japan effective September 15, 2011, no cash deposits for estimated antidumping duties on future entries of subject merchandise will be required.
This notice is issued and published in accordance with sections 516A(e)(1), 751(a)(1), and 777(i)(1) of the Act.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
Magd Zalok at (202) 482-4162 or Thomas Martin at (202) 482-3936, Office IV, AD/CVD Operations, Enforcement and Compliance, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230.
On February 19, 2015, the Department of Commerce (“Department”) received an antidumping duty (“AD”) petition concerning imports of silicomanganese from Australia filed in proper form on behalf of Felman Production, LLC (“Petitioner”).
On February 20, 2015, the Department requested additional information and clarification with respect to the industry support section of the Petition.
In accordance with section 732(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (“the Act”), Petitioner alleges that silicomanganese from Australia is being, or is likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value within the meaning of section 731 of the Act and that such imports are materially injuring, or threatening material injury to, an industry in the United States. Also, consistent with section 732(b)(1) of the Act, the Petition is accompanied by information reasonably available to Petitioner supporting its allegations.
The Department finds that Petitioner filed the Petition on behalf of the domestic industry because Petitioner is an interested party as defined in section 771(9)(C) of the Act. The Department also finds that Petitioner demonstrated sufficient industry support with respect to the initiation of the AD investigation that Petitioner is requesting.
Because the Petition was filed on February 19, 2015, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.204(b)(1) the period of investigation (“POI”) is January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014.
The product covered by this investigation is silicomanganese from Australia. For a full description of the scope of this investigation,
During our review of the Petition, the Department issued questions to, and received responses from, Petitioner pertaining to the proposed scope to ensure that the scope language in the Petition would be an accurate reflection
As discussed in the preamble to the Department's regulations,
The Department requests that any factual information the parties consider relevant to the scope of the investigation be submitted during this time period. However, if a party subsequently finds that additional factual information pertaining to the scope of the investigation may be relevant, the party may contact the Department and request permission to submit the additional information. All such comments must be filed on the record of this investigation.
All submissions to the Department must be filed electronically using Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (“ACCESS”).
The Department requests comments from interested parties regarding the appropriate physical characteristics of silicomanganese to be reported in response to the Department's AD questionnaire. This information will be used to identify the key physical characteristics of the subject merchandise in order to report the relevant cost of production accurately, as well as to develop appropriate product-comparison criteria.
Interested parties may provide any information or comments that they feel are relevant to the development of an accurate list of physical characteristics. Specifically, they may provide comments as to which characteristics are appropriate to use as: (1) General product characteristics; and (2) product-comparison criteria. We note that it is not always appropriate to use all product characteristics as product-comparison criteria. We base product-comparison criteria on meaningful commercial differences among products. In other words, although there may be some physical product characteristics utilized by manufacturers to describe silicomanganese, it may be that only a select few product characteristics take into account commercially meaningful physical characteristics. In addition, interested parties may comment on the order in which the physical characteristics should be used in matching products. Generally, the Department attempts to list the most important physical characteristics first and the least important characteristics last.
In order to consider the suggestions of interested parties in developing and issuing the AD questionnaire, all comments must be filed by 5:00 p.m. ET on March 31, 2015, which is 20 calendar days from the signature date of this notice. Any rebuttal comments must be filed by 5:00 p.m. ET on April 10, 2015. All comments and submissions to the Department must be filed electronically using ACCESS, as explained above, on the record of this investigation.
Section 732(b)(1) of the Act requires that a petition be filed on behalf of the domestic industry. Section 732(c)(4)(A) of the Act provides that a petition meets this requirement if the domestic producers or workers who support the petition account for: (i) At least 25 percent of the total production of the domestic like product; and (ii) more than 50 percent of the production of the domestic like product produced by that portion of the industry expressing support for, or opposition to, the petition. Moreover, section 732(c)(4)(D) of the Act provides that, if the petition does not establish support of domestic producers or workers accounting for more than 50 percent of the total production of the domestic like product, the Department shall: (i) Poll the industry or rely on other information in order to determine if there is support for the petition, as required by subparagraph (A); or (ii) determine industry support using a statistically valid sampling method to poll the “industry.”
Section 771(4)(A) of the Act defines the “industry” as the producers as a whole of a domestic like product, or those producers whose collective output of a domestic like product constitutes a major proportion of the total domestic production of the product. Thus, to determine whether a petition has the requisite industry support, the statute directs the Department to look to producers and workers who produce the domestic like product. The International Trade Commission (“ITC”), which is responsible for determining whether “the domestic industry” has been injured, must also determine what constitutes a domestic like product in order to define the industry. While both the Department and the ITC must apply the same statutory definition regarding the domestic like product,
Section 771(10) of the Act defines the domestic like product as “a product which is like, or in the absence of like, most similar in characteristics and uses with, the article subject to an investigation under this title.” Thus, the reference point from which the domestic like product analysis begins is “the article subject to an investigation” (
With regard to the domestic like product, Petitioner does not offer a definition of the domestic like product distinct from the scope of the investigation. Based on our analysis of the information submitted on the record, we have determined that silicomanganese constitutes a single domestic like product and we have analyzed industry support in terms of that domestic like product.
In determining whether Petitioner has standing under section 732(c)(4)(A) of the Act, we considered the industry support data contained in the Petition with reference to the domestic like product as defined in the “Scope of the Investigation,” in Appendix I of this notice. Petitioner provided its own 2014 production data for the domestic like product.
Our review of the data provided in the Petition, supplemental submissions, and other information readily available to the Department indicates that Petitioner has established industry support.
The Department finds that Petitioner filed the Petition on behalf of the domestic industry because it is an interested party as defined in section 771(9)(C) of the Act and it has demonstrated sufficient industry support with respect to the AD investigation that it is requesting the Department to initiate.
Petitioner alleges that the U.S. industry producing the domestic like product is being materially injured, or is threatened with material injury, by reason of the imports of the subject merchandise sold at less than normal value (“NV”). In addition, Petitioner alleges that subject imports exceed the negligibility threshold provided for under section 771(24)(A) of the Act.
Petitioner contends that the industry's injured condition is illustrated by reduced market share; underselling and price depression or suppression; lost sales and revenue; a plant shutdown and the inability to restart a third furnace for production; reduced employment levels; and decline in financial performance.
The following is a description of the allegation of sales at less than fair value upon which the Department based its decision to initiate an investigation of imports of silicomanganese from Australia. The sources of data relating to U.S. price and NV are discussed in greater detail in the initiation checklist.
Petitioner based export price (“EP”) on the POI average unit value (“AUV”) of silicomanganese imports from Australia under Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (“HTSUS”) subheading 7202.30.0000 (which covers the subject merchandise), calculated using U.S. import statistics obtained from the ITC's Dataweb. The AUV represents FOB Australia port terms. To be conservative, Petitioner made no adjustments to EP for foreign inland freight or other expenses at the port of exportation.
Petitioner alleged that the sales of silicomanganese in Australia were made at prices substantially below the fully-loaded cost of production (“COP”). Accordingly, Petitioner based NV on the constructed value (“CV”) of the imported merchandise.
Petitioner provided information demonstrating reasonable grounds to believe or suspect that sales of silicomanganese in the Australian market were made at prices below the COP, within the meaning of section 773(b) of the Act, and requested that the Department conduct a country-wide sales-below-cost investigation.
Further, section 773(b)(2)(A) of the Act requires that the Department have
Pursuant to section 773(b)(3) of the Act, COP consists of the cost of manufacturing (“COM”); selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses; financial expenses; and packing expenses. Petitioner calculated COM based on its experience adjusted for known differences between the United States and Australia during the proposed POI.
Petitioner relied on the 2013 financial statements of Grange Resources Limited, an Australian producer of comparable merchandise (
Petitioner obtained a price quote from Tasmanian Electro Metallurgical Company for silicomanganese, meeting ASTM A-483 grade B specifications, for sale in the Australian market. Based upon a comparison of the net price of the foreign like product in the home market to the COP of the product, we find reasonable grounds to believe or suspect that sales of the foreign like product in the comparison market were made below the COP, within the meaning of section 773(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Act.
Because home market sales prices fell below COP, pursuant to sections 773(a)(4), 773(b) and 773(e) of the Act, Petitioner based NV on CV.
Based on the data provided by Petitioner, there is reason to believe that imports of silicomanganese from Australia are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value. Based on comparisons of export price to CV in accordance with section 773(a) of the Act, the estimated AD margin is 77.97 percent.
Based upon the examination of the Petition on silicomanganese from Australia, we find that the Petition meets the requirements of section 732 of the Act. Therefore, we are initiating an AD investigation to determine whether imports of silicomanganese from Australia are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value. In accordance with section 733(b)(1)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(b)(1), unless postponed, we will make our preliminary determination no later than 140 days after the date of this initiation.
The Petition names only one company as a producer/exporter of silicomanganese in Australia: Tasmanian Electro Metallurgical Company, and Petitioner provided information from an independent third-party source as support of this claim.
In accordance with section 732(b)(3)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.202(f), copies of the public version of the Petition have been provided to the government of Australia. To the extent practicable, we will attempt to provide a copy of the public version of the Petition to each exporter named in the Petition, as provided under 19 CFR 351.203(c)(2).
We have notified the ITC of our initiation, as required by section 732(d) of the Act.
The ITC will preliminarily determine, within 45 days after the date on which the Petition was filed, whether there is a reasonable indication that imports of silicomanganese from Australia are materially injuring or threatening material injury to a U.S. industry.
On April 10, 2013, the Department published
On September 20, 2013, the Department modified its regulation concerning the extension of time limits for submissions in AD and CVD proceedings.
Any party submitting factual information in an AD or CVD proceeding must certify to the accuracy and completeness of that information.
Interested parties must submit applications for disclosure under administrative protective orders (“APO”) in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305. On January 22, 2008, the Department published
This notice is issued and published pursuant to section 777(i) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.203(c).
The scope of this investigation covers all forms, sizes and compositions of silicomanganese, except low-carbon silicomanganese, including silicomanganese briquettes, fines, and slag. Silicomanganese is a ferroalloy composed principally of manganese, silicon, and iron, and normally contains much smaller proportions of minor elements, such as carbon, phosphorus, and sulfur. Silicomanganese is sometimes referred to as ferrosilicon manganese.
Silicomanganese generally contains by weight not less than 4 percent iron, more than 30 percent manganese, more than 8 percent silicon and not more than 0.2 percent phosphorus. Silicomanganese is properly classifiable under subheading 7202.30.0000 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (“HTSUS”).
Low-carbon silicomanganese is excluded from the scope of this investigation. It is sometimes referred to as ferromanganese-silicon. The low-carbon silicomanganese excluded from this investigation is a ferroalloy with the following chemical specifications by weight: minimum 55 percent manganese, minimum 27 percent silicon, minimum 4 percent iron, maximum 0.10 percent phosphorus, maximum 0.10 percent carbon, and maximum 0.05 percent sulfur. Low-carbon silicomanganese is classifiable under HTSUS subheading 7202.30.0000.
The HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes. The written description of the scope is dispositive.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
On November 7, 2014, the Department of Commerce (the Department) published the preliminary results of the administrative review of the antidumping duty order on certain helical spring lock washers (HSLW)
Mary Kolberg or Sergio Balbontin, AD/CVD Operations, Office I, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-1785, (202) 482-6478, respectively.
On November 7, 2014, the Department published the
The merchandise subject to the order are HSLWs. The product is currently classified under subheading 7318.21.0000, 7318.21.0030, and 7318.21.0090 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS). Although the HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written product description is dispositive. A full description of the scope of the order is contained in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, dated concurrently with and hereby adopted by this notice.
All issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs by parties to this administrative review are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum. A list of the issues raised is attached to this notice as an appendix. The Issues and Decision Memorandum is a public document and is on file electronically
Based on our analysis of comments received, we made revisions that have changed the results for Jiangsu RC. These changes include changes to the valuation of certain factors of production and calculation programming changes. For further details on the changes we made for these final results,
For the
In the
In the
As a result of this administrative review, we determine that the following weighted-average dumping margins exist:
Pursuant to section 751(a)(2)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.212(b), the Department shall determine, and U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries covered by this review. For customers or importers of Jiangsu RC for which we do not have entered value, we calculated customer-/importer-specific antidumping duty assessment amounts based on the ratio of the total amount of dumping duties calculated for the examined sales of subject merchandise to the total sales quantity of those same sales.
The Department announced a refinement to its assessment practice in NME cases.
We intend to issue assessment instructions to CBP 15 days after the date of publication of the final results of review.
The following cash deposit requirements will be effective upon publication of these final results of review for all shipments of the subject merchandise from the PRC entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the publication date as provided by section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act: (1) For subject merchandise exported by the companies listed above that have separate rates, the cash deposit rate will be the rate established in these final results of review for each exporter as listed above; (2) for previously investigated or reviewed PRC and non-PRC exporters not listed above that received a separate rate in a prior segment of this proceeding, the cash deposit rate will continue to be the exporter-specific rate; (3) for all PRC exporters of subject merchandise that have not been found to be entitled to a separate rate, the cash deposit rate will be that for the PRC-wide entity; (4) for all non-PRC exporters of subject merchandise which have not received their own rate, the cash deposit rate will be the rate applicable to the PRC exporter that supplied that non-PRC exporter. These deposit requirements shall remain in effect until further notice.
This notice serves as a final reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this review period. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Secretary's presumption that reimbursement of the antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.
This notice also serves as the only reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the return or destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a sanctionable violation.
These final results of review are issued and published in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i) of the Act.
Economic Development Administration (EDA), Department of Commerce.
Notice.
The Department of Commerce, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Written comments must be submitted on or before May 18, 2015.
Direct all written comments to Jennifer Jessup, Departmental Paperwork Clearance Officer, Department of Commerce, Room 6616, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230 (or via the Internet at
Requests for additional information or copies of the information collection instrument and instructions should be directed to David Ives, Senior Program Analyst, Performance and National Programs Division, Room 71030, Economic Development Administration, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230 (or via the Internet at
The mission of the Economic Development Administration (EDA) is to lead the federal economic development agenda by promoting innovation and competitiveness, preparing American regions for growth and success in the worldwide economy. In order to effectively administer and monitor its economic development assistance programs, EDA collects certain information from applications for, and recipients of, EDA investment assistance. This 60-day
Paper and electronic submissions.
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden (including hours and cost) of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for OMB approval of this information collection; they also will become a matter of public record.
Network Enterprise Technology Command, Department of the Army, DoD.
Notice.
In compliance with the
Consideration will be given to all comments received by May 18, 2015.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
•
•
To request more information on this proposed information collection or to obtain a copy of the proposal and associated collection instruments, please write to the Headquarters, Network Enterprise Technology Command, Military Auxiliary Radio System, Salado, TX 76571, ATTN: Paul English, or call 254-947-3141.
Individuals and FCC licensed Amateur Radio operators voluntarily indicate a desire to join the Army MARS program. These interested individuals are required to submit the “Application to Operate a MARS Station form” for verification of applicants qualifications and certifications required for acceptance into the program. Once accepted into the MARS program, the information provided is entered into the MARS membership database so that the Program Manager has accurate roster of all current and former members of Army MARS. Member information, specifically the email address, is used by the Program Manager disseminate general program information, upcoming training events, and other related activities. Member phone numbers are also used (on occasion) as a secondary means to contact members as well as to solicit information, ideas and observations directly. Postal address are used to validate current mailing information and to categorize members physical locations, thereby generating an accurate overview of members locations throughout the world to aggregate radio network coverage. Concurrently, the postal address is used to mail certificates of achievement and appreciation to those members who excel in their participation supporting the MARS program. The date of birth is used to verify that minimum age restrictions for acceptance into the MARS program and initiate a security clearance background check (if required).
Department of the Navy, DOD.
Special notice.
The Department of the Navy hereby gives notice of its intent to grant an exclusive license to Vivinostics LLC of Gainesville, FL. The proposed license is a revocable, nonassignable, exclusive license to practice the inventions embodied in U.S. Pat. No. 7,128,714: NON-CONTACT WAVEFORM MONITOR; U.S. Pat. No. 8,177,721: REMOTE BLOOD PRESSURE WAVEFORM SENSING METHOD; and, U.S. Pat. No. 8,444,568 REMOTE BLOOD PRESSURE WAVEFORM SENSING METHOD throughout the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and all other United States territories and possessions. The Secretary of the Navy has an ownership interest in these inventions.
Anyone wishing to object to the grant of this license must file written objections along with supporting evidence, if any, not later than April 1, 2015.
Written objections are to be filed with the Naval Undersea Warfare Center Division, Newport, 1176 Howell St., Bldg 102T, Code 00T2, Newport, RI 02841.
Dr. Theresa A. Baus, Head, Technology Partnerships Office, Naval Undersea Warfare Center Division, Newport, 1176 Howell St., Bldg 102T, Code 00T2, Newport, RI 02841, telephone 401-832-8728, or E-Mail
35 U.S.C. 207, 37 CFR part 404.
Institute of Education Sciences, Department of Education.
Notice of a new system of records.
In accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (Privacy Act), the Department of Education (Department) publishes this notice of a new system of records entitled “Impact Evaluation of Support for Principals” (18-13-37). The National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance at the Department's Institute of Education Sciences (IES) awarded a contract in June 2014 to Mathematica Policy Research to provide evidence on principal professional development effectiveness.
Submit your comments on this proposed new system of records on or before April 16, 2015.
The Department filed a report describing the new system of records covered by this notice with the Chair of the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, the Chair of the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, and the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB) on March 6, 2015. This system of records will become effective on the later date of: (1) The expiration of the 40-day period for OMB review on April 15, 2015, unless OMB waives 10 days of the 40-day review period for compelling reasons shown by the Department, or (2) April 16, 2015, unless the system of records needs to be changed as a result of public comment or OMB review. The Department will publish any changes to the system of records or routine uses that result from public comment or OMB review.
Address all comments about the new system of records to Dr. Audrey Pendleton, Associate Commissioner, Evaluation Division, National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, Institute of Education Sciences, U.S. Department of Education, 555 New Jersey Avenue NW., Room 502D, Washington, DC 20208-0001. Telephone: (202) 208-7078. If you prefer to send your comments through the Internet, use the following address:
You must include the phrase “Impact Evaluation of Support for Principals” in the subject line of the electronic message.
During and after the comment period, you may inspect all public comments about this notice at the Department in Room 502D, 555 New Jersey Avenue NW., Washington, DC, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC time, Monday through Friday of each week except Federal holidays.
On request we will provide an appropriate accommodation or auxiliary aid to an individual with a disability who needs assistance to review the comments or other documents in the public rulemaking record for this notice. If you want to schedule an appointment for this type of accommodation or aid, please contact the person listed under
Dr. Audrey Pendleton, Associate Commissioner, Evaluation Division, National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, Institute of Education Sciences, U.S.
Individuals with disabilities can obtain this document in an accessible format (
The Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4) and (e)(11)) requires the Department to publish in the
The Privacy Act applies to any record about an individual that is maintained in a system of records from which individually identifying information is retrieved by a unique identifier associated with each individual, such as a name or Social Security number (SSN). The information about each individual is called a “record,” and the system, whether manual or computer-based, is called a “system of records.”
The Privacy Act requires each agency to publish a notice of a system of records in the
The system will contain personally identifying information on approximately 37,500 students, 1,200 teachers, and 100 principals from 10 school districts and will include, but will not necessarily be limited to, data on: (1) For students, standardized math and English/Language Arts test scores, age, sex, race/ethnicity, grade, eligibility for free/reduced-price lunches, English Learner status, individualized education plan status, school enrollment dates, attendance, and discipline records, and (2) for principals and teachers, individual district identifiers, school assignments, grades and subjects taught, and any available principal and teacher background characteristics, including age, sex, race/ethnicity, certifications, degrees, years of teaching experience, scores on licensure or certification tests, and teacher and principal performance ratings from district evaluation systems.
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Director of the Institute of Education Sciences, U.S. Department of Education (Department) publishes a notice of a new system of records to read as follows:
Impact Evaluation of Support for Principals.
None.
(1) Evaluation Division, National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, Institute of Education Sciences (IES), U.S. Department of Education, 555 New Jersey Avenue NW., Room 502D, Washington, DC 20208-0001.
(2) Mathematica Policy Research, P.O. Box 2393, Princeton, NJ 08543-2393 (contractor).
The system of records will include personally identifying information about the students, teachers, and principals who participate in the study. The system will contain records on approximately 1,200 teachers, 100 principals, and 37,500 students from 10 school districts.
For students, this information will include, but will not necessarily be limited to, standardized math and English/Language Arts test scores, age, sex, race/ethnicity, grade, eligibility for free/reduced-price lunches, English Learner status, individualized education plan status, school enrollment dates, attendance, and discipline records. For principals and teachers, this information will include, but will not necessarily be limited to, individual district identifiers, school assignments, grades and subjects taught, and any available principal and teacher background characteristics, including age, sex, race/ethnicity, certifications, degrees, years of teaching experience, scores on licensure or certification tests, and teacher and principal performance ratings from district evaluation systems.
The study is authorized under sections 171(b) and 173 of the Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002 (ESRA) (20 U.S.C. 9561(b) and 9563) and section 9601 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended (ESEA) (20 U.S.C. 7941).
The information contained in the records maintained in this system will be used to conduct a rigorous study of the effectiveness of providing principals with professional development.
The study will address the following central research question: What are the impacts of principals' professional development on teacher retention, teacher effectiveness, and student achievement? Secondary research questions for the study are: What are principals' professional development experiences? What are the impacts of principals' professional development on school climate and principals' and teachers' practices?
The Department may disclose information contained in a record in this system of records under the routine uses listed in this system of records without the consent of the individual if the disclosure is compatible with the purposes for which the record was collected. The Department may make these disclosures on a case-by-case basis
Contract Disclosure. If the Department contracts with an entity to perform any function that requires disclosing records in this system to the contractor's employees, the Department may disclose the records to those employees who have received the appropriate level of security clearance from the Department. Before entering into such a contract, the Department will require the contractor to establish and maintain the safeguards required under the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a(m)) with respect to the records in the system.
None.
The Department will maintain records on CD-ROM, and the contractor (Mathematica Policy Research) will maintain data for this system on computers and in hard copy.
Records in this system will be indexed and retrieved by a unique number assigned to each individual that will be cross-referenced by the individual's name on a separate list.
All physical access to the Department's site and to the site of the Department's contractor, where this system of records will be maintained, controlled and monitored by security personnel. The computer system employed by the Department offers a high degree of resistance to tampering and circumvention. This security system limits data access to Department and contract staff on a need-to-know basis and controls individual users' ability to access and alter records within the system.
The contractor will establish a similar set of procedures at its site to ensure confidentiality of data. The contractor is required to ensure that information identifying individuals is in files physically separated from other research data and electronic files identifying individuals are separated from other electronic research data files. The contractor will maintain security of the complete set of all master data files and documentation. Access to individually identifiable data will be strictly controlled. All information will be kept in locked file cabinets during nonworking hours, and work on hardcopy data will take place in a single room, except for data entry.
Physical security of electronic data will be also maintained. Security features that protect project data will include: Password-protected accounts that authorize users to use the contractor's system but to access only specific network directories and network software; user rights and directory and file attributes that limit those who can use particular directories and files and determine how they can use them; and additional security features that the network administrators will establish for projects as needed. The Department's and the contractor's employees who “maintain” (collect, maintain, use, or disseminate) data in this system must comply with the requirements of the Privacy Act and the confidentiality standards in section 183 of the ESRA (20 U.S.C. 9573).
Records are maintained and disposed of in accordance with the Department's Records Disposition Schedules (GRS 23, Item 8).
Associate Commissioner, Evaluation Division, National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, Institute of Education Sciences, U.S. Department of Education, 555 New Jersey Avenue NW., Room 502D, Washington, DC 20208-0001.
If you wish to determine whether a record exists regarding you in the system of records, contact the system manager. Your request must meet the requirements of the Department's Privacy Act regulations at 34 CFR 5b.5, including proof of identity.
If you wish to gain access to a record about you in this system of records, contact the system manager. Your request must meet the requirements of the Department's Privacy Act regulations at 34 CFR 5b.5, including proof of identity.
If you wish to contest the content of a record regarding you in the system of records, contact the system manager. Your request must meet the requirements of the Department's Privacy Act regulations at 34 CFR 5b.7, including proof of identity.
This system will contain records on principals, teachers, and students participating in an impact evaluation of support for principals. Data will be obtained through human resource and student administrative records maintained by the school districts and surveys of principals and teachers.
None.
Take notice that on March 3, 2015, DBM Pipeline, LLC (DBM Pipeline), 1201 Lake Robbins Drive, The Woodlands, Texas 77380, filed in Docket No. CP15-104-000 an application pursuant to section 7(c) of the Natural Gas Act (NGA) and Part 157 of the Commission's regulations, requesting: (i) Authorization to own, operate and maintain its existing 9-mile,16-inch diameter Ramsey Residue Line located in Reeves County, Texas; (ii) a blanket certificate, pursuant to Part 157, Subpart F of the Commission's regulations; (iii) a blanket certificate pursuant to Part 284, Subpart G of the Commission's regulation; and (iv) waivers of certain regulatory requirements. DBM Pipeline estimates the cost of the Project to be approximately $9.7 million, all as more fully set forth in the application which is on file with the Commission and open to public inspection. The filing may also be viewed on the web at
Any questions regarding this application should be directed to Philip H. Peacock, Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, DBM Pipeline, LLC, 1201 Lake Robbins Drive, The Woodlands, Texas 77380, by telephone at (832) 636-600 or by email at
Pursuant to section 157.9 of the Commission's rules, 18 CFR 157.9, within 90 days of this Notice the Commission staff will either: Complete its environmental assessment (EA) and place it into the Commission's public record (eLibrary) for this proceeding; or issue a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review. If a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review is issued, it will indicate, among other milestones, the anticipated date for the Commission staff's issuance of the EA for this proposal. The filing of the EA in the Commission's public record for this proceeding or the issuance of a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review will serve to notify federal and state agencies of the timing for the completion of all necessary reviews, and the subsequent need to complete all federal authorizations within 90 days of the date of issuance of the Commission staff's EA.
There are two ways to become involved in the Commission's review of this project. First, any person wishing to obtain legal status by becoming a party to the proceedings for this project should, on or before the comment date stated below, file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, a motion to intervene in accordance with the requirements of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.214 or 385.211) and the Regulations under the NGA (18 CFR 157.10). A person obtaining party status will be placed on the service list maintained by the Secretary of the Commission and will receive copies of all documents filed by the applicant and by all other parties. A party must submit seven copies of filings made with the Commission and must mail a copy to the applicant and to every other party in the proceeding. Only parties to the proceeding can ask for court review of Commission orders in the proceeding.
However, a person does not have to intervene in order to have comments considered. The second way to participate is by filing with the Secretary of the Commission, as soon as possible, an original and two copies of comments in support of or in opposition to this project. The Commission will consider these comments in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but the filing of a comment alone will not serve to make the filer a party to the proceeding. The Commission's rules require that persons filing comments in opposition to the project provide copies of their protests only to the party or parties directly involved in the protest.
Persons who wish to comment only on the environmental review of this project should submit an original and two copies of their comments to the Secretary of the Commission. Environmental commentors will be placed on the Commission's environmental mailing list, will receive copies of the environmental documents, and will be notified of meetings associated with the Commission's environmental review process. Environmental commentors will not be required to serve copies of filed documents on all other parties. However, the non-party commentors will not receive copies of all documents filed by other parties or issued by the Commission (except for the mailing of environmental documents issued by the Commission) and will not have the right to seek court review of the Commission's final order.
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filings of comments, protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at
Office of Science. Department of Energy.
Notice of open meeting.
This notice announces a meeting of the DOE/NSF Nuclear Science Advisory Committee (NSAC). The Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 86 Stat. 770) requires that public notice of these meetings be announced in the
Friday, April 3, 2015; 8:30 a.m.-5:30 p.m.
Gaithersburg Marriott Washingtonian Center, 9750 Washingtonian Boulevard, Gaithersburg, Maryland 20878, 301-590-0044.
Brenda L. May, U.S. Department of Energy; SC-26/Germantown Building, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-1290; Telephone: 301-903-0536 or email:
The most current information concerning this meeting can be found on the Web site:
The NSAC Meeting will be broadcast live on the Internet. You may find out how to access this broadcast by going to the following site prior to the start of the meeting. A video record of the meeting including the presentations that are made will be archived at this site after the meeting ends:
Take notice that on March 9, 2015, Winding Creek Solar LLC (Winding Creek) filed a Petition for Enforcement, pursuant to section 210(h)(2)(B) of the Public Utility Regulatory Policies Act of 1978 (PURPA), requesting that the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission) exercise its authority and initiate enforcement action against the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC), to remedy the CPUC's implementation of PURPA. Winding Creek asserts that CPUC's implementation is improper and contrary to the requirements of PURPA and the Commission's regulations, as more fully explained in its petition.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest this filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211, 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. Such notices, motions, or protests must be filed on or before the comment date. On or before the comment date, it is not necessary to serve motions to intervene or protests on persons other than the Applicant.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at
This filing is accessible on-line at
Office of Fossil Energy, DOE.
Notice of application.
The Office of Fossil Energy (FE) of the Department of Energy (DOE) gives notice of receipt of an application (Application), filed on January 21, 2015, by Eni USA Gas Marketing LLC (Eni USA Gas Marketing), requesting blanket authorization to export liquefied natural gas (LNG) previously imported into the United States from foreign sources in an amount up to the equivalent of 100 billion cubic feet (Bcf) of natural gas on a short-term or spot market basis for a two-year period commencing on April 21, 2015.
Protests, motions to intervene or notices of intervention, as applicable, requests for additional procedures, and written comments are to be filed using procedures detailed in the Public Comment Procedures section no later than 4:30 p.m., Eastern time, April 16, 2015.
U.S. Department of Energy (FE-34), Office of Oil and Gas Global Security and Supply, Office of Fossil Energy, P.O. Box 44375, Washington, DC 20026-4375.
U.S. Department of Energy (FE-34), Office of Oil and Gas Global Security and Supply, Office of Fossil Energy, Forrestal Building, Room 3E-042, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585.
The Application will be reviewed pursuant to section 3 of the NGA, as amended, and the authority contained in DOE Delegation Order No. 00-002.00N (July 11, 2013) and DOE Redelegation Order No. 00-006.02 (Nov. 17, 2014). In reviewing this LNG export application, DOE will consider domestic need for the gas, as well as any other issues determined to be appropriate, including whether the arrangement is consistent with DOE's policy of promoting competition in the marketplace by allowing commercial parties to freely negotiate their own trade arrangements. Parties that may oppose this application should comment in their responses on these issues.
The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), 42 U.S.C. 4321
In response to this Notice, any person may file a protest, comments, or a motion to intervene or notice of intervention, as applicable. Any person wishing to become a party to the proceeding must file a motion to intervene or notice of intervention. The filing of comments or a protest with respect to the Application will not serve to make the commenter or protestant a party to the proceeding, although protests and comments received from persons who are not parties will be considered in determining the appropriate action to be taken on the Application. All protests, comments, motions to intervene, or notices of intervention must meet the requirements specified by the regulations in 10 CFR part 590.
Filings may be submitted using one of the following methods: (1) Emailing the filing to
A decisional record on the Application will be developed through responses to this notice by parties, including the parties' written comments and replies thereto. Additional procedures will be used as necessary to achieve a complete understanding of the facts and issues. If an additional procedure is scheduled, notice will be provided to all parties. If no party requests additional procedures, a final Opinion and Order may be issued based on the official record, including the Application and responses filed by parties pursuant to this notice, in accordance with 10 CFR 590.316.
The Application is available for inspection and copying in the Division of Natural Gas Regulatory Activities docket room, Room 3E-042, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585. The docket room is open between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The Application and any filed protests, motions to intervene or notice of interventions, and comments will also be available electronically by going to the following DOE/FE Web address:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h. Potential
i.
j. Elfin Cove Utility Commission filed its request to use the Traditional Licensing Process on February 2, 2015. Elfin Cove Utility Commission provided public notice of its request on February 3, 2015. In a letter dated March 11, 2015, the Director of the Division of Hydropower Licensing approved Elfin Cove Utility Commission's request to use the Traditional Licensing Process.
k. With this notice, we are initiating informal consultation with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and NOAA Fisheries under section 7 of the Endangered Species Act and the joint agency regulations thereunder at 50 CFR part 402; and NOAA Fisheries under section 305(b) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act and implementing regulations at 50 CFR 600.920. We are also initiating consultation with the Alaska State Historic Preservation Officer, as required by section 106, National Historic Preservation Act, and the implementing regulations of the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation at 36 CFR 800.2.
l. Elfin Cove Utility Commission filed a Pre-Application Document (PAD; including a proposed process plan and schedule) with the Commission, pursuant to 18 CFR 5.6 of the Commission's regulations.
m. A copy of the PAD is available for review at the Commission in the Public Reference Room or may be viewed on the Commission's Web site (
n. Register online at
On December 1, 2014, Mid-Atlantic Hydro, LLC filed an application for a preliminary permit under section 4(f) of the Federal Power Act proposing to study the feasibility of the proposed Ellis Hydroelectric Project No. 14649-000, to be located at the existing Ellis Lock and Dam on the Muskingum River, near the township of Ellis, in Muskingum County, Ohio. The Ellis Lock and Dam is owned and operated by the state of Ohio. There are no federal lands associated with the project. The sole purpose of a preliminary permit, if issued, is to grant the permit holder priority to file a license application during the permit term. A preliminary permit does not authorize the permit holder to perform any land-disturbing activities or otherwise enter upon lands or waters owned by others without the owners' express permission.
The proposed project would consist of: (1) The existing 340-foot-long by 15.3-foot-high Ellis Dam spillway and 352-acre reservoir with a normal elevation of 690 feet mean sea level; (2) five new 500-kilowatt Very Low Head 4000 submersible turbine-generator units with a combined capacity of 2.5 megawatts; (3) a new 40-foot-long by 20-foot-wide switchyard containing a three phase step-up transformer, protective equipment, and metering equipment; (4) a new 150-foot-long, 12.5 to 34.5 kilovolt, overhead transmission line that would connect to an existing local utility distribution system; and (5) appurtenant facilities. The project would have an estimated annual generation of 9,500 megawatt-hours.
Deadline for filing comments, motions to intervene, competing applications (without notices of intent), or notices of intent to file competing applications: 60 days from the issuance of this notice. Competing applications and notices of intent must meet the requirements of 18 CFR 4.36. The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file comments, motions to intervene, notices of intent, and competing applications using the Commission's eFiling system at
More information about this project, including a copy of the application, can be viewed or printed on the “eLibrary” link of Commission's Web site at
U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA), U.S. Department of Energy.
Notice and request for comments.
The EIA, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, intends to extend for three years the Form EIA-886,
Comments regarding this proposed information collection must be received on or before May 18, 2015. If you anticipate difficulty in submitting comments within that period, contact the person listed in the
Written comments may be sent to Cynthia Amezcua, EI-22, U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585, or by fax at (202) 586-9753 or by email at
Requests for additional information or copies of the information collection instrument and instructions should be directed to Cynthia Amezcua by phone at (202) 586-1658 or by email at the address listed above. Access to the proposed form, instructions, and internet data collection screens can be found at:
This information collection request contains:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
EIA publishes summary information from the Form EIA-886 database in an annual report on EIA's Web site (
(5)
(6)
AFV Suppliers (30 Original Equipment Manufacturers): 2.5 hours;
AFV Suppliers (20 Aftermarket Vehicle Converters): 2 hours;
AFV Users (100 complex fleets): 20 hours;
AFV Users (1,900 simple fleets): 3 hours;
(7)
Department of Energy.
Notice of open meeting.
This notice announces a meeting of the Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board (EM SSAB), Portsmouth. The Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 86 Stat. 770) requires that public notice of this meeting be announced in the
Thursday, April 2, 2015, 6:00 p.m.
Ohio State University, Endeavor Center, 1862 Shyville Road, Piketon, Ohio 45661.
Greg Simonton, Alternate Deputy Designated Federal Officer, Department of Energy Portsmouth/Paducah Project Office, Post Office Box 700, Piketon, Ohio 45661, (740) 897-3737,
• Call to Order, Introductions, Review of Agenda
• Approval of January Minutes
• Deputy Designated Federal Officer's Comments
• Federal Coordinator's Comments
• Liaison's Comments
• Presentation
• Administrative Issues
• Subcommittee Updates
• Public Comments
• Final Comments from the Board
• Adjourn
The following notice of meeting is published pursuant to section 3(a) of the government in the Sunshine Act (Pub. L. 94-409), 5 U.S.C. 552b:
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, DOE.
March 19, 2015, 10 a.m.
Room 2C, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
Open.
Agenda.
* NOTE—Items listed on the agenda may be deleted without further notice.
Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary, Telephone (202) 502-8400.
For a recorded message listing items struck from or added to the meeting, call (202) 502-8627.
This is a list of matters to be considered by the Commission. It does not include a listing of all documents relevant to the items on the agenda. All public documents, however, may be viewed on line at the Commission's Web site at
A free webcast of this event is available through
The event will contain a link to its webcast. The Capitol Connection provides technical support for the free webcasts. It also offers access to this event via television in the DC area and via phone bridge for a fee. If you have any questions, visit
Immediately following the conclusion of the Commission Meeting, a press briefing will be held in the Commission Meeting Room. Members of the public may view this briefing in the designated overflow room. This statement is intended to notify the public that the press briefings that follow Commission meetings may now be viewed remotely at Commission headquarters, but will not be telecast through the Capitol Connection service.
Take notice that on March 4, 2015, pursuant to Rule 207(a)(2) of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's (Commission) Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.207(a)(2) (2014), Monarch Oil Pipeline Company, LLC filed a petition for a declaratory order seeking a declaratory order for a crude oil pipeline project, all as more fully explained in the petition.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest this filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211, 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. Such notices, motions, or protests must be filed on or before the comment date. Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Petitioner.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at
This filing is accessible on-line at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
This notice announces EPA's order for the cancellations, voluntarily requested by the registrants and accepted by the Agency, of the products listed in Table 1 of Unit II., pursuant to the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA). This cancellation order follows an August 15, 2014
The cancellations are effective March 17, 2015.
Michael Yanchulis, Information Technology and Resources Management Division (7502P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; telephone number: (703) 347-0237; email address:
This action is directed to the public in general, and may be of interest to a wide range of stakeholders including environmental, human health, and agricultural advocates; the chemical industry; pesticide users; and members of the public interested in the sale, distribution, or use of pesticides. Since others also may be interested, the Agency has not attempted to describe all the specific entities that may be affected by this action.
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2014-0440, is available at
This notice announces the cancellation, as requested by registrants, of products registered under FIFRA section 3 (7 U.S.C. 136a). These registrations are listed in sequence by
Table 2 of this unit includes the names and addresses of record for all registrants of the products in Table 1 of this unit, in sequence by EPA company number. This number corresponds to the first part of the EPA registration numbers of the products listed in Table 1 of this unit.
During the public comment period, EPA received four comments. The first two comments were from Stepan Company first requesting a change and then rescinding their request. The next comment was from Syngenta Crop Protection requesting that EPA Reg. No. OR13009 be retained because the voluntary cancellation request was made in error. The last comment was from a citizen voicing concerns about bee-killing neonic pesticides which was not relevant to this
Pursuant to FIFRA section 6(f) (7 U.S.C. 136d(f)), EPA hereby approves the requested cancellations of the registrations identified in Table 1 of Unit II. Accordingly, the Agency hereby orders that the product registrations identified in Table 1 of Unit II. are canceled. The effective date of the cancellations that are the subject of this notice is March 17, 2015. Any distribution, sale, or use of existing stocks of the products identified in Table 1 of Unit II. in a manner inconsistent with any of the provisions for disposition of existing stocks set forth in Unit VI. will be a violation of FIFRA.
Section 6(f)(1) of FIFRA (7 U.S.C. 136d(f)(1)) provides that a registrant of a pesticide product may at any time request that any of its pesticide registrations be canceled or amended to terminate one or more uses. FIFRA further provides that, before acting on the request, EPA must publish a notice of receipt of any such request in the
Existing stocks are those stocks of registered pesticide products which are currently in the United States and which were packaged, labeled, and released for shipment prior to the effective date of the cancellation action. The existing stocks provisions for the products subject to this order are as follows.
The registrants may not continue to sell and distribute existing stocks of products listed in Table 1 of Unit II. after the date of publication of the Cancellation Order in the
7 U.S.C. 136
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice of proposed agreement; request for public comment.
In accordance with the requirements of sections 104, 106(a), 107, and 122 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), 42 U.S.C. 9604, 9606(a), 9607 and 9622, notice is hereby given of the proposed administrative settlement under section 107 and 122 of CERCLA, between the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and bona fide prospective purchaser Parley's Partners, LC (“Settling Party”). The proposed Settlement Agreement requires the Settling Party to conduct work under EPA oversight in exchange for a covenant not to sue pursuant to sections 106 and 107(a) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9606 and 9607(a) for existing contamination at the Murray Laundry Superfund Site. The Settling Party consents to and will not contest the authority of the United States to enter into this Agreement or to implement or enforce its terms.
The Settling Parties recognize that this Agreement has been negotiated in good faith and that this Agreement is entered into without the admission or adjudication of any issue of fact or law.
Comments must be submitted on or before April 16, 2015. For thirty (30) days following the date of publication of this notice, the Agency will receive written comments relating to the agreement. The Agency will consider all comments received and may modify or withdraw its consent to the agreement if comments received disclose facts or considerations that indicate that the agreement is inappropriate, improper, or inadequate.
The Agency's response to any comments, the proposed agreement and additional background information relating to the agreement is available for public inspection at the EPA Superfund Record Center, 1595 Wynkoop Denver, Colorado.
Amelia Piggott, Enforcement Attorney, Legal Enforcement Program, Environmental Protection Agency-Region 8, Mail Code 8ENF-L, 1595 Wynkoop Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, (303) 312-6908. Comments and requests for a copy of the proposed agreement should be addressed to Sharon Abendschan, Enforcement Specialist, Environmental Protection Agency-Region 8, Mail Code 8ENF-RC, 1595 Wynkoop Street, Denver, Colorado 80202 and should reference the Murray Laundry Superfund Site, Salt Lake City, Utah.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice; extension of comment period.
EPA issued a notice in the
Comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2014-0805, must be received on or before April 15, 2015.
Follow the detailed instructions provided under
Robert McNally, Biopesticides and Pollution Prevention Division (7511P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
This document extends the public comment period established in the
To submit comments, or access the docket, please follow the detailed instructions provided under
7 U.S.C. 136
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice; request for public comment.
In accordance with Section 122(i) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Comments must be submitted on or before April 16, 2015.
Cathleen R. Martwick, Associate Regional Counsel, EPA Region 5, Office of Regional Counsel, C-14J, Environmental Protection Agency, 77 W. Jackson Blvd., Chicago, Illinois 60604-3590; telephone number (312) 886-7166; fax number (312) 697-2060; email address:
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice; request for public comment.
The Regional Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency Region 6 (EPA) is providing notice of the availability of a preliminary determination that certain storm water discharges in Los Alamos County, New Mexico will be required to obtain National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit coverage under the Clean Water Act. This action is a result of “A Petition by Amigos Bravos for a Determination that Storm Water Discharges in Los Alamos County Contribute to Water Quality Standards Violations and Require a Clean Water Act Permit,” dated June 30, 2014. EPA is seeking public comment on the nature and scope of this preliminary designation. It is EPA's intention to make a final decision following the close of the comment period after consideration of all comments submitted.
Comments must be submitted in writing to EPA on or before April 16, 2015.
Comments should be submitted to Ms. Evelyn Rosborough via email:
Contact Ms. Evelyn Rosborough, (214) 665-7515 or at
The Regional Administrator EPA Region 6 has made a preliminary determination pursuant to Section 402(p) of the Clean Water Act, 40 CFR 122.26(f)(2) and (4), 40 CFR 122.26 (9)(i)(A) and (D), and 40 CFR 122.32(a)(2) that NPDES permits are required for discharges to waters of the United States from small municipal separate storm sewer systems (MS4s) in the Los Alamos and White Rock Urban Clusters (as defined by the latest Decennial Census) and serving the Los Alamos National Laboratory (LANL) in Los Alamos County, New Mexico. This action would affect MS4s owned or operated by Los Alamos County, LANL including the Department of Energy (DOE) and Los Alamos National Security, LLC (LANS), and the New Mexico Department of Transportation. Details of the preliminary determination are available in the Los Alamos County Designation Document. The Designation Document and supplementary information are available on the EPA Region 6 Web page at
Based upon the foregoing, the Receiver has determined that the continued existence of the receivership will serve no useful purpose. Consequently, notice is given that the receivership shall be terminated, to be effective no sooner than thirty days after the date of this Notice. If any person wishes to comment concerning the termination of the receivership, such comment must be made in writing and sent within thirty days of the date of this Notice to: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, Attention: Receivership Oversight Department 32.1, 1601 Bryan Street, Dallas, TX 75201.
No comments concerning the termination of this receivership will be considered which are not sent within this time frame.
Federal Election Commission.
Thursday, March 19, 2015 at 10 a.m.
999 E Street NW., Washington, DC (Ninth Floor)
This Meeting Will Be Open To The Public.
Correction and Approval of Minutes for March 10, 2015
Draft Advisory Opinion 2014-20: Make Your Laws PAC, Inc.
Rulemaking Petition REG 2014-09: Federal Contractors, Draft Notice of Availability
Rulemaking Petition REG 2015-01: Administrative Fines and Forms, Draft Notice of Availability
Management and Administrative Matters
Individuals who plan to attend and require special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should contact Shawn Woodhead Werth, Secretary and Clerk, at (202) 694-1040, at least 72 hours prior to the meeting date.
Judith Ingram, Press Officer, Telephone: (202) 694-1220.
The notificants listed below have applied under the Change in Bank Control Act (12 U.S. C. 1817(j)) and § 225.41 of the Board's Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.41) to acquire shares of a bank or bank holding company. The factors that are considered in acting on the notices are set forth in paragraph 7 of the Act (12 U.S. C. 1817(j)(7)).
The notices are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The notices also will be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing to the Reserve Bank indicated for that notice or to the offices of the Board of Governors. Comments must be received not later than March 31, 2015.
A. Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (Colette A. Fried, Assistant Vice President) 230 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60690-1414:
1.
Administration for Community Living, HHS.
Notice.
The President's Committee for People with Intellectual Disabilities (PCPID) will host a webinar/conference call for its members to discuss the preparation of the 2015 Report to the President (RTP). The topic of the PCPID 2015 RTP will be on the roles of technology in the lives of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities and their families.
All the PCPID meetings, in any format, are open to the public. This webinar/conference call will be conducted in a discussion format.
The public can register to attend this webinar/conference call at
1. Education;
2. Community Living;
3. Health and Wellness;
4. Economic Well-Being.
The members also agreed to reconvene in April, through a webinar/conference call, to report their findings to the full Committee and discuss the development of potential recommendations for inclusion to the PCPID 2015 RTP.
The general purpose of the PCPID webinar/conference call is, thus, to present a forum for the members to complete Phase I and discuss the next phase of preparing the PCPID 2015 RTP.
1. WebEx Link:
2. Click on the “Register” button on the page.
3. Enter the required information and click “Submit.”
4. WebEx Link:
5. Click on the “join” button on the page.
6. Enter your name and email address.
7. Follow additional instructions as provided by WebEx. If a password is needed for the WebEx link, please enter 123456.
Call-in number: (888) 469-0957; Pass Code: 8955387 (please put your phone on mute during the meeting).
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing the issuance of an Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) (the Authorization) for an in vitro diagnostic device for detection of the Ebola Zaire virus in response to the 2014 Ebola virus outbreak in West Africa. FDA is issuing this Authorization under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&C Act), as requested by Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. (Roche). The Authorization contains, among other things, conditions on the emergency use of the authorized in vitro diagnostic device. The Authorization follows the September 22, 2006, determination by then-Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), Michael Chertoff, that the Ebola virus presents a material threat against the U.S. population sufficient to affect national security. On the basis of such determination, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS) declared on August 5, 2014, that circumstances exist justifying the authorization of emergency use of in vitro diagnostics for detection of Ebola virus subject to the terms of any authorization issued under the FD&C Act. The Authorization, which includes an explanation of the reasons for issuance, is reprinted in this document.
The Authorization is effective as of December 23, 2014.
Submit written requests for single copies of the EUA to the Office of Counterterrorism and Emerging Threats, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 1, rm. 4338, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002. Send one self-addressed adhesive label to assist that office in processing your request or include a fax number to which the Authorization may be sent. See the
Luciana Borio, Assistant Commissioner for Counterterrorism Policy, Office of Counterterrorism and Emerging Threats, and Acting Deputy Chief Scientist, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 1, rm. 4340, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-8510 (this is not a toll free number).
Section 564 of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 360bbb-3) as amended by the Project BioShield Act of 2004 (Pub. L. 108-276) and the Pandemic and All-Hazards Preparedness Reauthorization Act of 2013 (Pub. L. 113-5) allows FDA to strengthen the public health protections against biological, chemical, nuclear, and radiological agents. Among other things, section 564 of the FD&C Act allows FDA to authorize the use of an unapproved medical product or an unapproved use of an approved medical product in certain situations. With this EUA authority, FDA can help assure that medical countermeasures may be used in emergencies to diagnose, treat, or prevent serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions caused by biological, chemical, nuclear, or radiological agents when there are no adequate, approved, and available alternatives.
Section 564(b)(1) of the FD&C Act provides that, before an EUA may be issued, the Secretary of HHS must declare that circumstances exist justifying the authorization based on one of the following grounds: (1) A determination by the Secretary of Homeland Security that there is a domestic emergency, or a significant potential for a domestic emergency, involving a heightened risk of attack with a biological, chemical, radiological, or nuclear agent or agents; (2) a determination by the Secretary of Defense that there is a military emergency, or a significant potential for a military emergency, involving a heightened risk to U.S. military forces of attack with a biological, chemical, radiological, or nuclear agent or agents; (3) a determination by the Secretary of HHS that there is a public health emergency, or a significant potential for a public health emergency, that affects, or has a significant potential to affect, national security or the health and security of U.S. citizens living abroad, and that involves a biological, chemical, radiological, or nuclear agent or agents, or a disease or condition that may be
Once the Secretary of HHS has declared that circumstances exist justifying an authorization under section 564 of the FD&C Act, FDA may authorize the emergency use of a drug, device, or biological product if the Agency concludes that the statutory criteria are satisfied. Under section 564(h)(1) of the FD&C Act, FDA is required to publish in the
No other criteria for issuance have been prescribed by regulation under section 564(c)(4) of the FD&C Act. Because the statute is self-executing, regulations or guidance are not required for FDA to implement the EUA authority.
On September 22, 2006, then-Secretary of Homeland Security, Michael Chertoff, determined that the Ebola virus presents a material threat against the U.S. population sufficient to affect national security.
An electronic version of this document and the full text of the Authorizations are available on the Internet at
Having concluded that the criteria for issuance of the Authorizations under section 564(c) of the FD&C Act are met, FDA has authorized the emergency use of an in vitro diagnostic device for detection of the Ebola Zaire virus (detected in the West Africa outbreak in 2014) subject to the terms of the Authorization. The Authorization in its entirety (not including the authorized versions of the fact sheets and other written materials) follows and provides an explanation of the reasons for its issuance, as required by section 564(h)(1) of the FD&C Act.
Pursuant to section 10(a) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of a meeting of the Sickle Cell Disease Advisory Committee.
The meeting will be open to the public, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the Contact Person listed below in advance of the meeting.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of a meeting of the National Advisory Council for Biomedical Imaging and Bioengineering.
The meeting will be open to the public as indicated below, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the Contact Person listed below in advance of the meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and/or contract proposals and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications and/or contract proposals, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Open: 9:00 a.m. to 12:30 p.m.
Any interested person may file written comments with the committee by forwarding the statement to the Contact Person listed on this notice. The statement should include the name, address, telephone number and when applicable, the business or professional affiliation of the interested person.
Information is also available on the Institute's/Center's home page:
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing the availability of the guidance entitled “Reprocessing Medical Devices in Health Care Settings: Validation Methods and Labeling.” This guidance provides recommendations for the formulation and scientific validation of reprocessing instructions for reusable medical devices. This guidance document also provides recommendations for the content and review procedures for premarket notification (510(k)) submissions, premarket approval (PMA) applications, humanitarian device exemption (HDE) applications, de novo requests, and investigational device exemption (IDE) applications, concerning the labeling instructions for reprocessing reusable medical devices. This guidance reflects the scientific advances in knowledge and technology involved in reprocessing reusable medical devices, especially more complex, reusable medical device designs that are more difficult to reprocess.
Submit either electronic or written comments on this guidance at any time. General comments on Agency guidance documents are welcome at any time.
An electronic copy of the guidance document is available for download from the Internet. See the
Submit electronic comments on the guidance to
Angela C. Krueger, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 66, Rm. 1666, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-6380; or Stephen Ripley, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave. Bldg. 71, Rm. 7301, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 240-402-7911.
In recent years, there has been a significant advance in knowledge and technology involved in reprocessing reusable medical devices. Additionally, there has been an evolution towards more complex medical device designs that are more difficult to clean, disinfect, and sterilize. This guidance reflects the scientific advances in these areas. Under section 502(f) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 352(f)), a device must have adequate directions for use, which include instructions on preparing a device for use. Instructions on how to reprocess (
In the
This final guidance contains the addition of “Appendix E: Devices for which a 510(k) Should Contain Data to Validate Reprocessing Instructions,” which includes a subset of medical devices that FDA has identified that pose a greater likelihood of microbial transmission and represent a high risk of infection if they are not adequately reprocessed. Because of this greater public health risk, 510(k) submissions for these devices should include protocols and complete test reports of the validation of the reprocessing instructions so that FDA has the information it needs to evaluate substantial equivalence.
This guidance is being issued consistent with FDA's good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR 10.115). The guidance represents the Agency's current thinking on reprocessing validation methods and labeling for medical devices. It does not create or confer any rights for or on any person and does not operate to bind FDA or the public. An alternative approach may be used if such approach satisfies the requirements of the applicable statute and regulations.
Persons interested in obtaining a copy of the guidance may do so by using the Internet. A search capability for all CDRH guidance documents is available at
This guidance refers to previously approved collections of information found in FDA regulations. These collections of information are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The collections of information in 21 CFR parts 801 and 809 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0485 (medical device labeling); the collections of information in 21 CFR part 807, subpart E have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0120 (premarket notification); the collections of information in 21 CFR part 812 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0078 (investigational device exemption); the collections of information in 21 CFR part 814, subparts A through E have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0231 (premarket approval); the collections of information in 21 CFR part 814, subpart H have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0332 (humanitarian use devices); and the collections of information in 21 CFR part 820 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0073 (quality system regulation).
Interested persons may submit either electronic comments regarding this document to
In compliance with the requirement of Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, for opportunity for public comment on proposed data collection projects, the National Human Genome Research Institute (NHGRI), National Institutes of Health (NIH), will publish periodic summaries of proposed projects to be submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval.
Written comments and/or suggestions from the public and affected agencies are invited on one or more of the following points: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the function of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
The Education and Community Involvement Branch (ECIB) designed the program to accomplish the following goals, which align with elements of both the NIH and NHGRI missions:
• Expand NIH and NHGRI's professional network to reach out to diverse communities, and to create new partnership opportunities.
• Prepare the next generation of genomics professionals for an era of genomic medicine.
• Train and diversify the pipeline of genome professionals in alignment with the NIH and US Department of Health and Human Services diversity efforts.
The ECIB has systematically collected feedback annually after the program from participants since inception of the Short Course in 2003, and then used the data to tweak the program, but it has not conducted a long-term, cumulative and substantive outcome evaluation. NHGRI and the ECIB propose to conduct such an outcome evaluation, focusing on three main objectives:
(1) To understand the degree of genetic and genomic curriculum integration by faculty participants;
(2) To explore the barriers and supports faculty experience and changes when integrating curriculum; and
(3) To investigate the influence of the program on the participants' career path.
Survey findings will provide valuable information about the various methods and pathways instructors use to disseminate new knowledge (and the associated timelines), the barriers and supports experienced by faculty as they integrate new knowledge into their teaching, and insights about additional avenues of support that NHGRI could provide teaching faculty from the types of institutions identified. Key indicators will also provide evidence about the degree to which the Short Course is meeting its goals. Collectively, the outcome evaluation will inform future program design and budget allocations.
OMB approval is requested for 2 years. There are no costs to respondents other than their time. The total estimated annualized burden hours are 155.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
This notice announces a forthcoming meeting of a public advisory committee of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). The meeting will be open to the public.
FDA intends to make background material available to the public no later than 2 business days before the meeting. If FDA is unable to post the background material on its Web site prior to the meeting, the background material will be made publicly available at the location of the advisory committee meeting, and the background material will be posted on FDA's Web site after the meeting. Background material is available at
Persons attending FDA's advisory committee meetings are advised that the Agency is not responsible for providing access to electrical outlets.
FDA welcomes the attendance of the public at its advisory committee meetings and will make every effort to accommodate persons with physical disabilities or special needs. If you require special accommodations due to a disability, please contact Sujata Vijh (see
FDA is committed to the orderly conduct of its advisory committee meetings. Please visit our Web site at
Notice of this meeting is given under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. app. 2).
In compliance with Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 concerning opportunity for public comment on proposed collections of information, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) will publish periodic summaries of proposed projects. To request more information on the proposed project or to obtain a copy of the information collection plans, call the SAMHSA Reports Clearance Officer on (240) 276-1243.
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information are necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) Center for Substance Abuse Treatment (CSAT) and Center for Behavioral Health Statistics and Quality (CBHSQ) are proposing a survey to assess health information technology (HIT) adoption among SAMHSA grantees. As part of its Strategic Initiative to advance the use of health information technologies to support integrated behavioral health care, SAMHSA has been working to develop a survey instrument that will examine the status of and plans for HIT adoption by behavioral health service providers who are implementing SAMHSA grant programs. The selected programs are funded by the by the Center for Mental Health Services (CMHS), the Center for Substance Abuse Prevention (CSAP), and (CSAT).
This project seeks to acquire baseline data necessary to inform the Agency's strategic initiative that focuses on fostering the adoption of HIT in community behavioral health services. The survey of SAMHSA grantees regarding their access to and use of health information technology will provide valuable information that will inform the behavioral HIT literature.
Approval of this data collection by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) will allow SAMHSA to identify the current status of HIT adoption and use among a diverse group of grantees. Data from the survey will allow SAMHSA to enhance the HIT-related programmatic activities among its grantees by providing data on how HIT facilitates the implementation of different types of SAMHSA grants, thereby fostering the appropriate adoption of HIT within SAMSHA-funded programs.
The survey will collect data once, providing a snapshot view of the current state of HIT adoption. The proposed participant pool is comprised of SAMHSA grantee program leadership who are willing to provide the assistance needed to ensure a high rate of response. Awardees from nine different SAMHSA programs drawn from CMHS, CSAT, and CSAP comprise the pool of survey participants.
The survey mode for data collection will be web-based with embedded skip logic for respondents to avoid questions that are not applicable to them. The minimum amount of time for a respondent to complete the survey is 20 minutes, with respondents who do not skip items taking a maximum of 30 minutes for completion. The total estimated respondent burden is 149.6 hours.
The following table summarizes the estimated response burden.
Send comments to Summer King, SAMHSA Reports Clearance Officer, Room 2-1057, One Choke Cherry Road, Rockville, MD 20857 or email her a copy at
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Notice with comment period.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), as part of its continuing efforts to reduce public burden and maximize the utility of government information, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. This notice invites comment on the Questionnaire Design Research Laboratory (QDRL)generic clearance request, which encompasses general questionnaire development and pre-testing activities to be carried out in 2014-2017.
Written comments must be received on or before May 18, 2015.
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. CDC-2015-0007 by any of the following methods:
•
•
All public comment should be submitted through the Federal eRulemaking portal (Regulations.gov) or by U.S. mail to the address listed above.
To request more information on the proposed project or to obtain a copy of the information collection plan and instruments, contact the Information Collection Review Office, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Road NE., MS-D74, Atlanta, Georgia 30329; phone: 404-639-7570; Email:
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. In addition, the PRA also requires Federal agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and (e) estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; to develop, acquire, install and utilize technology and systems for the purpose of collecting, validating and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information; to train personnel and to be able to respond to a collection of information, to search data sources, to complete and review the collection of information; and to transmit or otherwise disclose the information.
Questionnaire Design Research Laboratory (QDRL) (OMB No. 0920-0222, expires 6/30/2015)—Revision—National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS), Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
Section 306 of the Public Health Service (PHS) Act (42 U.S.C. 242k), as amended, authorizes that the Secretary of Health and Human Services (DHHS), acting through NCHS, shall undertake and support (by grant or contract) research, demonstrations, and evaluations respecting new or improved methods for obtaining current data to support statistical and epidemiological activities for the purpose of improving the effectiveness, efficiency, and quality of health services in the United States.
The Questionnaire Design Research Laboratory (QDRL) is the focal point within NCHS for questionnaire development, pre-testing, and evaluation activities for CDC surveys (such as the NCHS National Health Interview Survey, OMB No. 0920-0214) and other federally sponsored surveys; however, question development and evaluation activities are conducted throughout NCHS. NCHS is requesting 3
The QDRL and other NCHS programs conduct cognitive interviews, focus groups, in-depth or ethnographic interviews, usability tests, field tests/pilot interviews, and experimental research in laboratory and field settings, both for applied questionnaire development and evaluation as well as more basic research on response errors in surveys.
Various techniques to evaluate interviewer administered, self-administered, telephone, Computer Assisted Personal Interviewing (CAPI), Computer Assisted Self-Interviewing (CASI), Audio Computer-Assisted Self-Interviewing (ACASI), and web-based questionnaires are used.
The most common questionnaire evaluation method is the cognitive interview. These evaluations are conducted by the QDRL. The interview structure consists of respondents first answering a draft survey question and then providing textual information to reveal the processes involved in answering the test question. Specifically, cognitive interview respondents are asked to describe how and why they answered the question as they did. Through the interviewing process, various types of question-response problems that would not normally be identified in a traditional survey interview, such as interpretive errors and recall accuracy, are uncovered. By conducting a comparative analysis of cognitive interviews, it is also possible to determine whether particular interpretive patterns occur within particular sub-groups of the population. Interviews are generally conducted in small rounds of 20-30 interviews; ideally, the questionnaire is re-worked between rounds, and revisions are tested iteratively until interviews yield relatively few new insights.
Cognitive interviewing is inexpensive and provides useful data on questionnaire performance while minimizing respondent burden. Cognitive interviewing offers a detailed depiction of meanings and processes used by respondents to answer questions—processes that ultimately produce the survey data. As such, the method offers an insight that can transform understanding of question validity and response error. Documented findings from these studies represent tangible evidence of how the question performs. Such documentation also serves CDC data users, allowing them to be critical users in their approach and application of the data.
In addition to cognitive interviewing, a number of other qualitative and quantitative methods are used to investigate and research survey response errors and the survey response process. These methods include conducting focus groups, usability tests, in-depth or ethnographic interviews, and the administration and analysis of questions in both representative and non-representative field tests. Focus groups are conducted by the QDRL. They are group interviews whose primary purpose is to elicit the basic sociocultural understandings and terminology that form the basis of questionnaire design. Each group typically consists of one moderator and 4 to 10 participants, depending on the research question. In-depth or ethnographic interviews are one-on-one interviews designed to elicit the understandings or terminology that are necessary for question design, as well as to gather detailed information that can contribute to the analysis of both qualitative and quantitative data. Usability tests are typically one-on-one interviews that are used to determine how a given survey or information collection tool functions in the field, and how the mode and layout of the instrument itself may contribute to survey response error and the survey response process.
In addition to these qualitative methods, NCHS also uses various tools to obtain quantitative data, which can be analyzed alone or analyzed alongside qualitative data to give a much fuller accounting of the survey response process. For instance, phone, internet, mail, and in-person follow-up interviews of previous NCHS survey respondents may be used to test the validity of survey questions and questionnaires and to obtain more detailed information that cannot be gathered on the original survey. Additionally, field or pilot tests may be conducted on both representative and non-representative samples, including those obtained from commercial survey and web panel vendors. Beyond looking at traditional measures of survey errors (such as missing rates, item non-response, and don't know rates), these pilot tests can be used to run experimental designs in order to capture how different questions function in a field setting.
Similar methodology has been adopted by other federal agencies, as well as by academic and commercial survey organizations. There are no costs to respondents other than their time. The total estimated annual burden hours are 13,150.
Under the provisions of Section 3507(a)(1)(D) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences (NCATS), the National Institutes of Health, has submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) a request for review and approval of the information collection listed below. This proposed information collection was previously published in the
To obtain a copy of the data collection plans and instruments, or request more information on the proposed project, contact: Dr. Nora Yang, Therapeutic Development Branch, DPI, NCATS, NIH, 9800 Medical Center Drive, Building B, Rockville, MD 20850, or call non-toll-free number (301) 217-1077 or Email your request, including your address to:
Administration for Community Living, Department of Health and Human Services.
Notice.
Notice inviting applications for new awards for fiscal year (FY) 2015.
Fellows must conduct original research in an area authorized by section 204 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (Act). Section 204 of the Act authorizes research, demonstration projects, training, and related activities, the purposes of which are to develop methods, procedures, and rehabilitation technology that maximize the full inclusion and integration into society, employment, independent living, family support, and economic and social self-sufficiency of individuals with disabilities, especially individuals with the most significant disabilities, and to improve the effectiveness of services authorized under the Act.
An applicant should consult NIDRR's Long-Range Plan for Fiscal Years 2013-2017 (78 FR 20299) (the Plan) when preparing its application. The Plan is organized around the following outcome domains: (1) Community living and participation; (2) health and function; and (3) employment and can be accessed on the Internet at the following site:
The priority is:
An applicant for a Distinguished Residential Disability and Rehabilitation Policy Fellowship must arrange for a disability-relevant policy fellowship placement within a federal Executive branch agency or organization. (Please see the application kit for a list of potential agencies.)
The full text of the priority is included in the notice of final priority for the Distinguished Residential Disability and Rehabilitation Policy Fellowship published in the
29 U.S.C. 762(e).
Contingent upon the availability of funds and the quality of applications, we may make additional awards in FY 2015 and any subsequent year from the list of unfunded applicants from these competitions.
We will reject any application that proposes a budget exceeding $125,000 for a Distinguished Residential Disability and Rehabilitation Policy Fellowship for a single year. The Administrator of the Administration for Community Living may change the maximum amount through a notice published in the
The Department is not bound by any estimates in this notice.
We will reject any application that proposes a project period other than 12 months. The Administrator of the Administration for Community Living may change the maximum project period through a notice published in the
1.
To be eligible for a Distinguished Residential Disability and Rehabilitation Policy Fellowship, an individual must have seven or more years of research experience in subject areas, methods, or techniques relevant to rehabilitation research and must have a doctorate, other terminal degree, or comparable academic qualifications.
Institutions are not eligible to be recipients of research fellowships.
Applicants must submit an eligibility statement describing how they meet the requirements for the Distinguished Residential Disability and Policy Fellowship allowed under this program.
2.
1.
If you request an application from Patricia Barrett, be sure to identify this competition as follows: CFDA number 84.133F-2.
2.
Page Limit: The application narrative is where you, the applicant, address the selection criteria that reviewers use to evaluate your application. You must limit the application narrative to the equivalent of no more than 24 pages, using the following standards:
• A “page” is 8.5″ x 11″, on one side only, with 1″ margins at the top, bottom, and both sides.
• Double space (no more than three lines per vertical inch) all text in the application narrative. You are not required to double space titles,
• Use a font that is either 12 point or larger or no smaller than 10 pitch (characters per inch).
• Use one of the following fonts: Times New Roman, Courier, Courier New, or Arial.
The page limit for the application narrative does not apply to the documents you upload to the Grants.gov Apply site under the other two headings: ED Project Abstract and Other Attachments. The ED Project Abstract Form should contain only your one-page abstract. The Other Attachments Form should contain all other attachments, including your bibliography, eligibility statement, resume/curriculum vitae, and letters of recommendation/support. Information regarding the protection of human subjects, if applicable, should be included under the Other Attachments Form or in the place provided on the SF-424 Supplemental Form. You do not need to upload a table of contents for your application, as this will be automatically generated by Grants.gov.
We will reject your application if you exceed the page limit.
In concert with the balance principle described in NIDRR's Long-Range Plan, for Fiscal Years 2013-2017 (78 FR 20299), applicants for this Fellowship should specify in their abstract and application narrative which of NIDRR's major domains of individual well-being their research will focus on: (a) Community living and participation, (b) employment, or (c) health and function.
Please submit an appendix that lists every collaborating organization and individual named in the application, including the mentor, staff, consultants, contractors, and advisory board members. We will use this information to help us screen for conflicts of interest with our reviewers.
3.
Applications Available: March 17, 2015.
Date of Pre-Application Meeting: Interested parties are invited to participate in a pre-application meeting and to receive information and technical assistance through individual consultation with NIDILRR staff. The pre-application meeting will be held on April 7, 2015. Interested parties may participate in this meeting by conference call with NIDILRR staff from the Administration for Community Living between 1:00 p.m. and 3:00 p.m., Washington, DC time. NIDILRR staff also will be available from 3:30 p.m. to 4:30 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the same day, by telephone, to provide information and technical assistance through individual consultation. For further information or to make arrangements to participate in the meeting via conference call or to arrange for an individual consultation, contact Carolyn Baron at
Applications for a grant under this competition must be submitted electronically using the Grants.gov Apply site (Grants.gov). For information (including dates and times) about how to submit your application electronically, or in paper format by mail or hand delivery if you qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirement, please refer to section IV.7.
We do not consider an application that does not comply with the deadline requirements.
Individuals with disabilities who need an accommodation or auxiliary aid in connection with the application process should contact the person listed under
4.
5.
Fellowship awards are a one full-time equivalent (FTE) award. Fellows must work principally on the fellowship during the term of the fellowship award. No fellow is allowed to be a direct recipient of Federal government grant funds in addition to those provided by the Fellowship grant (during the duration of the fellowship award performance period). Fellows may, subject to compliance with their institution's policy on additional employment, be the principal investigator of or otherwise work on a Federal grant that has been awarded to the fellow's institution. Fellows may be allowed to dedicate additional time beyond their one FTE requirement for the fellowship to other work during their fellowship grant performance period, if this is in keeping with the guidelines offered by their home institutions. In other words, NIDILRR defers to the guidelines of the fellows' home institutions regarding the admissibility of work in excess of the one FTE dedicated to the fellowship. NIDILRR strongly recommends that any additional time be limited to .25 FTE, but requires that additional time not exceed .5 FTE.
Applicants should submit a plan for how they will be able to meet the one FTE requirement. We reference regulations outlining funding restrictions in the
6.
All individuals applying for a research fellowship must register at
To register with Grants.gov, you do not have to provide a Data Universal Numbering System Number, a Taxpayer Identification Number, or your Social Security Number (SSN). You also do not have to complete a Central Contractor Registry or System for Award Management registration in order to access Grants.gov or submit your application.
However, your SSN is required to complete your application for a research fellowship.
7.
a.
Applications for a grant under the Research Fellowships Program, CFDA Number 84.133F-2, must be submitted electronically using the Governmentwide Grants.gov Apply site
We will reject your application if you submit it in paper format unless, as described elsewhere in this section, you qualify for one of the exceptions to the electronic submission requirement
You may access the electronic grant application for the Research Fellowships Program competition at
Please note the following:
• When you enter the Grants.gov site, you will find information about submitting an application electronically through the site, as well as the hours of operation.
• Applications received by Grants.gov are date and time stamped. Your application must be fully uploaded and submitted and must be date and time stamped by the Grants.gov system no later than 4:30:00 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date. Except as otherwise noted in this section, we will not accept your application if it is received—that is, date and time stamped by the Grants.gov system—after 4:30:00 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date. We do not consider an application that does not comply with the deadline requirements. When we retrieve your application from Grants.gov, we will notify you if we are rejecting your application because it was date and time stamped by the Grants.gov system after 4:30:00 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date.
• The amount of time it can take to upload an application will vary depending on a variety of factors, including the size of the application and the speed of your Internet connection. Therefore, we strongly recommend that you do not wait until the application deadline date to begin the submission process through Grants.gov.
• You should review and follow the Education Submission Procedures for submitting an application through Grants.gov that are included in the application package for this program [competition] to ensure that you submit your application in a timely manner to the Grants.gov system. You can also find the Education Submission Procedures pertaining to Grants.gov under News and Events on the Department's G5 system home page at
• You will not receive additional point value because you submit your application in electronic format, nor will we penalize you if you qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirement, as described elsewhere in this section, and submit your application in paper format.
• You must submit all documents electronically, including all information you typically provide on the following forms: The Application for Federal Assistance (SF 424), the Department of Education Supplemental Information for SF 424, and all necessary assurances and certifications.
• You must upload any narrative sections and all other attachments to your application as files in a PDF (Portable Document) read-only, non-modifiable format. Do not upload an interactive or fillable PDF file. If you upload a file type other than a read-only, non-modifiable PDF or submit a password-protected file, we will not review that material. Additional, detailed information on how to attach files is in the application instructions.
• Your electronic application must comply with any page-limit requirements described in this notice.
• After you electronically submit your application, you will receive from Grants.gov an automatic notification of receipt that contains a Grants.gov tracking number. (This notification indicates receipt by Grants.gov only, not receipt by the Department.) The Department then will retrieve your application from Grants.gov and send a second notification to you by email. This second notification indicates that the Department has received your application and has assigned your application a PR/Award number (an ED-specified identifying number unique to your application).
• We may request that you provide us original signatures on forms at a later date.
If you are prevented from electronically submitting your application on the application deadline date because of technical problems with the Grants.gov system, we will grant you an extension until 4:30:00 p.m., Washington, DC time, the following business day to enable you to transmit your application electronically. You also may mail your application by following the mailing instructions described elsewhere in this notice.
If you submit an application after 4:30:00 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date, please contact the person listed under
The extensions to which we refer in this section apply only to the unavailability of, or technical problems with, the Grants.gov system. We will not grant you an extension if you failed to fully register to submit your application to Grants.gov before the application deadline date and time or if the technical problem you experienced is unrelated to the Grants.gov system.
• You do not have access to the Internet; or
• You do not have the capacity to upload large documents to the Grants.gov system;
• No later than two weeks before the application deadline date (14 calendar days or, if the fourteenth calendar day before the application deadline date falls on a Federal holiday, the next business day following the Federal holiday), you mail or fax a written statement to the Department, explaining which of the two grounds for an exception prevents you from using the Internet to submit your application.
If you mail your written statement to the Department, it must be postmarked
Address and mail or fax your statement to: Patricia Barrett, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 5142, Potomac Center Plaza (PCP), Washington, DC 20202-2700. FAX: (202) 245-7323.
Your paper application must be submitted in accordance with the mail instructions described in this notice.
b.
If you qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirement, you may mail (through the U.S. Postal Service or a commercial carrier) your application to the Department. You must mail the original and two copies of your application, on or before the application deadline date, to the Department at the following address: U.S. Department of Education, Application Control Center, Attention: (CFDA Number 84.133F-2), LBJ Basement Level 1, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20202-4260.
You must show proof of mailing consisting of one of the following:
(1) A legibly dated U.S. Postal Service postmark.
(2) A legible mail receipt with the date of mailing stamped by the U.S. Postal Service.
(3) A dated shipping label, invoice, or receipt from a commercial carrier.
(4) Any other proof of mailing acceptable to the Administrator of the Administration for Community Living of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.
If you mail your application through the U.S. Postal Service, we do not accept either of the following as proof of mailing:
(1) A private metered postmark.
(2) A mail receipt that is not dated by the U.S. Postal Service.
If your application is postmarked after the application deadline date, we will not consider your application.
The U.S. Postal Service does not uniformly provide a dated postmark. Before relying on this method, you should check with your local post office.
If you mail your application to the Department—
(1) You must indicate on the envelope and—if not provided by the Department—in Item 11 of the SF 424 the CFDA number, including suffix letter, if any, of the program under which you are submitting your application; and
(2) The Application Control Center will mail to you a notification of receipt of your grant application. If you do not receive this notification within 15 business days from the application deadline date, you should call the U.S. Department of Education Application Control Center at (202) 245-6288.
1.
2.
In addition, in making a competitive grant award, the Administrator of the Administration for Community Living requires various assurances including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department of Health and Human Services.
3.
1.
If your application is not evaluated or not selected for funding, we notify you.
2.
We reference the regulations outlining the terms and conditions of an award in the
3.
(b) At the end of your project period, you must submit a final performance report, including summary financial information, as directed by the Administrator of the Administration for Community Living in 45 CFR part 75. The Administrator of the Administration for Community Living may also require more frequent performance reports under 45 CFR part 75. For specific requirements on reporting, please go to
4.
• The number of NIDILRR-supported fellows, post-doctoral trainees, and doctoral students who publish results of NIDILRR-sponsored research in refereed journals;
• The percentage of grantee research and development that has appropriate study design, meets rigorous standards of scientific and/or engineering methods, and builds on and contributes to knowledge in the field; and
• The average number of publications per award based on NIDILRR-funded research and development activities in refereed journals.
NIDILRR evaluates the overall success of individual research and development grants through a review of grantee performance and products. For these reviews, NIDILRR uses information submitted by grantees as part of their final performance report. Approved final performance report guidelines require grantees to submit information regarding research methods, results, outputs, and outcomes. Because grants made under the Research Fellowships
Patricia Barrett, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 5142, PCP, Washington, DC 20202-2700. Telephone: (202) 245-6211 or by email:
If you use a TDD or a TTY, call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Pursuant to section 10(a) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of an Interagency Pain Research Coordinating Committee (IPRCC) meeting.
The meeting will feature invited speakers and discussions of committee business items including pain research updates from federal agencies and discussion of a federal pain research strategy.
The meeting will be open to the public and accessible by live webcast and conference call.
Submission of written/electronic statement for oral comments: Friday, April 10, 2015, by 5:00 p.m. ET.
Submission of written comments: Monday, April 13, 2015, by 5:00 p.m. ET.
Any member of the public interested in presenting oral comments to the Committee must notify the Contact Person listed on this notice by 5:00 p.m. ET on Friday, April 3, 2015, with their request to present oral comments at the meeting. Interested individuals and representatives of organizations must submit a written/electronic copy of the oral statement/comments including a brief description of the organization represented by 5:00 p.m. ET on Friday, April 10, 2015.
Statements submitted will become a part of the public record. Only one representative of an organization will be allowed to present oral comments on behalf of that organization, and presentations will be limited to three to five minutes per speaker, depending on number of speakers to be accommodated within the allotted time. Speakers will be assigned a time to speak in the order of the date and time when their request to speak is received, along with the required submission of the written/electronic statement by the specified deadline. If special accommodations are needed, please email the Contact Person listed above.
In addition, any interested person may submit written comments to the IPRCC prior to the meeting by sending the comments to the Contact Person listed on this notice by 5:00 p.m. ET, Monday, April 13, 2015. The comments should include the name and, when applicable, the business or professional affiliation of the interested person. All written comments received by the deadlines for both oral and written public comments will be provided to the IPRCC for their consideration and will become part of the public record.
The meeting will be open to the public through a conference call phone number and webcast live on the Internet. Members of the public who participate using the conference call phone number will be able to listen to the meeting but will not be heard. If you experience any technical problems with the conference call or webcast, please call Operator Service on (301) 496-4517 for conference call issues and the NIH IT Service Desk at (301) 496-4357, toll free (866) 319-4357, for webcast issues.
Individuals who participate in person or by using these electronic services and who need special assistance, such as captioning of the conference call or other reasonable accommodations, should submit a request to the Contact Person listed on this notice at least seven days prior to the meeting.
As a part of security procedures, attendees should be prepared to present a photo ID during the security process to get on the NIH campus. For a full description, please see:
Information about the IPRCC is available on the Web site:
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable materials, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Healthcare Systems Bureau, Health Resources and Services Administration, Department of Health and Human Services.
Notice.
The Department of Health and Human Services is hereby giving notice that the Advisory Council on Blood Stem Cell Transplantation (ACBSCT) is being rechartered. The effective date of the current charter was February 19, 2013.
Patricia Stroup, MBA, MPA, Executive Secretary, Advisory Council on Blood Stem Cell Transplantation, Health Resources and Services Administration, Department of Health and Human Services, Room 17W65 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20857. Phone: (301) 443-1127; fax: (301) 594-6095; email:
42 U.S.C. 274k; section 379 of the Public Health Service Act. The Council is governed by the provisions of Public Law 92-463, as amended (5 U.S.C. appendix 2), which sets forth standards for the formation and use of advisory committees. ACBSCT advises and makes recommendations to the Secretary on matters related to the activities of the C.W. Bill Young Cell Transplantation Program and the National Cord Blood Inventory Program.
Its principal functions shall be to provide unbiased analyses and recommendations to the Secretary on the latest advances in the science of blood stem cell transplantation.
On February 13, 2013, the Secretary approved the ACBSCT charter to be renewed. The filing date of the renewed charter was February 19, 2013. There was one amendment to the previous charter, which was approved by the Secretary on May 14, 2014, with an amended filing date of May 15, 2014. Renewal of the ACBSCT charter gives authorization for the Council to operate until February 19, 2017.
A copy of the ACBSCT charter is available on the Web site for the blood cell transplant program, at
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). In compliance with the requirement of Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Notice withdrawal.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention requests withdrawal from publication the 30-Day
CDC discovered errors with the published information collection burden estimates and has since corrected these estimates.
The 30-day FRN published on [03/10/15] at [Vol. 80, No. 46 Page 12638-12640] is withdrawn as of [03/11/15].
(404) 639-7570 or send comments to CDC Leroy Richardson, 1600 Clifton Road, MS D-74, Atlanta, GA 30333 or send an email to
N/A
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Under the provisions of Section 3507(a)(1)(D) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the National Institutes of Health (NIH) has submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) a request for review and approval of the information collection listed below. This proposed information collection was previously published in the
To obtain a copy of the data collection plans and instruments, submit comments in writing, or request more information on the proposed project, contact: Genevieve deAlmeida, Project Clearance Liaison, National Institute on Drug Abuse, NIH, 6001 Executive Boulevard, Bethesda, MD 20892-9557, or call non-toll-free number (301) 594-6802, or Email your request, including your address to:
The information will not yield data that can be generalized to the overall population. The information may also be formative for the purpose of developing a concept for a new service program or dissemination program. The collections may still be eligible for submission for other generic mechanisms designed to yield quantitative results. The primary objectives are to obtain feedback on programs from customers and stakeholders, that would help make positive changes to the programs, or to assist in developing a new program or dissemination initiative, or to test medical tools and devices for usability, feasibility, and pilot testing of survey questionnaires for understandability. Data collection methods to be used in these studies include web-based and mailed surveys, focus groups, interviews with small groups, ad hoc collections at Conferences. The findings will provide valuable information to assist in improving programs that serve the public, and in developing good tools and devices to serve the public. OMB approval is requested for 3 years.
NIDA will only submit a collection for approval under this generic clearance if it meets the following conditions:
• The collections are voluntary;
• The collections are low-burden for respondents (based on considerations of total burden hours, total number of respondents, or burden-hours per respondent) and are low-cost for both the respondents and the Federal Government;
• The collections are non-controversial and do not raise issues of concern to other Federal agencies;
• Any collection is targeted to the solicitation of opinions from respondents who have experience with the program or may have experience with the program in the near future;
• Personally identifiable information (PII) is collected only to the extent necessary and is not retained;
• Information gathered will be used only internally for general service improvement and program management purposes and is not intended for release outside of the agency;
• Information gathered will not be used for the purpose of substantially informing influential policy decisions; and
• Information gathered will yield qualitative information; the collections will not be designed or expected to yield statistically reliable results or used as though the results are generalizable to the population of study.
Feedback collected under this generic clearance provides useful information, but it does not yield data that can be generalized to the overall population. This type of generic clearance for qualitative information will not be used for quantitative information collections that are designed to yield reliably actionable results, such as monitoring trends over time or documenting program performance. Such data uses require more rigorous designs that address: The target population to which generalizations will be made, the sampling frame, the sample design (including stratification and clustering), the precision requirements or power calculations that justify the proposed sample size, the expected response rate, methods for assessing potential non-response bias, the protocols for data collection, and any testing procedures that were or will be undertaken prior to fielding the study. Depending on the degree of influence the results are likely to have, such collections may still be eligible for submission for other generic mechanisms that are designed to yield quantitative results.
As a general matter, information collections will not result in any new system of records containing privacy information and will not ask questions of a sensitive nature, such as sexual behavior and attitudes, religious beliefs, and other matters that are commonly considered private.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget control number.
OMB approval is requested for 3 years. There are no costs to respondents other than their time. The total estimated annualized burden hours are 1,560.
Health Resources and Services Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) is updating income levels used to identify a “low-income family” for the purpose of determining eligibility for programs that provide health professions and nursing training to individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds. These various programs are authorized in Titles III, VII, and VIII of the Public Health Service Act.
The Department periodically publishes in the
Many health professions and nursing grant and cooperative agreement awardees use the low-income levels to determine whether potential program participants are from an economically disadvantaged background and would be eligible to participate in the program, as well as to determine the amount of funding the individual receives. Federal agencies generally make awards to: Accredited schools of medicine, osteopathic medicine, public health, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, pharmacy, allied health, podiatric medicine, nursing, and chiropractic; public or private nonprofit schools which offer graduate programs in behavioral health and mental health practice; and other public or private nonprofit health or education entities to assist the disadvantaged to enter and graduate from health professions and nursing schools. Some programs provide for the repayment of health professions or nursing education loans for disadvantaged students.
The Secretary defines a “low-income family/household” for programs included in Titles III, VII, and VIII of the Public Health Service Act as having an annual income that does not exceed 200 percent of the Department's poverty guidelines. A family is a group of two or more individuals related by birth, marriage, or adoption who live together. On June 26, 2013, in
Most HRSA programs use the income of a student's parents to compute low-income status. However, a “household” may potentially be only one person. Other HRSA programs, depending upon the legislative intent of the program, the programmatic purpose related to income level, as well as the age and circumstances of the participant, will apply these low-income standards to the individual student to determine eligibility, as long as he or she is not listed as a dependent on the tax form of his or her parent(s). Each program announces the rationale and choice of methodology for determining low-income levels in program guidance.
The Secretary annually adjusts the low-income levels based on the Department's poverty guidelines and makes them available to persons responsible for administering the applicable programs. The Department's poverty guidelines are based on poverty thresholds published by the U.S. Bureau of the Census, adjusted annually for changes in the Consumer Price Index. The income figures that follow have been updated to reflect the Department's 2015 poverty guidelines as published in 80 FR 3236 (January 22, 2015).
Separate poverty guideline figures for Alaska and Hawaii reflect Office of Economic Opportunity administrative practice beginning in the 1966-1970 period. (Note that the Census Bureau poverty thresholds—the version of the poverty measure used for statistical purposes—have never had separate figures for Alaska and Hawaii.) The poverty guidelines are not defined for Puerto Rico or other outlying jurisdictions. Puerto Rico and other outlying jurisdictions shall use income guidelines for the 48 Contiguous States and the District of Columbia.
U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, Department of Homeland Security.
60-day notice.
The Department of Homeland Security (DHS), U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to comment upon this proposed revision of a currently approved collection of information. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, the information collection notice is published in the
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 60 days until May 18, 2015.
All submissions received must include the OMB Control Number 1615-0116 in the subject box, the agency name and Docket ID USCIS-2010-0008. To avoid duplicate submissions, please use only one of the following methods to submit comments:
(1)
(2)
(3)
If you need a copy of the information collection instrument with instructions, or additional information, please visit the Federal eRulemaking Portal site at:
Regardless of the method used for submitting comments or material, all submissions will be posted, without change, to the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
The address listed in this notice should only be used to submit comments concerning this information collection. Please do not submit requests for individual case status inquiries to this address. If you are seeking information about the status of your individual case, please check “My Case Status” online at:
Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies should address one or more of the following four points:
(1) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
(3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
Notice of accreditation and approval of NMC Global Corporation, as a commercial gauger and laboratory.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to CBP regulations, that NMC Global Corporation has been approved to gauge petroleum and certain petroleum products and accredited to test petroleum and certain petroleum products for customs purposes for the next three years as of October 28, 2014.
Approved Gauger and Accredited Laboratories Manager, Laboratories and Scientific Services Directorate, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, 1331 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Suite 1500N, Washington, DC 20229, tel. 202-344-1060.
Notice is hereby given pursuant to 19 CFR 151.12 and 19 CFR 151.13, that NMC Global Corporation, 3139 Federal Rd., Pasadena, TX 77504, has been approved to gauge petroleum and certain petroleum products and accredited to test petroleum and certain petroleum products for customs purposes, in accordance with the provisions of 19 CFR 151.12 and 19 CFR 151.13. NMC Global Corporation is approved for the following gauging procedures for petroleum and certain petroleum products per the American Petroleum Institute (API) Measurement Standards:
NMC Global Corporation is accredited for the following laboratory analysis procedures and methods for petroleum and certain petroleum products set forth by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Laboratory Methods (CBPL) and American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
Anyone wishing to employ this entity to conduct laboratory analyses and gauger services should request and receive written assurances from the entity that it is accredited or approved by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection to conduct the specific test or gauger service requested. Alternatively, inquiries regarding the specific test or gauger service this entity is accredited or approved to perform may be directed to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection by calling (202) 344-1060. The inquiry may also be sent to
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
Notice of accreditation and approval of Inspectorate America Corporation, as a commercial gauger and laboratory.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to CBP regulations, that Inspectorate America Corporation has been approved to gauge petroleum and certain petroleum products and accredited to test petroleum and certain petroleum products for customs purposes for the next three years as of November 17, 2014.
The accreditation and approval of Inspectorate America Corporation, as commercial gauger and laboratory became effective on November 17, 2014. The next triennial inspection date will be scheduled for November 2017.
Approved Gauger and Accredited Laboratories Manager, Laboratories and Scientific Services Directorate, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, 1331 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Suite 1500N, Washington, DC 20229, tel. 202-344-1060.
Notice is hereby given pursuant to 19 CFR 151.12 and 19 CFR 151.13, that Inspectorate America Corporation, 1301 West Blancke St., Linden, NJ 07036, has been approved to gauge petroleum and certain petroleum products and accredited to test petroleum and certain petroleum products for customs purposes, in accordance with the provisions of 19 CFR 151.12 and 19 CFR 151.13. Inspectorate America Corporation is approved for the following gauging procedures for petroleum and certain petroleum products per the American Petroleum Institute (API) Measurement Standards:
Inspectorate America Corporation is accredited for the following laboratory analysis procedures and methods for petroleum and certain petroleum products set forth by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Laboratory Methods (CBPL) and American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
Anyone wishing to employ this entity to conduct laboratory analyses and gauger services should request and receive written assurances from the entity that it is accredited or approved by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection to conduct the specific test or gauger service requested. Alternatively, inquiries regarding the specific test or gauger service this entity is accredited or approved to perform may be directed to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection by calling (202) 344-1060. The inquiry may also be sent to
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
Notice of accreditation and approval of NMC Global Corporation, as a commercial gauger and laboratory.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to CBP regulations, that NMC Global Corporation has been approved to gauge petroleum and certain petroleum products and accredited to test petroleum and certain petroleum products for customs purposes for the next three years as of August 20, 2014.
Approved Gauger and Accredited Laboratories Manager, Laboratories and Scientific Services Directorate, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, 1331 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Suite 1500N, Washington, DC 20229, tel. 202-344-1060.
Notice is hereby given pursuant to 19 CFR 151.12 and 19 CFR 151.13, that NMC Global Corporation, 326 23rd St., Kenner, LA 70062, has been approved to gauge petroleum and certain petroleum products and accredited to test petroleum and certain petroleum products for customs purposes, in accordance with the provisions of 19 CFR 151.12 and 19 CFR 151.13. NMC Global Corporation is approved for the following gauging procedures for petroleum and certain petroleum products per the American Petroleum Institute (API) Measurement Standards:
NMC Global Corporation is accredited for the following laboratory analysis procedures and methods for petroleum and certain petroleum products set forth by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Laboratory Methods (CBPL) and American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
Anyone wishing to employ this entity to conduct laboratory analyses and gauger services should request and receive written assurances from the entity that it is accredited or approved by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection to conduct the specific test or gauger service requested. Alternatively, inquiries regarding the specific test or gauger service this entity is accredited or approved to perform may be directed to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection by calling (202) 344-1060. The inquiry may also be sent to
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
Notice of accreditation and approval of Intertek USA, Inc., as a commercial gauger and laboratory.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to CBP regulations, that Intertek USA, Inc., has been approved to gauge petroleum and certain petroleum products and accredited to test petroleum and certain petroleum products for customs purposes for the next three years as of August 20, 2014.
Approved Gauger and Accredited Laboratories Manager, Laboratories and Scientific Services Directorate, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, 1331 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Suite 1500N, Washington, DC 20229, tel. 202-344-1060.
Notice is hereby given pursuant to 19 CFR 151.12 and 19 CFR 151.13, that Intertek USA, Inc., 4398 Highway 77N, Marion, AR 72364, has been approved to gauge petroleum and certain petroleum products and accredited to test petroleum and certain petroleum products for customs purposes, in accordance with the provisions of 19 CFR 151.12 and 19 CFR 151.13. Intertek USA, Inc., is approved for the following gauging procedures for petroleum and certain petroleum products per the American Petroleum Institute (API) Measurement Standards:
Intertek USA, Inc., is accredited for the following laboratory analysis procedures and methods for petroleum and certain petroleum products set forth by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Laboratory Methods (CBPL) and American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
Anyone wishing to employ this entity to conduct laboratory analyses and gauger services should request and receive written assurances from the entity that it is accredited or approved by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection to conduct the specific test or gauger service requested. Alternatively, inquiries regarding the specific test or gauger service this entity is accredited or approved to perform may be directed to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection by calling (202) 344-1060. The inquiry may also be sent to
Nominations for the following properties being considered for listing or related actions in the National Register were received by the National Park Service before February 14, 2015. Pursuant to section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60, written comments are being accepted concerning the significance of the nominated properties under the National Register criteria for evaluation. Comments may be forwarded by United States Postal Service, to the National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1849 C St. NW., MS 2280, Washington, DC 20240; by all other carriers, National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1201 Eye St. NW., 8th floor, Washington, DC 20005; or by fax, 202-371-6447. Written or faxed comments should be submitted by April 1, 2015. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
A request for removal has been received for the following resources:
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of Filing of Plats of Survey; Colorado
The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) Colorado State Office is publishing this notice to inform the public of the official filing of the survey plat listed below. The plat will be available for viewing at
The plat described in this notice was filed on February 27, 2015.
BLM Colorado State Office, Cadastral Survey, 2850 Youngfield Street, Lakewood, CO 80215-7093.
Randy Bloom, Chief Cadastral Surveyor for Colorado, (303) 239-3856.
Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 to contact the above individual during normal business hours. The FIRS is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week, to leave a message or question with the above individual. You will receive a reply during normal business hours.
The supplemental plat in Township 42 North, Range 9 West, New Mexico Principal Meridian, Colorado, was accepted on February 27, 2015, and filed on February 27, 2015.
Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Interior.
Notice and request for comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement (OSMRE) is announcing its intention to request renewed approval for the collection of information regarding the maintenance of State programs, and procedures for substituting Federal enforcement of State programs and withdrawing approval of State programs.
Comments on the proposed information collection activity must be received by May 18, 2015, to be assured of consideration.
Submit comments to John Trelease, Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, 1951 Constitution Ave. NW., Room 203-SIB, Washington, DC 20240. Comments may also be submitted electronically to
To receive a copy of the information collection request contact John Trelease, at (202) 208-2783 or via email at
The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) regulations at 5 CFR part 1320, which implement provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13), require that interested members of the public and affected agencies have an opportunity to comment on information collection and recordkeeping activities [see 5 CFR 1320.8 (d)]. This notice identifies an information collection that OSMRE will be submitting to OMB for approval. This collection is contained in 30 CFR part 733—Maintenance of State Programs and Procedures for Substituting Federal Enforcement of State Programs and Withdrawing Approval of State Programs. OSMRE will request a 3-year term of approval for each information collection activity. Responses are required to obtain a benefit.
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personal identifying information, may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
Comments are invited on: (1) The need for the collection of information for the performance of the functions of the agency; (2) the accuracy of the agency's burden estimates; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information collection; and (4) ways to minimize the information collection burden on respondents, such as use of automated means of collection of the information. A summary of the public comments will accompany OSMRE's submission of the information collection request to OMB.
This notice provides the public with 60 days in which to comment on the following information collection activity:
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of availability; request for comments.
The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), announces the availability of a draft document for public review:
To ensure consideration, please send your written comments by April 16, 2015.
•
•
•
•
•
Laura Norcutt, 703-358-2398.
Through provisions in title 50, part 16 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), the USFWS regulates the importation and interstate transport of certain aquatic species that have been determined to be injurious (50 CFR 16.13). The Nonindigenous Aquatic Nuisance Prevention and Control Act of 1990 (16 U.S.C. 4701
The 108th Congress requested that the USFWS address concerns about the introduction of northern snakehead. In response, the USFWS assembled a Northern Snakehead Working Group (NSWG) to provide input on the development of a
In 2011 the ANSTF established a committee to revise the
The goal of the revised Plan is to use the best available science and management practices to prevent the future introduction of snakehead into new areas; contain and, where possible, eradicate newly established and localized populations; and minimize impacts in areas where they are established and eradication is not feasible. The following is a list of objectives set forth by this plan:
1. Prevent importation into the United States by refining regulations and improving compliance and enforcement.
2. Contain the expansion of snakehead within the United States by assessing the risk of establishment and developing an effective snakehead surveillance program that can detect new introductions at a stage where populations are able to be eradicated.
3. Develop long-term adaptive management options to mitigate potential impacts of Snakehead in U.S. waters where eradication is not possible.
4. Conduct research to better understand the pathways of spread and potential impacts of snakehead on aquatic ecosystems, as well as to develop more effective surveillance, control, and eradication methods.
5. Develop effective outreach materials to help prevent new introductions of snakehead within the United States and control the anthropogenic spread of established populations.
6. Review and assess progress of the Plan.
The draft Plan is available on the ANSTF Web site (see
We request review and comment on our Plan from local, State, and Federal agencies and the public. All comments received by the date specified in
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. You can ask the USFWS in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review; however, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
Responses to individual commenters will not be provided, but we will provide the comments we receive and a summary of how we addressed substantive comments in a document on the ANSTF Web site listed above in
Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Interior.
Notice and request for comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement (OSMRE) is announcing its intention to request renewed approval for the collection of information for Areas Designated by Act of Congress. The information collection request describes the nature of the information collection and the expected burden and costs. This information collection activity was previously approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), and assigned clearance number 1029-0111.
Comments on the proposed information collection activities must be received by May 18, 2015, to be assured of consideration.
Submit comments to John Trelease, Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, 1951 Constitution Ave. NW., Room 203—SIB, Washington, DC 20240. Comments may also be submitted electronically to
To receive a copy of the information collection request contact John Trelease at (202) 208-2783 or by email at
OMB regulations at 5 CFR 1320, which implement provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13), require that interested members of the public and affected agencies have an opportunity to comment on information collection and recordkeeping activities [see 5 CFR 1320.8 (d)]. This notice identifies an information collection that OSMRE will be submitting to OMB for approval. This collection is contained in 30 CFR 761—Areas Designated by Act of Congress. OSMRE will request a 3-year term of approval for each information collection activity. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control number for Part 761 is 1029-0111. Responses are required to obtain a benefit for this collection.
Comments are invited on: (1) The need for the collection of information for the performance of the functions of the agency; (2) the accuracy of the agency's burden estimates; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information collection; and (4) ways to minimize the information collection burden on respondents, such as use of automated means of collection of the information. A summary of the public comments will accompany OSMRE's submission of the information collection request to OMB.
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personal identifying information, may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
This notice provides the public with 60 days in which to comment on the following information collection activity:
Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Interior.
Notice and request for comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement (OSMRE) is announcing its intention to request approval to continue the collection of information for the Permanent Regulatory Program—Small Operator Assistance Program (SOAP). This information collection activity was previously approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), and assigned clearance number 1029-0061.
Comments on the proposed information collection activity must be received by May 18, 2015, to be assured of consideration.
Submit comments to John Trelease, Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, 1951 Constitution Ave. NW., Room 203-SIB, Washington, DC 20240. Comments may also be submitted electronically to
To receive a copy of the information collection request contact John Trelease, at (202) 208-2783 or via email at
OMB regulations at 5 CFR 1320, which implement provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13), require that interested members of the public and affected agencies have an opportunity to comment on information collection and recordkeeping activities [see 5 CFR 1320.8 (d)]. This notice identifies an information collection that OSMRE will be submitting to OMB for renewed approval. This collection is
Comments are invited on: (1) The need for the collection of information for the performance of the functions of the agency; (2) the accuracy of the agency's burden estimates; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information collection; and (4) ways to minimize the information collection burden on respondents, such as use of automated means of collection of the information. A summary of the public comments will accompany OSMRE's submission of the information collection request to OMB.
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personal identifying information, may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
This notice provides the public with 60 days in which to comment on the following information collection activity:
Nominations for the following properties being considered for listing or related actions in the National Register were received by the National Park Service before February 21, 2015. Pursuant to section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60, written comments are being accepted concerning the significance of the nominated properties under the National Register criteria for evaluation. Comments may be forwarded by United States Postal Service, to the National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1849 C St. NW., MS 2280, Washington, DC 20240; by all other carriers, National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1201 Eye St. NW., 8th floor, Washington, DC 20005; or by fax, 202-371-6447. Written or faxed comments should be submitted by April 1, 2015. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
A request for removal has been made for the following resources:
Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Interior.
Notice and request for comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Office of Surface Mining (OSMRE) is announcing its intention to renew its authority for the collection of information for Noncoal Reclamation. The information collection request describes the nature of the information collection and the expected burden and costs. This information collection activity was previously approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) and assigned control number 1029-0103.
Comments on the proposed information collection must be received by May 18, 2015, to be assured of consideration.
Submit comments to John Trelease, Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, 1951 Constitution Ave. NW., Room 203-SIB, Washington, DC 20240. Comments may also be submitted electronically to
To receive a copy of the information collection request contact John Trelease, at (202) 208-2783 or via email at
OMB regulations at 5 CFR 1320, which implement provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13), require that interested members of the public and affected agencies have an opportunity to comment on information collection and recordkeeping activities [see 5 CFR 1320.8 (d)]. This notice identifies an information collection activity that OSMRE will submit to OMB for extension. This collection is contained in 30 CFR part 875-Noncoal Reclamation. OSMRE will request a 3-year term of approval for each information collection activity. Responses are required to obtain a benefit.
Comments are invited on: (1) The need for the collection of information for the performance of the functions of the agency; (2) the accuracy of the agency's burden estimates; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information collection; and (4) ways to minimize the information collection burden on respondents, such as use of automated means of collection of the information. A summary of the public comments will accompany OSMRE's submission of the information collection request to OMB.
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personal identifying information, may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
This notice provides the public with 60 days in which to comment on the following information collection activity:
United States International Trade Commission.
Notice.
The Commission hereby gives notice of the institution and commencement of preliminary phase antidumping and countervailing duty investigations Nos. 701-TA-531-533 and 731-TA-1270-1273 (Preliminary) under sections 703(a) and 733(a) of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1671b(a) and 1673b(a)) (the Act) to determine whether there is a reasonable indication that an industry in the United States is materially injured or threatened with material injury, or the establishment of an industry in the United States is materially retarded, by reason of imports from Canada, China, India, and Oman of Certain polyethylene terephthalate resin, provided for in subheading 3907.60.00 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States, that are alleged to be subsidized by the Governments of China, India, and Oman are alleged to be sold in the United States at less than fair value. Unless the Department of Commerce extends the time for initiation pursuant to sections 702(c)(1)(B) or 732(c)(1)(B) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1671a(c)(1)(B) or 1673a(c)(1)(B)), the Commission must reach a preliminary determination in antidumping and countervailing duty investigations in 45 days, or in this case by Friday, April 24, 2015. The Commission's views must be transmitted to Commerce within five business days thereafter, or by Friday, May 1, 2015.
For further information concerning the conduct of these investigations and
Michael Haberstroh (202) 205-3390), Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436. Hearing-impaired persons can obtain information on this matter by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on 202-205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at 202-205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server (
In accordance with sections 201.16(c) and 207.3 of the rules, each document filed by a party to the investigations must be served on all other parties to the investigations (as identified by either the public or BPI service list), and a certificate of service must be timely filed. The Secretary will not accept a document for filing without a certificate of service.
These investigations are being conducted under authority of title VII of the Tariff Act of 1930; this notice is published pursuant to section 207.12 of the Commission's rules.
By order of the Commission.
On the basis of the record
Pursuant to section 207.18 of the Commission's rules, the Commission also gives notice of the commencement of the final phase of its investigations. The Commission will issue a final phase notice of scheduling, which will be published in the
On January 21, 2015, a petition was filed with the Commission and Commerce by United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy, Allied Industrial and Service Workers International Union, Pittsburg, PA; Domtar Corporation, Ft. Mill, SC; Finch Paper LLC, Glen Falls, NY; P.H. Glatfelter Company, York, PA; and Packaging Corporation of America, Lake Forest, IL, alleging that an industry in the United States is materially injured or threatened with material injury by reason of LTFV and subsidized imports of certain uncoated paper from China and Indonesia and LTFV imports of certain uncoated paper from Australia, Brazil, and Portugal. Accordingly, effective January 21, 2015, the Commission instituted countervailing duty investigation Nos. 701-TA-528-529 and antidumping duty investigation Nos. 731-TA-1264-1268 (Preliminary).
Notice of the institution of the Commission's investigations and of a public conference to be held in connection therewith was given by posting copies of the notice in the Office of the Secretary, U.S. International Trade Commission, Washington, DC, and by publishing the notice in the
The Commission transmitted its determinations in these investigations to the Secretary of Commerce on March 11, 2015. The views of the Commission are contained in USITC Publication 4522 (March 2015), entitled
By order of the Commission.
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that the U.S. International Trade Commission has received a complaint entitled
Lisa R. Barton, Secretary to the Commission, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-2000. The public version of the complaint can be accessed on the Commission's Electronic Document Information System (EDIS) at EDIS,
General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server at United States International Trade Commission (USITC) at USITC.
The Commission has received a complaint and a submission pursuant to section 210.8(b) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure filed on behalf of Otter Products, LLC on March 11, 2015. The complaint alleges violations of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. § 1337) in the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, and the sale within the United States after importation of certain protective cases for electronic devices and components thereof. The complaint names as respondents Speculative Product Design, LLC of San Mateo, CA; and Tech21 UK Limited of the United Kingdom. The complainant requests that the Commission issue a limited exclusion order, cease and desist orders, and a bond upon respondents' alleged infringing articles during the 60-day Presidential review period pursuant to 19 U.S.C. § 1337(j).
Proposed respondents, other interested parties, and members of the public are invited to file comments, not to exceed five (5) pages in length, inclusive of attachments, on any public interest issues raised by the complaint or section 210.8(b) filing. Comments should address whether issuance of the relief specifically requested by the complainant in this investigation would affect the public health and welfare in the United States, competitive conditions in the United States economy, the production of like or directly competitive articles in the United States, or United States consumers.
In particular, the Commission is interested in comments that:
(i) Explain how the articles potentially subject to the requested remedial orders are used in the United States;
(ii) identify any public health, safety, or welfare concerns in the United States relating to the requested remedial orders;
(iii) identify like or directly competitive articles that complainant, its licensees, or third parties make in the United States which could replace the subject articles if they were to be excluded;
(iv) indicate whether complainant, complainant's licensees, and/or third party suppliers have the capacity to replace the volume of articles potentially subject to the requested exclusion order and/or a cease and desist order within a commercially reasonable time; and
(v) explain how the requested remedial orders would impact United States consumers.
Written submissions must be filed no later than by close of business, eight calendar days after the date of publication of this notice in the
Persons filing written submissions must file the original document electronically on or before the deadlines stated above and submit 8 true paper
Any person desiring to submit a document to the Commission in confidence must request confidential treatment. All such requests should be directed to the Secretary to the Commission and must include a full statement of the reasons why the Commission should grant such treatment.
This action is taken under the authority of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. § 1337), and of sections 201.10 and 210.8(c) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR §§ 201.10, 210.8(c)).
By order of the Commission.
Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, Department of Justice.
60-day Notice.
The Department of Justice (DOJ), Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), will submit the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 60 days until May 18, 2015.
If you have additional comments especially on the estimated public burden or associated response time, suggestions, or need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions or additional information, please contact Anita Scheddel, Explosives Industry Programs Branch, at
Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Evaluate whether and if so how the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected can be enhanced; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
1.
2.
3.
Form number: None.
Component: Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, U.S. Department of Justice.
4.
Primary: Business or other for-profit.
Other: None.
Abstract: The information is necessary to ensure that explosive materials can be effectively traced. All licensed importers are required to identify by marking all explosive materials they import for sale or distribution. The process provides valuable information in explosion and bombing investigations.
5.
If additional information is required contact: Jerri Murray, Department Clearance Officer, United States Department of Justice, Justice Management Division, Policy and Planning Staff, Two Constitution Square, 145 N Street NE., Room 3E-405B, Washington, DC 20530.
On March 11, 2015, the Department of Justice lodged a proposed Consent Decree with the United States District Court for the Southern District of Illinois in the lawsuit entitled
The United States filed this lawsuit under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”). The United States' complaint names Pharmacia LLC and Solutia Inc. as defendants. The complaint requests recovery of oversight and other response costs that the United States incurred in connection with an Administrative Order for Remedial Design and Interim Remedial Action, Docket No. V-W-02-C-716, issued by EPA on September 30, 2002 (the “2002 Order”), to prevent groundwater contamination releasing to the Mississippi River adjacent to Sauget Area 2 disposal Site R and the resulting impact area located in Sauget, St. Clair County, Illinois. Both defendants signed the Consent Decree, agreeing to pay a total of $1.7 million in response costs. In return, the United States agrees not to sue the defendants under sections
The publication of this notice opens a period for public comment on the proposed Consent Decree. Comments should be addressed to the Assistant Attorney General, Environment and Natural Resources Division, and should refer to
During the public comment period, the proposed Consent Decree may be examined and downloaded at this Justice Department Web site:
Please enclose a check or money order for $63.50 (25 cents per page reproduction cost) payable to the United States Treasury. For a paper copy without Appendix A (the 2002 Order), the cost is only $5.25.
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Labor.
Notice; announcement of OMB approval of information collection requirements.
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration announces that OMB extended its approval for a number of information collection requirements found in sections of 29 CFR parts 1910, 1915, and 1926. OSHA sought approval of these requirements under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA-95), and, as required by that Act, is announcing the approval numbers and expiration dates for these requirements. In addition, OSHA announces that OMB approved a revision to the Recordkeeping and Reporting Occupational Injuries and Illnesses (29 CFR part 1904) Information Collection Request (ICR) (paperwork package) and the collection of information requirements contained in the Electric Power Generation, Transmission and Distribution Standard for Construction and General Industry and Electrical Protective Equipment for Construction and General Industry final rule.
This notice is effective March 17, 2015.
Theda Kenney or Todd Owen, Directorate of Standards and Guidance, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Room N-3609, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20210, telephone: (202) 693-2222.
In a series of
Also, OSHA submitted two ICRs to OMB in conjunction with two final rulemakings: Electric Power Generation, Transmission and Distribution Standard for Construction and General Industry and Electrical Protective Equipment for Construction and General Industry; and the Occupational Injury and Illness Recording and Reporting Requirements—NAICS Update and Reporting Revisions final rule.
In accordance with PRA-95 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), OMB approved these information collection requirements. The table below provides the following information for each of these information collection requirements approved by OMB: The title of the
In accordance with 5 CFR 1320.5(b), an agency cannot conduct, sponsor, or require a response to a collection of information unless the collection displays a valid OMB control number and the agency informs respondents that they need not respond to the collection of information unless it displays a valid OMB control number.
David Michaels, Ph.D., MPH, Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, directed the preparation of this notice. The authority for this notice is 44 U.S.C. 3506
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), DOL.
Request for nominations to serve on the Whistleblower Protection Advisory Committee.
The Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health requests nominations for membership on the Whistleblower Protection Advisory Committee (WPAC).
Nominations for WPAC must be submitted (postmarked, sent, transmitted, or received) by May 18, 2015.
You may submit nominations for WPAC, identified by the OSHA Docket No. OSHA-2015-0001, by any of the following methods:
Submissions in response to this
Anthony Rosa, OSHA, Directorate of Whistleblower Protection Programs, U.S. Department of Labor, Room N-4618, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC., 20210; telephone (202) 693-2199; email address
The Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health invites interested individuals to submit nominations for membership on WPAC.
The WPAC advises the Secretary of Labor (the Secretary) and the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health (the Assistant Secretary) on ways to improve the fairness, efficiency, and transparency of OSHA's whistleblower investigations. WPAC is a continuing advisory body and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App. 2) and its implementing regulations (see “Authority and Signature” section).
WPAC is comprised of 12 members, whom the Secretary appoints to staggered terms, not to exceed 2 years. OSHA is seeking to fill six positions on WPAC that will become vacant on December 1, 2015. The composition of WPAC and categories of new members to be appointed to new two-year terms are as follows:
• Two management representatives who are or represent employers or employer associations in industries covered by one or more of the whistleblower laws;
• Two labor representatives who are or represent workers or worker advocacy organizations in industries covered by one or more of the whistleblower laws;
• One member who represents the State OSH Plan states; and
• One public representative from a college, university, non-partisan think tank, or other entity who has extensive knowledge and expertise on whistleblower statutes and issues.
If a vacancy occurs before a term expires, the Secretary may appoint a new member who represents the same interest as the predecessor to serve for the remainder of the unexpired term. The committee meets at least two times a year.
Any individual or organization may nominate one or more qualified persons for membership. If an individual or organization nominates more than one person, each person must be named. Submissions of nominations must include the following information for each nominee:
1. The nominee's name, contact information and current occupation or position (required);
2. The nominee's resume or curriculum vitae, including prior membership on WPAC and other relevant organizations, associations and committees (required);
3. Category of membership (management, labor, state plan, or academic/extensive whistleblower knowledge) the nominee is qualified to represent (required);
4. A summary of the nominee's background, experience and qualifications that address the nominee's suitability to serve on WPAC (required);
5. Articles or other documents the nominee has authored that indicate the nominee's knowledge, experience and expertise in whistleblower protections (optional); and
6. A statement that the nominee is aware of the nomination, is willing to regularly attend and participate in WPAC meetings, and has no apparent conflicts of interest that would preclude membership on WPAC (required).
Nominations that do not contain all required information will not be considered.
WPAC members will be selected on the basis of their experience, knowledge, and competence in the field of whistleblower protection. The information received through this nomination process, in addition to other relevant sources of information, will assist the Secretary in appointing members to serve on WPAC. In selecting WPAC members, the Secretary will consider individuals nominated in response to this
Before candidates are appointed, the U.S. Department of Labor (Department) conducts a basic background check using publically available, internet-based sources.
Interested individuals may submit nominations and supplemental materials using one of the methods listed in the
Because of security-related procedures, the use of regular mail may cause a significant delay in the receipt of nominations. For information about security procedures concerning the delivery of materials by hand, express delivery, messenger or courier service, please contact the OSHA Docket Office (see
All submissions in response to this
To read or download nominations and additional materials submitted in response to this
Electronic copies of this
David Michaels, Ph.D., MPH, Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, directed the preparation of this notice under the authority granted by the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), as amended (5 U.S.C. App. 2), its implementing regulations (41 CFR part 102-3), chapter 1600 of Department of Labor Management Series 3 (Mar. 17, 2008), Secretary of Labor's Order 1-2012 (Jan. 18, 2012), 77 FR 3912 (Jan. 25, 2012), and the Secretary of Labor's authority to administer the whistleblower provisions found in section 11(c) of the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. 660(c); the Surface Transportation Assistance Act, 49 U.S.C. 31105; the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act, 15 U.S.C. 2651; the International Safe Container Act, 46 U.S.C. 80507; the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. 300j-9(i); the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. 1367; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. 2622; the Solid Waste Disposal Act, 42 U.S.C. 6971; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7622; the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. 9610; the Energy Reorganization Act, 42 U.S.C. 5851; the Wendell H. Ford Aviation Investment and Reform Act for the 21st Century, 49 U.S.C. 42121; the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, 18 U.S.C. 1514A; the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act, 49 U.S.C. 60129; the Federal Railroad Safety Act, 49 U.S.C. 20109; the National Transit Systems Security Act, 6 U.S.C. 1142; the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act, 15 U.S.C. 2087; the Affordable Care Act, 29 U.S.C. 218C; the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, 12 U.S.C.A. 5567; the Seaman's Protection Act, 46 U.S.C. 2114; the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act, 21 U.S.C. 399d; and the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act, 49 U.S.C. 30171.
Notice.
The Department of Labor (DOL) is submitting the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) sponsored information collection request (ICR) revision titled, “Occupational Safety and Health Act Variance Regulations,” to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval for use in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
The OMB will consider all written comments that agency receives on or before April 16, 2015.
A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation; including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden may be obtained free of charge from the RegInfo.gov Web site at
Submit comments about this request by mail or courier to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for DOL-OSHA, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503; by Fax: 202-395-5806 (this is not a toll-free number); or by email:
Contact Michel Smyth by telephone at 202-693-4129, TTY 202-693-8064, (these are not toll-free numbers) or sending an email to
44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(1)(D).
This ICR seeks approval under the PRA for revisions to the Occupational Safety and Health Act (Osh Act) Variance Regulations information collection. The OSH Act allows a covered employer to apply for four (4) different types of variances from the requirements of OSH Act standards. An employer submits a variance application that specifies an alternative means of complying with the requirements of applicable standards to the Agency. The OSHA has developed an information collection for four different optional-use forms (Forms OSHA-5-30-1, OSHA-5-30-2, OSHA-5-30-3, and OSHA-5-30-4) that employers might use as templates in applying for variances. While use of the forms is optional, employers are required to submit an application that includes all elements specified in regulations 29 CFR part 1905 in order to receive consideration for a variance. This information collection has been classified as a revision, because the OSHA is including Web-based variance application forms in this submission. OSH Act sections 2(b)(9), 6, 8(c), and 16 authorize this information collection.
This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally
Interested parties are encouraged to send comments to the OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs at the address shown in the
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Employment and Training Administration, Labor.
Funding Opportunity Announcement (FOA).
The Employment and Training Administration (ETA) plans to award four intermediary organization grants of $5,000,000 each and approximately 10 community organization grants of up to $1,050,000 each, totaling approximately $30,500,000 to provide services to youth between the ages of 14 to 24 that have been involved in the Juvenile Justice System and never convicted in the adult criminal system.
Face Forward 3-Intermediary and Community grants will build on existing promising practices to assist youth participants, such as earning industry-recognized credentials in demand occupations and sectors, participating in self-exploration activities, providing on-the-job training (OJT) and work-based learning opportunities, participating in career planning and management activities, and strengthening industry and employer connections to ensure that the training program directly aligns with the skills and credentials needed to secure employment.
The complete FOA and any subsequent FOA amendments in connection with this solicitation are described in further detail on ETA's Web site at
The closing date for receipt of applications under this announcement is April 23, 2015. Applications must be received no later than 4:00:00 p.m. Eastern Time.
Denise Roach, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Room N-4716, Washington, DC 20210; Telephone: 202-693-3820. The Grant Officer for this FOA is Melissa Abdullah.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration.
Notice of meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, Pub. L. 92-463, as amended, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) announces a meeting of the Human Exploration and Operations Committee of the NASA Advisory Council (NAC). This Committee reports to the NAC.
Tuesday, April 7, 2015, 10:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.; and Wednesday, April 8, 2015, 8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., Local Time.
NASA Headquarters, MIC 5A (Room 5H41-A), 300 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20546 (April 7; 10:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. and April 8; 10:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.) and NASA Headquarters, MIC 3A (Room 3H42), 300 E Street, SW., Washington, DC 20546 (April 7; 1:00 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. and April 8; 8:30 a.m. to 10:00 a.m.).
Dr. Bette Siegel, Human Exploration and Operations Mission Directorate, NASA Headquarters, Washington, DC 20546, (202) 358-2245, or
The meeting will be open to the public up to the seating capacity of the room. This meeting is also available telephonically and by WebEx. You must use a touch
The agenda for the meeting includes the following topics:
Attendees will be required to sign a register and comply with NASA security requirements, including the presentation of a valid picture ID before receiving access to NASA Headquarters. Due to the Real ID Act, Public Law 109-13, any attendees with drivers licenses issued from non-compliant states/territories must present a second form of ID. [Federal employee badge; passport; active military identification card; enhanced driver's license; U.S. Coast Guard Merchant Mariner card; Native American tribal document; school identification accompanied by an item from LIST C (documents that establish employment authorization) from the “List of the Acceptable Documents” on Form I-9]. Non-compliant states/territories are: American Samoa, Arizona, Idaho, Louisiana, Maine, Minnesota, New Hampshire, and New York. Foreign nationals attending this meeting will be required to provide a copy of their passport and visa in addition to providing the following information no less than 10 days prior to the meeting: Full name; home address; gender; citizenship; date/city/country of birth; title, position or duties; visa information (number, type, expiration date); passport information (number, country, expiration date); employer/affiliation information (name of institution, address, country, telephone) of the position of attendee; and home address to Dr. Bette Siegel via email at
National Aeronautics and Space Administration.
Notice of meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, Public Law 92-463, as amended, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) announces a meeting of the Technology, Innovation and Engineering Committee of the NASA Advisory Council (NAC). This Committee reports to the NAC.
Tuesday, April 7, 2015, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Local Time.
NASA Headquarters, Room MIC 6A, 300 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20546.
Mr. Mike Green, Space Technology Mission Directorate, NASA Headquarters, Washington, DC 20546, (202) 358-4710, or
The meeting will be open to the public up to the capacity of the room. This meeting is also available telephonically and online via WebEx. You must use a touch tone phone to participate in this meeting. Any interested person may call the USA toll free conference number 844-467-6272, passcode 102421, to participate in this meeting by telephone. The WebEx link is
The agenda for the meeting includes the following topics:
Attendees will be required to sign a register and comply with NASA security requirements, including the presentation of a valid picture ID before receiving access to NASA Headquarters. Due to the Real ID Act, Public Law 109-13, any attendees with drivers licenses issued from non-compliant states/territories must present a second form of ID. [Federal employee badge; passport; active military identification card; enhanced driver's license; U.S. Coast Guard Merchant Mariner card; Native American tribal document; school identification accompanied by an item from LIST C (documents that establish employment authorization) from the “List of the Acceptable Documents” on Form I-9]. Non-compliant states/territories are: American Samoa, Arizona, Idaho, Louisiana, Maine, Minnesota, New Hampshire, and New York. Foreign nationals attending this meeting will be required to provide a copy of their passport and visa in addition to providing the following information no less than 10 days prior to the meeting: full name; home address; gender; citizenship; date/city/country of birth; title, position or duties; visa information (number, type, expiration date); passport information (number, country, expiration date); and employer/affiliation information (name of institution, address, country, telephone) of the position of attendee; and home address to Ms. Anyah Dembling via email at
National Aeronautics and Space Administration, NASA.
Notice of proposed revisions to existing Privacy Act systems of records.
Pursuant to the provisions of the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), the National Aeronautics and Space Administration is issuing public notice of its proposal to significantly alter a previously noticed system of records NASA Education System Records/NASA 10EDUA. This notice further clarifies and somewhat broadens this system of records under a new system name and number, as set forth below under the caption
Submit comments within 30 calendar days from the date of this publication. The changes will take effect at the end of that period, if no adverse comments are received.
Patti F. Stockman, Privacy Act Officer, Office of the Chief Information Officer, National Aeronautics and Space Administration Headquarters, Washington, DC 20546-0001, (202) 358-4787,
NASA Privacy Act Officer, Patti F. Stockman, (202) 358-4787,
This system notice includes both minor and substantial revisions. The location of records is expanded to include NASA partner locations. Both the categories of individuals and of records in the system are expanded for greater clarity. Routine uses have been refined to be more specific and eliminate duplication with NASA's Standard Routine Uses. System policies for records storage have been expanded to include paper as well as electronic storage, and the retention and disposal procedures have been updated to reflect the applicable retention schedule.
This revision significantly expands safeguards to provide a more thorough description of electronic safeguards employed and also addresses safeguards required of NASA partners managing records in this system of records.
The system manager information is updated and record source categories clarified. For completion, the notice includes the fact that there are no exemptions claimed for the system.
NASA 10EDUA.
NASA Education Records.
None.
Paper-based records are located in NASA facilities in Locations 1 through 11 as set forth in Appendix A, or at other Agency-designated offices of NASA contractors. Electronic records are maintained on secure NASA and NASA contractor servers in Locations 1 through 11, or at other Agency-designated offices of NASA contractors.
This system maintains information on individuals engaged in the management, planning, implementation, and/or evaluation of NASA Education programs/projects, including former and current NASA civil servants, contractors, grantees, and partners serving as NASA Education program/project managers, primary investigators, project points of contact and volunteers, and session presenters. Information is also maintained on members of the public who apply to, participate in, and/or are supported by NASA Education programs, projects and activities, including students (K-12 and higher education), teachers, higher education faculty, advisors, school administrators, and participants' parents/legal guardians.
Records in the system contain identifying information about individuals engaged in NASA Education endeavors. Records include individuals' names, mailing addresses, school/institution names and addresses, grades, levels or higher education degree information, contact information, demographic data (
51 U.S.C. 20113.
Any disclosures of information will be compatible with the purpose for which the Agency collected the information. The records and information in these records may be disclosed: (1) To an individual's next-of-kin, parent, guardian, or emergency contact in the event of a mishap involving that individual; (2) To the public about an individual's involvement with NASA Education with the written consent of that individual; or (3) In accordance with NASA standard routine uses as set forth in Appendix B.
Some of the records are stored electronically on secure servers; some are stored in paper format in file folders.
Records may be retrieved from the system by any one or a combination of choices by authorized users to include last name, identification number, zip code, state, grade, level, and institution.
Electronic records are maintained on secure NASA servers and protected in accordance with all Federal standards and those established in NASA regulations at 14 CFR 1212.605. Additionally, server and data management environments employ infrastructure encryption technologies both in data transmission and at rest on servers. Approved security plans are in place for information systems containing the records in accordance with the Federal Information Security Management Act of 2002 (FISMA) and OMB Circular A-130, Management of Federal Information Resources. Only authorized personnel requiring information in the official discharge of their duties are authorized access to records through approved access or authentication methods. Access to electronic records is achieved only from workstations within the NASA Intranet or via a secure Virtual Private Network (VPN) connection that requires two-
Records are maintained and destroyed in accordance with NASA Records Retention Schedules (NRRS), Schedule 1, Item 68.
Evaluation Manager, NASA Office of Education, Location 1 (see Appendix A).
Contact System Manager by mail at Location 1 (see Appendix A).
Individuals who wish to gain access to their records should submit their request in writing to the System Manager at the addresses given above.
The NASA regulations governing access to records, procedures for contesting the contents and for appealing initial determinations are set forth in 14 CFR part 1212.
The information is obtained directly from individuals on whom it is maintained, and/or from their parents/legal guardians and individuals who serve as recommenders.
None.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration. ACTION: Notice of meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, Pub. L. 92-463, as amended, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) announces a meeting of the Science Committee of the NASA Advisory Council (NAC). This Committee reports to the NAC. The meeting will be held for the purpose of soliciting, from the scientific community and other persons, scientific and technical information relevant to program planning.
Monday, April 6, 2015, 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.; Tuesday, April 7, 2015, 8:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.; and Wednesday, April 8, 2015, 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Local Time.
NASA Headquarters, Room 3H42, 300 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20546.
Ms. Ann Delo, Science Mission Directorate, NASA Headquarters, Washington, DC 20546, (202) 358-0750, fax (202) 358-2779, or
The agenda for the meeting includes the following topics:
Attendees will be required to sign a register and comply with NASA security requirements, including the presentation of a valid picture ID before receiving access to NASA Headquarters. Due to the Real ID Act, Public Law 109-13, any attendees with drivers licenses issued from non-compliant states/territories must present a second form of ID. [Federal employee badge; passport; active military identification card; enhanced driver's license; U.S. Coast Guard Merchant Mariner card; Native American tribal document; school identification accompanied by an item from LIST C (documents that establish employment authorization) from the “List of the Acceptable Documents” on Form I-9]. Non-compliant states/territories are: American Samoa, Arizona, Idaho, Louisiana, Maine, Minnesota, New Hampshire, and New York. Foreign nationals attending this meeting will be required to provide a copy of their passport and visa in addition to providing the following information no less than 10 days prior to the meeting: full name; home address; gender; citizenship; date/city/country of birth; title, position or duties; visa information (number, type, expiration date); passport information (number, country, expiration date); employer/affiliation information (name of institution, address, country, telephone); title/position of attendee; and home address to Ms. Ann Delo via email at
The National Science Board's Committee on Strategy and Budget (CSB), pursuant to NSF regulations (45 CFR part 614), the National Science Foundation Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1862n-5), and the Government in the Sunshine Act (5 U.S.C. 552b), hereby gives notice of the scheduling of a teleconference for the transaction of National Science Board business, as follows:
Wednesday, March 18, 2015, 4:30-5:30 p.m. EDT.
Discussion of Performance Improvement Officer Report on FY 2017 Strategic Issues.
Closed.
This meeting will be held by teleconference. Please refer to the National Science Board Web site
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Renewal of existing information collection; request for comment.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) invites public comment on the renewal of Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval for an existing collection of information. The information collection is entitled, NRC Form 7, Application for NRC Export/Import License, Amendment, Renewal or Consent Request(s).
Submit comments by May 18, 2015. Comments received after this date will be considered if it is practical to do so, but the Commission is able to ensure consideration only for comments received on or before this date.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
For additional direction on obtaining information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the
Tremaine Donnell, Office of Information Services, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-6258; email:
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2015-0027 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this action by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2015-0027 in the subject line of your comment submission, in order to ensure that the NRC is able to make your comment submission available to the public in this docket.
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information in comment submissions that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC will post all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment into ADAMS.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35), the NRC is requesting public comment on its intention to request the OMB's approval for the information collection summarized below.
1.
2.
3.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Submit, by May 18, 2015, comments that address the following questions:
1. Is the proposed collection of information necessary for the NRC to properly perform its functions? Does the information have practical utility?
2. Is the estimate of the burden of the information collection accurate?
3. Is there a way to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected?
4. How can the burden of the information collection on respondents be minimized, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology?
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
March 16, 23, 30, April 6, 13, 20, 2015.
Commissioners' Conference Room, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland.
Public and Closed.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of March 16, 2015.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of March 30, 2015.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of April 6, 2015.
This meeting will be webcast live at the Web address—
This meeting will be webcast live at the Web address—
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of April 20, 2015.
The schedule for Commission meetings is subject to change on short notice. For more information or to verify the status of meetings, contact Glenn Ellmers at 301-415-0442 or via email at
1. By a vote of 3-0 on March 9, 2015, the Commission determined pursuant to U.S.C. 552b(e) and 9.107(a) of the Commission's rules that an Affirmation Session for
2. The Affirmation Session for
3. The meeting with the Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards, scheduled for March 5, 2015, was postponed.
The NRC Commission Meeting Schedule can be found on the Internet at:
The NRC provides reasonable accommodation to individuals with disabilities where appropriate. If you need a reasonable accommodation to participate in these public meetings, or need this meeting notice or the transcript or other information from the public meetings in another format (
Members of the public may request to receive this information electronically. If you would like to be added to the distribution, please contact the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Office of the Secretary, Washington, DC 20555 (301-415-1969), or email
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Biweekly notice.
Pursuant to section 189a. (2) of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (the Act), the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is publishing this regular biweekly notice. The Act requires the Commission to publish notice of any amendments issued, or proposed to be issued and grants the Commission the authority to issue and make immediately effective any amendment to an operating license or combined license, as applicable, upon a determination by the Commission that such amendment involves no significant hazards consideration, notwithstanding the pendency before the Commission of a request for a hearing from any person.
This biweekly notice includes all notices of amendments issued, or proposed to be issued from February 19, 2015 to March 4, 2015. The last
Comments must be filed by April 16, 2015. A request for a hearing must be filed by May 18, 2015.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods (unless this document describes a different method for submitting comments on a specific subject):
•
•
For additional direction on obtaining information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the
Beverly A. Clayton, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-3475, email:
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2015-0055 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this action by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2015-0055, facility name, unit number(s), application date, and subject in your comment submission.
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC posts all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment submissions into ADAMS.
The Commission has made a proposed determination that the following amendment requests involve no significant hazards consideration. Under the Commission's regulations in § 50.92 of title 10 of the
The Commission is seeking public comments on this proposed determination. Any comments received within 30 days after the date of publication of this notice will be considered in making any final determination.
Normally, the Commission will not issue the amendment until the expiration of 60 days after the date of publication of this notice. The Commission may issue the license amendment before expiration of the 60-day period provided that its final determination is that the amendment involves no significant hazards consideration. In addition, the Commission may issue the amendment prior to the expiration of the 30-day comment period should circumstances change during the 30-day comment period such that failure to act in a timely way would result, for example in derating or shutdown of the facility. Should the Commission take action prior to the expiration of either the comment period or the notice period, it will publish in the
Within 60 days after the date of publication of this notice, any person(s) whose interest may be affected by this action may file a request for a hearing and a petition to intervene with respect to issuance of the amendment to the subject facility operating license or combined license. Requests for a hearing and a petition for leave to intervene shall be filed in accordance with the Commission's “Agency Rules of Practice and Procedure” in 10 CFR part 2. Interested person(s) should consult a current copy of 10 CFR 2.309, which is available at the NRC's PDR, located at One White Flint North, Room O1-F21, 11555 Rockville Pike (first floor), Rockville, Maryland 20852. The NRC's regulations are accessible electronically from the NRC Library on the NRC's Web site at
As required by 10 CFR 2.309, a petition for leave to intervene shall set forth with particularity the interest of the petitioner in the proceeding, and how that interest may be affected by the results of the proceeding. The petition
Each contention must consist of a specific statement of the issue of law or fact to be raised or controverted. In addition, the requestor/petitioner shall provide a brief explanation of the bases for the contention and a concise statement of the alleged facts or expert opinion which support the contention and on which the requestor/petitioner intends to rely in proving the contention at the hearing. The requestor/petitioner must also provide references to those specific sources and documents of which the petitioner is aware and on which the requestor/petitioner intends to rely to establish those facts or expert opinion. The petition must include sufficient information to show that a genuine dispute exists with the applicant on a material issue of law or fact. Contentions shall be limited to matters within the scope of the amendment under consideration. The contention must be one which, if proven, would entitle the requestor/petitioner to relief. A requestor/petitioner who fails to satisfy these requirements with respect to at least one contention will not be permitted to participate as a party.
Those permitted to intervene become parties to the proceeding, subject to any limitations in the order granting leave to intervene, and have the opportunity to participate fully in the conduct of the hearing.
If a hearing is requested, the Commission will make a final determination on the issue of no significant hazards consideration. The final determination will serve to decide when the hearing is held. If the final determination is that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration, the Commission may issue the amendment and make it immediately effective, notwithstanding the request for a hearing. Any hearing held would take place after issuance of the amendment. If the final determination is that the amendment request involves a significant hazards consideration, then any hearing held would take place before the issuance of any amendment unless the Commission finds an imminent danger to the health or safety of the public, in which case it will issue an appropriate order or rule under 10 CFR part 2.
All documents filed in NRC adjudicatory proceedings, including a request for hearing, a petition for leave to intervene, any motion or other document filed in the proceeding prior to the submission of a request for hearing or petition to intervene, and documents filed by interested governmental entities participating under 10 CFR 2.315(c), must be filed in accordance with the NRC's E-Filing rule (72 FR 49139; August 28, 2007). The E-Filing process requires participants to submit and serve all adjudicatory documents over the internet, or in some cases to mail copies on electronic storage media. Participants may not submit paper copies of their filings unless they seek an exemption in accordance with the procedures described below.
To comply with the procedural requirements of E-Filing, at least ten 10 days prior to the filing deadline, the participant should contact the Office of the Secretary by email at
Information about applying for a digital ID certificate is available on the NRC's public Web site at
If a participant is electronically submitting a document to the NRC in accordance with the E-Filing rule, the participant must file the document using the NRC's online, Web-based submission form. In order to serve documents through the Electronic Information Exchange System, users will be required to install a Web browser plug-in from the NRC's Web site. Further information on the Web-based submission form, including the installation of the Web browser plug-in, is available on the NRC's public Web site at
Once a participant has obtained a digital ID certificate and a docket has been created, the participant can then submit a request for hearing or petition for leave to intervene. Submissions should be in Portable Document Format (PDF) in accordance with NRC guidance available on the NRC's public Web site at
A person filing electronically using the NRC's adjudicatory E-Filing system may seek assistance by contacting the NRC Meta System Help Desk through the “Contact Us” link located on the NRC's public Web site at
Participants who believe that they have a good cause for not submitting documents electronically must file an exemption request, in accordance with 10 CFR 2.302(g), with their initial paper filing requesting authorization to continue to submit documents in paper format. Such filings must be submitted by: (1) First class mail addressed to the Office of the Secretary of the Commission, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001, Attention: Rulemaking and Adjudications Staff; or (2) courier, express mail, or expedited delivery service to the Office of the Secretary, Sixteenth Floor, One White Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland 20852, Attention: Rulemaking and Adjudications Staff. Participants filing a document in this manner are responsible for serving the document on all other participants. Filing is considered complete by first-class mail as of the time of deposit in the mail, or by courier, express mail, or expedited delivery service upon depositing the document with the provider of the service. A presiding officer, having granted an exemption request from using E-Filing, may require a participant or party to use E-Filing if the presiding officer subsequently determines that the reason for granting the exemption from use of E-Filing no longer exists.
Documents submitted in adjudicatory proceedings will appear in the NRC's electronic hearing docket which is available to the public at
Petitions for leave to intervene must be filed no later than 60 days from the date of publication of this notice. Requests for hearing, petitions for leave to intervene, and motions for leave to file new or amended contentions that are filed after the 60-day deadline will not be entertained absent a determination by the presiding officer that the filing demonstrates good cause by satisfying the three factors in 10 CFR 2.309(c)(1)(i)-(iii).
For further details with respect to these license amendment applications, see the application for amendment which is available for public inspection in ADAMS and at the NRC's PDR. For additional direction on accessing information related to this document, see the “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” section of this document.
1. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed changes do not involve a significant increase in the probability of any accident previously evaluated because no accident initiators or assumptions are affected. The proposed license transfers are administrative in nature and have no direct effect on any plant system, plant personnel qualifications, or the operation and maintenance of CR-3.
2. Does the proposed change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed changes do not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any previously evaluated because no new accident initiators or assumptions are introduced by the proposed changes. The proposed license transfers are administrative in nature and have no direct effect on any plant system, plant personnel qualifications, or operation and maintenance of CR-3.
3. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The proposed changes do not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety because the proposed changes do not involve changes to the initial conditions contributing to accident severity or consequences, or reduce response or mitigation capabilities. The proposed license transfers are administrative in nature and have no direct effect on any plant system, plant personnel qualifications, or operation and maintenance of CR-3.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed amendment involves changes to the IP2 [Indian Point Unit No. 2] containment leakage rate testing program. The proposed amendment does not involve a physical change to the plant or a change in the manner in which the plant is operated or controlled. The primary containment function is to provide an essentially leak tight barrier against the uncontrolled release of radioactivity to the environment for
Therefore, the probability of occurrence of an accident previously evaluated is not significantly increased by the proposed amendment.
The proposed amendment adopts the NRC accepted guidelines of NEI 94-01, Revision 2A, for development of the IP2 performance-based testing program for the Type A testing. Implementation of these guidelines continues to provide adequate assurance that during design basis accidents, the primary containment and its components would limit leakage rates to less than the values assumed in the plant safety analyses. The potential consequences of extending the ILRT [integrated leak rate test] interval to 15 years have been evaluated by analyzing the resulting changes in risk. The increase in risk in terms of person-rem per year within 50 miles resulting from design basis accidents was estimated to be acceptably small and determined to be within the guidelines published in RG 1.174. Additionally, the proposed change maintains defense-in-depth by preserving a reasonable balance among prevention of core damage, prevention of containment failure, and consequence mitigation. Entergy has determined that the increase in conditional containment failure probability due to the proposed change would be very small. Therefore, it is concluded that the proposed amendment does not significantly increase the consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed amendment create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed amendment adopts the NRC-accepted guidelines of NEI 94-01, Revision 2A, for the development of the IP2 performance-based leakage testing program, and establishes a 15-year interval for the performance of the containment ILRT. The containment and the testing requirements to periodically demonstrate the integrity of the containment exist to ensure the plant's ability to mitigate the consequences of an accident do not involve any accident precursors or initiators. The proposed change does not involve a physical change to the plant (
Therefore, the proposed change does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The proposed amendment adopts the NRC-accepted guidelines of NEI 94-01, Revision 2A, for the development of the IP2 performance-based leakage testing program, and establishes a 15-year interval for the performance of the containment ILRT. This amendment does not alter the manner in which safety limits, limiting safety system setpoints, or limiting conditions for operation are determined. The specific requirements and conditions of the containment leakage rate testing program, as defined in the TS [technical specifications], ensure that the degree of primary containment structural integrity and leak-tightness that is considered in the plant's safety analysis is maintained. The overall containment leakage rate limit specified by the TS is maintained, and the Type A containment leakage tests would be performed at the frequencies established in accordance with the NRC-accepted guidelines of NEI 94-01, Revision 2A with no change to the 60 month frequencies of Type B, and Type C tests.
Containment inspections performed in accordance with other plant programs serve to provide a high degree of assurance that the containment would not degrade in a manner that is not detectable by an ILRT. A risk assessment using the current IP2 PSA [probabilistic safety assessment] model concluded that extending the ILRT test interval from ten years to 15 years results in a very small change to the risk profile.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
1. Do the proposed changes involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed changes relocate the specified frequencies for periodic surveillance requirements to licensee control under a new Surveillance Frequency Control Program (SFCP). Surveillance frequencies are not an initiator to any accident previously evaluated. As a result, the probability of any accident previously evaluated is not significantly increased. The systems and components required by the technical specifications for which the surveillance frequencies are relocated are still required to be operable, meet the acceptance criteria for the surveillance requirements, and be capable of performing any mitigation function assumed in the accident analysis. As a result, the consequences of any accident previously evaluated are not significantly increased.
Therefore, the proposed changes do not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Do the proposed changes create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
No new or different accidents result from utilizing the proposed changes. The changes do not involve a physical alteration of the plant (
Therefore, the proposed changes do not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The design, operation, testing methods, and acceptance criteria for systems, structures, and components (SSCs), specified in applicable codes and standards (or alternatives approved for use by the NRC) will continue to be met as described in the plant licensing basis (including the final safety analysis report and bases to TS), since these are not affected by changes to the surveillance frequencies. Similarly, there is no impact to safety analysis acceptance criteria as described in plant licensing basis. To evaluate a change in the relocated surveillance frequency, Exelon will perform a probabilistic risk evaluation using the guidance contained in NRC approved NEI 04-10, Rev. 1 in accordance with the TS SFCP. NEI 04-10, Rev. 1, methodology provides reasonable acceptance guidelines and methods for evaluating the risk increase of proposed changes to surveillance frequencies consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.177.
Therefore, the proposed changes do not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
EGC [Exelon Generation Company] has evaluated the proposed change for Braidwood Station and Byron Station, using the criteria in 10 CFR 50.92, and has determined that the proposed change does not involve a significant hazards consideration. The following information is provided to support a finding of no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The DGs design function is to mitigate an accident and there are no analyzed scenarios where the DGs are initiators of any previously evaluated accident. Since DGs do not initiate accidents, this change does not increase the probability of occurrence of a previously evaluated accident. The proposed change to the testing approach of the DGs is consistent with the original design of the DGs. The proposed change is in accordance with RG [Regulatory Guide] 1.9 Revision 3, and this change to the testing approach does not impact the DGs ability to mitigate accidents. The DGs will continue to operate within the parameters and conditions assumed within the accident analysis. This change does not result in an increase in the likelihood of malfunction of the DGs or their supported equipment. Since the DGs will continue to perform its required function, there is no increase in the consequences of previously evaluated accidents.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed amendment does not change the DGs operation or ability to perform its design function. The proposed change to TS SR 3.8.1.10 at increased voltage will ensure the DGs ability to perform at rated power factor while meeting its requirements. The change to TS SR 3.8.1.10 does not result in DG operation that would create a new failure mode of the DGs that could create a new initiator of an accident. This is because the DGs ability to perform its design function is maintained in the same manner as originally designed. The proposed change does not change the single failure capabilities of the electrical power system or create a potential for loss of power since the design operation of the DGs is maintained.
Therefore, the proposed change does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The margin of safety is established through the design of the plant structures, systems, and components, the parameters within which the plant is operated, and the setpoints for the actuation of equipment relied upon to respond to an event. The proposed change does not modify the safety limits or setpoints at which protective actions are initiated. The proposed change increases the voltage limit for the DG full load rejection test which results in new test acceptance criterion that is more restrictive than the existing acceptance criteria. The proposed change ensures the availability and operability of safety-related DGs.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
Based on the above evaluation, EGC concludes that the proposed amendment presents no significant hazards consideration under the standards set forth in 10 CFR 50.92, paragraph (c), and accordingly, a finding of no significant hazards consideration is justified.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the requested amendments involve no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed amendment does not change the design function of the Class 1 E divisional battery systems and does not change the way the plant is maintained or operated when performing battery surveillance testing. The proposed amendment does not affect any accident mitigating feature or increase the likelihood of malfunction for plant structures, systems and components.
The proposed amendment does not affect the operability requirements of the Class 1 E divisional battery systems. Verification of operating the plant within prescribed limits will continue to be performed, as currently required. Compliance with and continued verification of the prescribed limits support the capability of the Class 1 E divisional battery systems to perform their required design functions during all plant operating, accident, and station blackout conditions, consistent with the plant safety analyses.
The proposed amendment will not change any of the analyses associated with the PNPP Updated Safety Analysis Report Chapter 15 accidents because plant operation, plant structures, systems, components, accident initiators, and accident mitigation functions remain unchanged.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed amendment create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed amendment does not change the design function of the Class 1 E divisional battery systems, and does not change the way the plant is operated or maintained. The proposed amendment does not create a credible failure mechanism, malfunction or accident initiator not already considered in the design and licensing basis.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
Safety margins are applied to design and licensing basis functions and to the controlling values of parameters to account for various uncertainties and to avoid exceeding regulatory or licensing limits. The proposed amendment does not involve a physical change to the plant, does not change methods of plant operation within prescribed limits, or affect design and licensing basis functions or controlling values of parameters for plant systems, structures, and components.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed change provides a short Allowed Outage Time to restore an inoperable system for conditions under which the existing Technical Specifications require a plant shutdown to begin within one hour in accordance with Limiting Condition for Operation (LCO) 3.0.3. Entering into Technical Specification Actions is not an initiator of any accident previously evaluated. As a result, the probability of an accident previously evaluated is not significantly increased. The consequences of any accident previously evaluated that may occur during the proposed Allowed Outage Times are no different from the consequences of the same accident during the existing one-hour allowance. As a result, the consequences of any accident previously evaluated are not significantly increased.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
No new or different accidents [would] result from utilizing the proposed change. The changes [to the TSs] do not involve a physical alteration of the plant (
Therefore, the proposed change does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The proposed change increases the time the plant may operate without the ability to perform an assumed safety function. The analyses in [the NRC-approved topical report] WCAP-16125-NP-A, “Justification for Risk-Informed Modifications to Selected Technical Specifications for Conditions Leading to Exigent Plant Shutdown,” Revision 2, August 2010, demonstrated that there is an acceptably small increase in risk due to a limited period of continued operation in these conditions and that this risk is balanced by avoiding the risks associated with a plant shutdown. As a result, the change to the margin of safety provided by requiring a plant shutdown within one hour is not significant.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and determines that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the proposed amendment involves no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed change permits the extension of Completion Times provided the associated risk is assessed and managed in accordance with the NRC[-]approved Risk Informed Completion Time Program. The proposed change does not involve a significant increase in the probability of an accident previously evaluated because the change involves no change to the plant or its modes of operation. The proposed change does not increase the consequences of an accident because the design-basis mitigation function of the affected systems is not changed and the consequences of an accident [occurring] during the extended Completion Time are no different from those [occurring] during the existing Completion Time.
2. Does the proposed change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed change does not change the design, configuration, or method of operation of the plant. The proposed change does not involve a physical alteration of the plant (no new or different kind of equipment will be installed).
Therefore, the proposed change does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The proposed change permits the extension of Completion Times provided risk is assessed and managed in accordance with the NRC[-]approved Risk Informed Completion Time Program. The proposed change implements a risk-informed configuration management program to assure that adequate margins of safety are maintained. Application of these new specifications and the configuration management program considers cumulative effects of multiple systems or components being out of service and does so more effectively than the current TS.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and determines that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the proposed amendment involves no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed change involve a significant increase in the probability of occurrence or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The design of plant equipment is not being modified by the proposed changes. In addition, the DGs and their associated emergency loads are accident mitigating features. As such, testing of the DGs themselves is not associated with any potential accident-initiating mechanism.
Therefore, there will be no significant impact on any accident probabilities by the approval of the requested changes.
The changes include an increase in the time that a DG under test will be paralleled to the grid while the unit is in Modes 1 or 2. As such, the ability of the tested DG to respond to a DBA [design-basis accident] could be minimally adversely impacted by the proposed changes. However, the impacts are not considered significant based, in part, on the ability of the remaining DG to mitigate a DBA or provide safe shutdown. Experience shows that testing for these SRs typically does not perturb the electrical distribution system. In addition, operating experience supports the conclusion that the proposed changes do not involve any significant increases in the likelihood of a safety-related bus blackout or damage to plant loads.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The capability to synchronize a DG to the offsite source (via the associated plant bus) and test the DG in such a configuration is a design feature of the DGs, including the test mode override in response to a safety injection signal. Paralleling the DG for longer periods of time during plant operation may slightly increase the probability of incurring an adverse effect from the offsite source, but this increase in probability is judged to be still quite small and such a possibility is not a new or previously unrecognized consideration.
The proposed change does not introduce a new mode of plant operation and does not involve physical modification to the plant. The change does not introduce new accident initiators or impact assumptions made in the safety analysis.
Therefore, the proposed change does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The proposed changes do not exceed or alter a design basis or safety limit, so there is no significant reduction in the margin of safety. The margin of safety is related to the confidence in the ability of the fission product barriers to perform their design functions during and following an accident situation. These barriers include the fuel cladding, the reactor coolant system, and the containment system. The proposed changes do not directly affect these barriers, nor do they involve any significantly adverse impact on the DGs which serve to support these barriers in the event of an accident concurrent with a LOOP [loss of offsight power]. The proposed changes to the testing requirements for the plant DGs do not affect the OPERABILITY requirements for the DGs,
In addition, the proposed changes involve no changes to setpoints or limits established or assumed by the accident analysis.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment requests involve no significant hazards consideration.
The requirements for the RHR containment spray function and “Drywell Pressure—High” function are currently contained in TRM sections T3.6.1, “RHR Containment Spray,” and T3.3.2, “ECCS and Reactor Core Isolation Cooling Instrumentation,” respectively. These TRM sections established specific guidance and criteria related to the applicability, operation, and testing for the RHR containment spray system. The TRM requirements for the RHR containment spray system would be removed once the TS requirements are approved.
1. Do the proposed changes involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed change to establish the RHR Containment Spray requirement in TS does not introduce new equipment or new equipment operating modes, nor do the proposed changes alter existing system relationships. The proposed change does not affect plant operation, design function, or any analysis that verifies the capability of a structure, system, or component (SSC) to perform a design function. There are no changes or modifications to the RHR system. The RHR system will continue to function as designed in all modes of operation, including the Containment Spray function. There are no significant changes to procedures or training related to the operation of the Containment Spray function. Primary containment integrity is not adversely impacted and radiological consequences from the accidents analyzed in the Updated Safety Analysis Report (USAR) are not increased. Containment parameters are not increased beyond those previously evaluated and the potential for failure of the containment is not increased.
There is no adverse impact on systems designed to mitigate the consequences of accidents. The proposed change does not increase system or component pressures, temperatures, and flowrates for systems designed to prevent accidents or mitigate the consequences of an accident. Since these conditions do not change, the likelihood of failure of SSC is not increased.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Do the proposed changes create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed change to establish the RHR Containment Spray requirement in TS does not alter the design function or operation of any SSC. The Containment system will continue to function as designed in all modes of operation, including RHR Containment Spray function. There is no new system component being installed, no new construction, and no performance of a new test or maintenance function. The proposed TS change does not create the possibility of a new credible failure mechanism or malfunction. The proposed change does not modify the design function or operation of any SSC. The proposed change does not introduce new accident initiators. Primary containment integrity is not adversely impacted and radiological consequences from the accident analyzed in the USAR are not increased. Containment parameters are not increased beyond those previously evaluated and the potential for failure of the containment is not increased. The proposed change does not increase system or component pressures, temperatures, and flowrates for systems designed to prevent accidents or mitigate the consequences of an accident. Since these conditions do not change, the likelihood of failure of an SSC is not increased.
Therefore, the proposed change does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any previously evaluated.
3. Do the proposed changes involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The proposed change does not increase system or component pressures, temperatures, and flowrates for systems designed to prevent accidents or mitigate the consequences of an accident. Containment parameters are not increased beyond those previously evaluated and the potential for failure of the containment is not increased.
The proposed change to establish the RHR Containment Spray requirement in TS is needed in order to reflect the current safety function of Containment Spray related to the small steam line break accident. The proposed change does not exceed or alter a design basis or a safety limit parameter that is described in the USAR.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
This license amendment request proposes to revise the Technical Specification for ECCS operability requirements in Mode 4 by removing the LCO Note which allows the RHR [residual heat removal] subsystem to be considered operable for ECCS when aligned for shutdown cooling and revising the Applicability statement to include all of Mode 4. These changes will require one train of RHR to be aligned for ECCS operation throughout Mode 4.
The proposed changes do not affect the ECCS and RHR subsystem design, the interfaces between the RHR subsystem and other plant systems' operating functions, or the reliability of the RHR subsystem. The proposed changes do not change or impact the initiators and assumptions of the analyzed accidents. Therefore, the ECCS and RHR subsystems will be capable of performing their accident mitigation functions, and the proposed TS changes do not involve an increase in the probability of an accident.
The proposed TS changes will require that one train of RHR is aligned for ECCS operation during Mode 4 which assures that one train of ECCS is operable to mitigate the consequences of a loss of coolant accident. Thus the proposed TS changes do not involve a significant increase in the consequences of an accident.
Therefore, the proposed Technical Specification changes do not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed amendment create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
This license amendment request proposes to revise the Technical Specification for ECCS operability requirements in Mode 4 by removing the LCO Note which allows the RHR subsystem to be considered operable for ECCS when aligned for shutdown cooling and revising the Applicability statement to include all of Mode 4. These changes will require one train of RHR to be aligned for ECCS operation throughout Mode 4.
The proposed Technical Specification changes involve changes to when system trains are operated, but they do not change any system functions or maintenance activities. The changes do not involve physical alteration of the plant, that is, no new or different type of equipment will be installed. The changes do not alter assumptions made in the safety analyses but ensure that one train of ECCS is operable to mitigate the consequences of a loss of coolant accident. These changes do not create new failure modes or mechanisms which are not identifiable during testing and no new accident precursors are generated.
Therefore, the proposed Technical Specification changes do not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
This license amendment request proposes to revise the Technical Specification [TS] for ECCS operability requirements in Mode 4 by removing the LCO Note which allows the RHR subsystem to be considered operable for ECCS when aligned for shutdown cooling and revising the Applicability statement to include all of Mode 4. These changes will require one train of RHR to be aligned for ECCS operation throughout Mode 4.
This license amendment proposes Technical Specification changes which assure that the ECCS—Shutdown TS LCO requirements are met if a Mode 4 LOCA were to occur. With these changes, other TS requirements for shutdown cooling in Mode 4 will continue to be met. Based on review of plant operating experience, there is no discernable change in cooldown rates when utilizing a single train of RHR for shutdown cooling. Thus, no margin of safety is reduced as part of this change.
Therefore, the proposed Technical Specification changes do not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment requests involve no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed change revises or adds Surveillance Requirement(s) (SRs) that require verification that the Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS), the Residual Heat Removal (RHR) System, the RHR Shutdown Cooling (SDC) System, the Containment Spray (CS) System, and the Reactor Core Isolation Cooling (RCIC) System are not rendered inoperable due to accumulated gas and to provide allowances which permit performance of the revised verification. Gas accumulation in the subject systems is not an initiator of any accident previously evaluated. As a result, the probability of any accident previously evaluated is not significantly increased. The proposed SRs ensure that the subject systems continue to be capable to perform their assumed safety function and are not rendered inoperable due to gas accumulation. Thus, the consequences of any accident previously evaluated are not significantly increased.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed change revises or adds SRs that require verification that the ECCS, the RHR, the RHR SDC System, the CS System, and the RCIC System are not rendered inoperable due to accumulated gas and to
Therefore, the proposed change does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The proposed change revises or adds SRs that require verification that the ECCS, the RHR, RHR SDC System, the CS System, and the RCIC System are not rendered inoperable due to accumulated gas and to provide allowances which permit performance of the revised verification. The proposed change adds new requirements to manage gas accumulation in order to ensure the subject systems are capable of performing their assumed safety functions. The proposed SRs are more comprehensive than the current SRs and will ensure that the assumptions of the safety analysis are protected. The proposed change does not adversely affect any current plant safety margins or the reliability of the equipment assumed in the safety analysis. Therefore, there are no changes being made to any safety analysis assumptions, safety limits or limiting safety system settings that would adversely affect plant safety as a result of the proposed change.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
Based on the above, SNC concludes that the proposed change presents no significant hazards consideration under the standards set forth in 10 CFR 50.92(c), and, accordingly, a finding of “no significant hazards consideration” is justified.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed deletion of WCAP-15847 removes obsolete and superseded procedures from the licensing basis. The amendment of the operational sequence analysis (OSA) task alters the automatic depressurization system (ADS) testing from Mode 1 to Mode 5. The proposed changes to the procedures do not involve any accident initiating component/system failure or event, and the change to the ADS testing mode helps prevent accidents that would occur if the tests were performed in Mode 1. Thus, the probabilities of the accidents previously evaluated are not affected. The affected procedures and requirements do not adversely affect or interact with safety-related equipment or a radioactive material barrier, and this activity does not involve the containment of radioactive material. Thus, the proposed changes would not affect any safety-related accident mitigating function. The radioactive material source terms and release paths used in the safety analyses are unchanged, thus the radiological releases in the Updated Final Safety Analysis Report accident analyses are not affected.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed amendment create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
Removing WCAP-15847 from the UFSAR and amending the OSA task regarding ADS valve testing does not adversely affect the design or operation of safety-related equipment or equipment whose failure could initiate an accident other than what is already described in the licensing basis. These changes do not adversely affect safety-related equipment or fission product barriers. No safety analysis or design basis acceptance limit/criterion is challenged or exceeded by the requested change.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The proposed changes to remove WCAP-15847 from the UFSAR and amend the OSA task do not adversely affect any safety-related equipment, design code compliance, design function, design analysis, safety analysis input or result, or design/safety margin because NQA-1 requirements are maintained in other Westinghouse procedures and testing of the ADS valves is still performed. No safety analysis or design basis acceptance limit/criterion is challenged or exceeded by the proposed changes, thus no margin of safety is reduced.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed amendment includes changes to Integrated System Validation (ISV) activities, which are performed on the AP1000 plant simulator to validate the adequacy of the AP1000 human system interface design and confirm that it meets human factors engineering principles. The proposed changes involve administrative details related to performance of the ISV, and no plant hardware or equipment is affected whose failure could initiate an accident, or that interfaces with a component that could initiate an accident, or that contains radioactive material. Therefore, these changes have no effect on any accident initiator in the Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR), nor do they affect the radioactive material releases in the UFSAR accident analysis.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not involve an increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed amendment create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed amendment includes changes to ISV activities, which are performed on the AP1000 plant simulator to validate the adequacy of the AP1000 human system interface design and confirm that it meets human factors engineering principles. The proposed changes involve administrative details related to performance of the ISV, and no plant hardware or equipment is affected whose failure could initiate an accident, or that interfaces with a component that could initiate an accident, or that contains radioactive material. Although the ISV may identify a need to initiate changes to add, modify, or remove plant structures, systems, or components, these changes will not be made directly as part of the ISV.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The proposed amendment includes changes to ISV activities, which are performed on the AP1000 plant simulator to validate the adequacy of the AP1000 human system interface design and confirm that it meets human factors engineering principles. The proposed changes involve administrative details related to performance of the ISV, and do not affect any safety-related equipment, design code compliance, design function, design analysis, safety analysis input or result, or design/safety margin. No safety analysis or design basis acceptance limit/criterion is challenged or exceeded by the proposed changes, thus no margin of safety is reduced.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed change permits the extension of Completion Times provided risk is assessed and managed within the Risk Informed Completion Time Program. The proposed change does not involve a significant increase in the probability of an accident previously evaluated because the changes involve no change to the plant or its modes of operation. This proposed change does not increase the consequences of an accident because the design-basis mitigation function of the affected systems is not changed and the consequences of an accident during the extended Completion Time are no different from those during the existing Completion Time.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed change does not change the design, configuration, or method of operation of the plant. The proposed change does not involve a physical alteration of the plant (no new or different kind of equipment will be installed).
Therefore, the proposed changes do not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety[?]
Response: No.
The proposed change permits the extension of Completion Times provided risk is assessed and managed within the Risk Informed Completion Time Program. The proposed change implements a risk-informed configuration management program to assure that adequate margins of safety are maintained. Application of these new specifications and the configuration management program considers cumulative effects of multiple systems or components being out of service and does so more effectively than the current TS.
Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the requested amendment involve no significant hazards consideration.
1. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant increase in the probability or consequence of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed revision to TS 6.8.4.h changes the testing period to a permanent 15-year interval for Type A testing (10 CFR part 50, Appendix J, Option B, ILRT) and a 75-month interval for Type C testing (10 CFR part 50, Appendix J, Option B, LLRT). The current type A test interval of 10 years would be extended to 15 years from the last Type A test. The proposed extension to Type A testing does not involve a significant increase in the consequences of an accident because research documented in NUREG-1493, “Performance-Based Containment System Leakage Testing Requirements [sic] [Performance-Based Containment Leak-Test Program],” September 1995, has found that, generically, very few potential containment leakage paths are not identified by Type B and C tests. NUREG-1493 concluded that reducing the Type A testing frequency to one per twenty years was found to lead to an imperceptible increase in risk. A high degree of assurance is provided through testing and inspection that the containment will not degrade in a manner detectable only by Type A testing. The last Type A test (performed October 27, 2007 for SQN, Unit 1 and December 30, 2006 for SQN, Unit 2) shows leakage to be below acceptance criteria, indicating a very leak tight containment. Inspections required by the ASME [American Society of Mechanical Engineers] Code section Xl (subsections IWE and IWL) and Maintenance Rule monitoring (10 CFR 50.65, “Requirements for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants”), are performed in order to identify indications of containment degradation that could affect that leak tightness. Types B and C testing required by TSs will identify any containment opening such as valves that would otherwise be detected by the Type A tests. These factors show that a Type A test interval extension will not represent a significant increase in the consequences of an accident.
The proposed amendment involves changes to the SQN, Units 1 and 2, 10 CFR 50 Appendix J Testing Program Plan. The proposed amendment does not involve a physical change to the plant or a change in the manner in which the units are operated or controlled. The primary containment function is to provide an essentially leak tight barrier against the uncontrolled release of radioactivity to the environment for postulated accidents. As such, the containment itself and the testing requirements to periodically demonstrate the integrity of the containment exist to ensure the plant's ability to mitigate the consequences of an accident, and do not involve any accident precursors or initiators.
Therefore, the probability of occurrence of an accident previously evaluated is not significantly increased by the proposed amendment.
The proposed amendment adopts the NRC-accepted guidelines of NEI 94-01, Revision 3-A, for development of the SQN, Units 1 and 2, performance-based leakage testing program. Implementation of these guidelines continues to provide adequate assurance that during design basis accidents, the primary containment and its components will limit leakage rates to less than the values assumed in the plant safety analyses. The potential consequences of extending the ILRT interval from 10 years to 15 years have been evaluated by analyzing the resulting changes in risk. The increase in risk in terms of person-rem per year resulting from design basis accidents was estimated to be very small, and the increase in the LERF [large early release frequency] resulting from the proposed change was determined to be within the guidelines published in NRC RG [Regulatory Guide] 1.174. Additionally, the proposed change maintains defense-in-depth by preserving a reasonable balance among prevention of core damage, prevention of containment failure, and consequence mitigation. TVA has determined that the increase in CCFP [conditional containment failure probability] due to the proposed change would be very small.
Based on the above discussions, the proposed changes do not involve an increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed amendment create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No.
The proposed revision to TS 6.8.4.h changes the testing period to a permanent 15-year interval for Type A testing (10 CFR part 50, Appendix J, Option B, ILRT) and a 75-month interval for Type C testing (10 CFR part 50, Appendix J, Option B, LLRT). The current test interval of 10 years, based on past performance, would be extended to 15 years from the last Type A test (performed October 27, 2007 for SQN, Unit 1 and December 30, 2006 for SQN, Unit 2). The proposed extension to Type A and Type C test intervals does not create the possibility of a new or different type of accident because there are no physical changes being made to the plant and there are no changes to the operation of the plant that could introduce a new failure mode creating an accident or affecting the mitigation of an accident.
Therefore, the proposed changes do not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No.
The proposed revision to TS 6.8.4.h changes the testing period to a permanent 15-year interval for Type A testing (10 CFR part 50, Appendix J, Option B, ILRT) and a 75-month interval for Type C testing (10 CFR part 50, Appendix J, Option B, LLRT). The current test interval of 10 years, based on past performance, would be extended to 15 years from the last Type A test (performed October 27, 2007 for SQN, Unit 1 and December 30, 2006 for SQN, Unit 2). The proposed extension to Type A testing will not significantly reduce the margin of safety. NUREG-1493, “Performance-Based Containment System Leakage Testing Requirements [sic] [Performance-Based Containment Leak-Test Program],” September 1995, generic study of the effects of extending containment leakage testing, found that a 20-year extension to Type A leakage testing resulted in an imperceptible increase in risk to the public. NUREG-1493 found that, generically, the design containment leakage rate contributes about 0.1% to the individual risk and that the decrease in Type A testing frequency would have a minimal effect on this risk since 95% of the potential leakage paths are detected by Type C testing. Regular inspections required by the ASME Code section Xl (subsections IWE and IWL) and maintenance rule monitoring (10 CFR 50.65, “Requirements for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants”) will further reduce the risk of a containment leakage path going undetected.
The proposed amendment adopts the NRC-accepted guidelines of NEI 94-01, Revision 3-A, for development of the SQN, Units 1 and 2, performance-based leakage testing program, and establishes a 15-year interval for the performance of the primary containment ILRT and a 75-month interval for Type C testing. The amendment does not alter the manner in which safety limits, limiting safety system setpoints, or limiting conditions for operation are determined. The specific requirements and conditions of the 10 CFR part 50, Appendix J Testing Program Plan, as defined in the TS, ensure that the degree of primary containment structural integrity and leak-tightness that is considered in the plant safety analyses is maintained. The overall containment leakage rate limit specified by the TS is maintained, and the
Containment inspections performed in accordance with other plant programs serve to provide a high degree of assurance that the containment will not degrade in a manner that is detectable only by an ILRT. This ensures that evidence of containment structural degradation is identified in a timely manner. Furthermore, a risk assessment using the current SQN, Units 1 and 2, PRA model concluded that extending the ILRT test interval from 10 years to 15 years results in a very small change to the SQN, Units 1 and 2, risk profile.
Accordingly, the proposed changes do not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration.
The following notices were previously published as separate individual notices. The notice content was the same as above. They were published as individual notices either because time did not allow the Commission to wait for this biweekly notice or because the action involved exigent circumstances. They are repeated here because the biweekly notice lists all amendments issued or proposed to be issued involving no significant hazards consideration.
For details, see the individual notice in the
During the period since publication of the last biweekly notice, the Commission has issued the following amendments. The Commission has determined for each of these amendments that the application for the amendment complies with the standards and requirements of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (the Act), and the Commission's rules and regulations. The Commission has made appropriate findings as required by the Act and the Commission's rules and regulations in 10 CFR chapter I, which are set forth in the license amendment.
Because of exigent or emergency circumstances associated with the date the amendment was needed, there was not time for the Commission to publish, for public comment before issuance, its usual notice of consideration of issuance of amendment, proposed no significant hazards consideration determination, and opportunity for a hearing.
For exigent circumstances, the Commission has either issued a
In circumstances where failure to act in a timely way would have resulted, for example, in derating or shutdown of a nuclear power plant or in prevention of either resumption of operation or of increase in power output up to the plant's licensed power level, the Commission may not have had an opportunity to provide for public comment on its no significant hazards consideration determination. In such case, the license amendment has been issued without opportunity for comment. If there has been some time for public comment but less than 30 days, the Commission may provide an opportunity for public comment. If comments have been requested, it is so stated. In either event, the State has been consulted by telephone whenever possible.
Under its regulations, the Commission may issue and make an amendment immediately effective, notwithstanding the pendency before it of a request for a hearing from any person, in advance of the holding and completion of any required hearing, where it has determined that no significant hazards consideration is involved.
The Commission has applied the standards of 10 CFR 50.92 and has made a final determination that the amendment involves no significant hazards consideration. The basis for this determination is contained in the documents related to this action. Accordingly, the amendments have been issued and made effective as indicated.
Unless otherwise indicated, the Commission has determined that these amendments satisfy the criteria for categorical exclusion in accordance with 10 CFR 51.22. Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need be prepared for these amendments. If the Commission has prepared an environmental assessment under the special circumstances provision in 10 CFR 51.12(b) and has made a determination based on that assessment, it is so indicated.
For further details with respect to the action see (1) the application for amendment, (2) the amendment to Facility Operating License or Combined License, as applicable, and (3) the Commission's related letter, Safety Evaluation and/or Environmental Assessment, as indicated. All of these items can be accessed as described in the “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” section of this document.
The Commission is also offering an opportunity for a hearing with respect to the issuance of the amendment. Within 60 days after the date of publication of this notice, any person(s) whose interest may be affected by this action may file a request for a hearing and a petition to intervene with respect to issuance of the amendment to the subject facility operating license or combined license. Requests for a hearing and a petition for leave to intervene shall be filed in accordance with the Commission's “Agency Rules of Practice and Procedure” in 10 CFR part 2. Interested person(s) should consult a current copy of 10 CFR 2.309, which is available at the NRC's PDR, located at One White Flint North, Room O1-F21, 11555 Rockville Pike (first floor), Rockville, Maryland 20852, and electronically on the Internet at the NRC's Web site,
As required by 10 CFR 2.309, a petition for leave to intervene shall set forth with particularity the interest of the petitioner in the proceeding, and how that interest may be affected by the results of the proceeding. The petition should specifically explain the reasons why intervention should be permitted with particular reference to the following general requirements: (1) the name, address, and telephone number of the requestor or petitioner; (2) the nature of the requestor's/petitioner's right under the Act to be made a party to the proceeding; (3) the nature and extent of the requestor's/petitioner's property, financial, or other interest in the proceeding; and (4) the possible effect of any decision or order which may be entered in the proceeding on the requestor's/petitioner's interest. The petition must also identify the specific contentions which the requestor/petitioner seeks to have litigated at the proceeding.
Each contention must consist of a specific statement of the issue of law or fact to be raised or controverted. In addition, the requestor/petitioner shall provide a brief explanation of the bases for the contention and a concise statement of the alleged facts or expert opinion which support the contention and on which the petitioner intends to rely in proving the contention at the hearing. The petitioner must also provide references to those specific sources and documents of which the petitioner is aware and on which the petitioner intends to rely to establish those facts or expert opinion. The petition must include sufficient information to show that a genuine dispute exists with the applicant on a material issue of law or fact. Contentions shall be limited to matters within the scope of the amendment under consideration. The contention must be one which, if proven, would entitle the petitioner to relief. A requestor/petitioner who fails to satisfy these requirements with respect to at least one contention will not be permitted to participate as a party.
Those permitted to intervene become parties to the proceeding, subject to any limitations in the order granting leave to intervene, and have the opportunity to participate fully in the conduct of the hearing. Since the Commission has made a final determination that the amendment involves no significant hazards consideration, if a hearing is requested, it will not stay the effectiveness of the amendment. Any hearing held would take place while the amendment is in effect.
All documents filed in NRC adjudicatory proceedings, including a request for hearing, a petition for leave to intervene, any motion or other document filed in the proceeding prior to the submission of a request for hearing or petition to intervene, and documents filed by interested governmental entities participating under 10 CFR 2.315(c), must be filed in accordance with the NRC's E-Filing rule (72 FR 49139; August 28, 2007). The E-Filing process requires participants to submit and serve all adjudicatory documents over the internet, or in some cases to mail copies on electronic storage media. Participants may not
To comply with the procedural requirements of E-Filing, at least ten 10 days prior to the filing deadline, the participant should contact the Office of the Secretary by email at
Information about applying for a digital ID certificate is available on the NRC's public Web site at
If a participant is electronically submitting a document to the NRC in accordance with the E-Filing rule, the participant must file the document using the NRC's online, Web-based submission form. In order to serve documents through the Electronic Information Exchange System, users will be required to install a Web browser plug-in from the NRC's Web site. Further information on the Web-based submission form, including the installation of the Web browser plug-in, is available on the NRC's public Web site at
Once a participant has obtained a digital ID certificate and a docket has been created, the participant can then submit a request for hearing or petition for leave to intervene. Submissions should be in Portable Document Format (PDF) in accordance with NRC guidance available on the NRC's public Web site at
A person filing electronically using the NRC's adjudicatory E-Filing system may seek assistance by contacting the NRC Meta System Help Desk through the “Contact Us” link located on the NRC's public Web site at
Participants who believe that they have a good cause for not submitting documents electronically must file an exemption request, in accordance with 10 CFR 2.302(g), with their initial paper filing requesting authorization to continue to submit documents in paper format. Such filings must be submitted by: (1) first class mail addressed to the Office of the Secretary of the Commission, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001, Attention: Rulemaking and Adjudications Staff; or (2) courier, express mail, or expedited delivery service to the Office of the Secretary, Sixteenth Floor, One White Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland 20852, Attention: Rulemaking and Adjudications Staff. Participants filing a document in this manner are responsible for serving the document on all other participants. Filing is considered complete by first-class mail as of the time of deposit in the mail, or by courier, express mail, or expedited delivery service upon depositing the document with the provider of the service. A presiding officer, having granted an exemption request from using E-Filing, may require a participant or party to use E-Filing if the presiding officer subsequently determines that the reason for granting the exemption from use of E-Filing no longer exists.
Documents submitted in adjudicatory proceedings will appear in the NRC's electronic hearing docket which is available to the public at
The Commission's related evaluation of the amendment, finding of exigent circumstances, state consultation, public comments, and final NSHC determination are contained in a safety evaluation dated February 25, 2015.
The Commission's related evaluation of the amendment, finding of exigent circumstances, state consultation, and final NSHC determination are contained in a safety evaluation dated February 26, 2015.
During the period since publication of the last biweekly notice, the Commission has issued the following amendments. The Commission has determined for each of these amendments that the application complies with the standards and requirements of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (the Act), and the Commission's rules and regulations. The Commission has made appropriate findings as required by the Act and the Commission's rules and regulations in 10 CFR chapter I, which are set forth in the license amendment.
A notice of consideration of issuance of amendment to facility operating license or combined license, as applicable, proposed no significant hazards consideration determination, and opportunity for a hearing in connection with these actions, was published in the
Unless otherwise indicated, the Commission has determined that these amendments satisfy the criteria for categorical exclusion in accordance with 10 CFR 51.22. Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need be prepared for these amendments. If the Commission has prepared an environmental assessment under the special circumstances provision in 10 CFR 51.22(b) and has made a determination based on that assessment, it is so indicated.
For further details with respect to the action see (1) the applications for amendment, (2) the amendment, and (3) the Commission's related letter, Safety Evaluation and/or Environmental Assessment as indicated. All of these items can be accessed as described in the “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” section of this document.
The Commission's related evaluation of the amendment is contained in a Safety Evaluation dated February 27, 2015.
The Commission's related evaluation of the amendment is contained in a Safety Evaluation dated March 3, 2015.
The Commission's related evaluation of the amendment is contained in a Safety Evaluation dated February 23, 2015.
Facility Operating License Nos. DPR-67 and NPF-16: Amendments revised the Renewed Facility Operating Licenses and TSs.
The Commission's related evaluation of the amendments is contained in a SE dated February 27, 2015.
The Commission's related evaluation of the amendments is contained in a
The Commission's related evaluation of the amendment is contained in a safety evaluation dated February 20, 2015.
The Commission's related evaluation of the amendments is contained in a Safety Evaluation dated February 27, 2015.
No significant hazards consideration comments received: No.
The RRB invites comments on the proposed collection of information to determine (1) the practical utility of the collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information that is the subject of collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of collections on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Comments to the RRB or OIRA must contain the OMB control number of the ICR. For proper consideration of your comments, it is best if the RRB and OIRA receive them within 30 days of the publication date.
Under Section 3(f)(3) of the Railroad Retirement Act (RRA), the total monthly benefits payable to a railroad employee and his/her family are guaranteed to be no less than the amount which would be payable if the employee's railroad service had been covered by the Social Security Act. This is referred to as the Social Security Overall Minimum Guarantee, which is prescribed in 20 CFR 229. To administer this provision, the Railroad Retirement Board (RRB) requires information about a retired employee's spouse and child(ren) who would not be eligible for benefits under the RRA but would be eligible for benefits under the Social Security Act if the employee's railroad service had been covered by that Act. The RRB obtains the required information by the use of Forms G-319, Statement Regarding Family and Earnings for Special Guaranty Computation, and G-320, Student Questionnaire for Special Guaranty Computation. One response is required of each respondent. Completion is required to obtain or retain benefits.
The burden estimate for the ICR is as follows:
Comments regarding the information collection should be addressed to Charles Mierzwa, Railroad Retirement Board, 844 North Rush Street, Chicago, Illinois, 60611-2092 or
In accordance with the requirement of Section 3506 (c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 which provides opportunity for public comment on new or revised data collections, the Railroad Retirement Board (RRB) will publish periodic summaries of proposed data collections.
Form G-254,
• Revise current Item 8 to ask for the response in month and year format since the form may cover multiple years.
• Revise current Item 12a to include the spouse as a source of employment.
• Revise current Item 15k to show the impact the disability has had on their business by asking if the annuitant has had to reduce or restrict the number of their clients or customers.
• Revise current Items 17a and 17b to include asking if the annuitant has made supervisory (as well as managerial) decisions.
• Renumber current Item 31 to Item 31a.
• Create New Item 31b, using a Yes/No format, to identify the annuitant who requires an assistive device such as a cane, oxygen, etc.
• Create New Item 31c to identify the assistive device(s).
• Other minor editorial changes.
Form G-254a, Continuing Disability Update Report, is used to help identify a disability annuitant whose work activity and/or recent medical history warrants completion of Form G-254 for a more extensive review. The RRB proposes adding a request for the social security number of the applicant who is not the employee to resolve any ambiguous issues.
Completion is required to retain a benefit. One response is requested of each respondent to Forms G-254 and G-254a.
Notice of Public Meeting.
The National Nanotechnology Coordination Office (NNCO), on behalf of the Nanoscale Science, Engineering, and Technology (NSET) Subcommittee of the Committee on Technology, National Science and Technology Council (NSTC), will hold a workshop entitled “Quantifying Exposure to Engineered Nanomaterials (QEEN) from Manufactured Products—Addressing Environmental, Health, and Safety Implications” on July 7 and 8, 2015. This is a technical workshop with an aim to determine the state of exposure science and the tools and methods available to characterize and quantify exposure to engineered nanomaterials from consumer products. A main goal is to bridge toxicology with exposure science. The workshop will include an overview of the field by exposure science experts, breakout sessions to better understand the challenges and accomplishments thus far in exposure science, and a poster session.
The Workshop will be held Tuesday, July 7, 2015 from 8:00 a.m. until 6:30 p.m., and Wednesday, July 8, 2015 from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m.
The workshop will be held at the Holiday Inn Rosslyn, 1900 N. Fort Myer Drive, Arlington, VA, 22209.
Dr. Shelah Morita, 703-292-4503,
On June 27, 2014, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
On October 7, 2014, the Commission instituted proceedings
On March 3, 2015, FINRA withdrew the proposed rule change (SR-FINRA-2014-030).
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given that pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (“PRA”) (44 U.S.C. 3501
Rule 17a-6 permits national securities exchanges, national securities associations, registered clearing
There are currently 29 SROs: 18 national securities exchanges, 1 national securities association, the MSRB, and 9 registered clearing agencies. Of the 29 SROs, only 2 SRO respondents have filed a record destruction plan with the Commission. The staff calculates that the preparation and filing of a new record destruction plan should take 160 hours. Further, any existing SRO record destruction plans may require revision, over time, in response to, for example, changes in document retention technology, which the Commission estimates will take much less than the 160 hours estimated for a new plan. The Commission estimates that each SRO that has filed a destruction plan will spend approximately 30 hours per year making required revisions. Thus, the total annual compliance burden is estimated to be 60 hours per year based on two respondents. The approximate compliance cost per hour is $380, resulting in a total internal cost of compliance for these respondents of $22,800 per year (60 hours @$380 per hour).
Written comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Commission's estimate of the burden of the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted in writing within 60 days of this publication.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information under the PRA unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Please direct your written comments to: Pamela Dyson, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, c/o Remi Pavlik-Simon, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549, or send an email to:
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange is filing with the Commission a proposal to amend Phlx Rule 1079 (FLEX Index, Equity and Currency Options) to extend a pilot program that eliminates minimum value sizes for opening transactions in new series of FLEX index options and FLEX equity options (together known as “FLEX Options”).
The text of the amended Exchange rule is set forth immediately below.
Additions are
A Requesting Member shall obtain quotes and execute trades in certain non-listed FLEX options at the specialist post of the non-FLEX option on the Exchange. The term “FLEX option” means a FLEX option contract that is traded subject to this Rule. Although FLEX options are generally subject to the Rules in this section, to the extent that the provisions of this Rule are inconsistent with other applicable Exchange Rules, this Rule takes precedence with respect to FLEX options.
(a)-(f) No Change.
.01 Notwithstanding subparagraphs (a)(8)(A)(i) and (a)(8)(A)(ii) above, for a pilot period ending the earlier of [February 28]
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The purpose of this proposed rule change is to amend Phlx Rule 1079 (FLEX Index, Equity and Currency Options) to extend a pilot program that eliminates minimum value sizes for opening transactions in new series of FLEX Options (the “Pilot Program” or “Pilot”).
Rule 1079 deals with the process of listing and trading FLEX equity, index, and currency options on the Exchange. Rule 1079(a)(8)(A) currently sets the minimum opening transaction value size in the case of a FLEX Option in a newly established (opening) series if there is no open interest in the particular series when a Request-for-Quote (“RFQ”) is submitted (except as provided in Commentary .01 to Rule 1079): (i) $10 million underlying equivalent value, respecting FLEX market index options, and $5 million underlying equivalent value respecting FLEX industry index options;
Presently, Commentary .01 to Rule 1079 states that by virtue of the Pilot Program ending February 28, 2015, or the date on which the pilot is approved on a permanent basis, there shall be no minimum value size requirements for FLEX Options as noted in subsections (a)(8)(A)(i) and (a)(8)(A)(ii) of Rule 1079.
The Exchange now proposes to extend the Pilot Program for a pilot period ending the earlier of August 31, 2015, or the date on which the Pilot is approved on a permanent basis.
The Exchange believes that there is sufficient investor interest and demand in the Pilot Program to warrant an extension. The Exchange believes that the Pilot Program has provided investors with additional means of managing their risk exposures and carrying out their investment objectives. Extension of the Pilot Program would continue to provide greater opportunities for traders and investors to manage risk through the use of FLEX Options, including investors that may otherwise trade in the unregulated over the counter (“OTC”) market where similar size restrictions do not apply.
In support of the proposed extension of the Pilot Program, the Exchange has under separate cover submitted to the Commission a Pilot Program Report (“Report”) that provides an analysis of the Pilot Program covering the period during which the Pilot has been in effect. This Report includes: (i) Data and analysis on the open interest and trading volume in (a) FLEX equity options that have an opening transaction with a minimum size of 0 to 249 contracts and less than $1 million in underlying value; (b) FLEX index options that have an opening transaction with a minimum opening size of less than $10 million in underlying equivalent value; and (ii) analysis of the types of investors that initiated opening FLEX Options transactions (
The Exchange's proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. To the contrary, the proposal would give traders and investors the opportunity to more effectively tailor their trading, investing and hedging through FLEX options traded on the Exchange. Prior to the Pilot, options that represented opening transactions in new series that could not meet a minimum value size could not trade via FLEX on the Exchange, but rather had to trade OTC. Extension of the Pilot enables such options to continue to trade on the Exchange.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative prior to 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
Nasdaq proposes to provide a limited price guarantee to certain companies that switch their listing to Nasdaq from another securities exchange. The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
Nasdaq recently adopted an all-inclusive annual listing fee, which simplifies billing and provides transparency and certainty to companies as to the annual cost of listing.
While this new fee structure will become operative for all listed companies in 2018, currently listed companies were allowed to elect to be subject to the all-inclusive annual listing fee effective January 1, 2015, and were provided certain incentives to do so.
Nasdaq now proposes to offer certain other newly listing companies the same incentive provided to any company that applied to list on Nasdaq prior to January 1, 2015. Specifically, Rules 5910(a)(7) and 5920(a)(7) currently waive entry fees upon listing on Nasdaq for a company that switches from another national securities exchange (including if it is currently dually listed on such exchange) and when an unlisted company acquires a company listed on another national securities exchange and lists on Nasdaq in connection with the transaction.
Nasdaq notes that few companies qualify for the waivers in Rule 5910(a)(7) and 5920(a)(7). In addition, it is Nasdaq's experience that a company will typically do an extensive review of Nasdaq's requirements before switching to Nasdaq, and therefore companies present few regulatory issues during the first few years after switching. As such, while the incentive may be meaningful to individual companies considering whether, and when, to switch their listing, Nasdaq does not believe that these incentives, in the aggregate, will have any adverse impact on the availability of funds for its regulatory programs.
Nasdaq believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6 of the Act,
As a preliminary matter, Nasdaq competes for listings with other national securities exchanges and companies can easily choose to list on, or transfer to, those alternative venues.
Nasdaq also believes that the proposed incentives are reasonable and not unfairly discriminatory. These incentives would be provided to a category of companies aligned with another exchange and for which Nasdaq must therefore compete aggressively to have them transfer their listing. Moreover, attracting significant companies to switch listing venues to Nasdaq promotes the Exchange's image, which benefits all companies listed on Nasdaq. For these reasons, Nasdaq has already determined to waive entry fees for these companies and selecting only these companies for the proposed incentive is not an unfairly discriminatory basis to distinguish among companies.
Finally, Nasdaq believes that the proposed fees are consistent with the investor protection objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act
Nasdaq does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. The market for listing services is extremely competitive and listed companies may freely choose alternative venues based on the aggregate fees assessed, and the value provided by each listing. This rule proposal does not burden competition with other listing venues, which are similarly free to set their fees. Further, Nasdaq believes the proposed change reflects the existing competition between listing venues and will further enhance such competition.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given that pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Rule 24b-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a
There are 18 national securities exchanges that spend approximately one half hour each complying with this rule, for an aggregate total compliance burden of 9 hours per year. The staff estimates that the average cost per respondent is $65.18 per year, calculated as the costs of copying ($13.97) plus storage ($51.21), resulting in a total cost of compliance for the respondents of $1,173.24.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information under the PRA unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The public may view background documentation for this information collection at the following Web site:
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange is filing a proposal to amend its Fee Schedule.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed
The Exchange currently has a monthly transaction fee cap of $60,000 for orders that are entered and executed for an account identified by an Electronic Exchange Member for clearing in the OCC “Firm” range “Monthly Firm Fee Cap”.
The current transaction fees for Firms on the Exchange are: $0.37 per contract for executions in standard option contracts and $0.04 per contract for mini option contracts in Penny Pilot options classes; and $0.42 per contract for executions in standard option contracts and $0.04 per contract for mini option contracts in non-Penny Pilot options classes. The Exchange currently caps in a single billing month the total amount of transaction fees for Firms at $60,000.
The Monthly Firm Fee Cap was adopted to create an additional incentive for Firms to send order flow to the Exchange. Now that the Exchange is beginning to receive additional order flow from Firms, the Exchange believes that it is appropriate to remove the Monthly Firm Fee Cap in order to more closely align the transaction fees of Firms with non-Firm Members. Therefore, the Exchange now proposes to amend the Fee Schedule to delete the Monthly Firm Fee Cap. Firms will be subject to applicable transaction fees provided in the Fee Schedule.
The Exchange believes that its proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange believes that the proposal is fair, equitable and not unreasonably discriminatory. The proposed deletion of the Monthly Firm Fee Cap is reasonable because the Exchange no longer believes it is necessary to continue to provide an additional incentive for Firms to send order flow to the Exchange. The proposed fees are fair and equitable and not unreasonably discriminatory because they will apply equally to all Members that have transactions that clear in the Firm range. All Firms will be subject to the same transaction fee, and access to the Exchange is offered on terms that are not unfairly discriminatory. The proposed change should increase the competition amongst Firms and other types of market participants by eliminating a fee cap that only applied to Firms. As a result, the transaction fees for Firms will more closely align with the transaction fees of non-Firm Members. To the extent that this purpose is achieved, all the Exchange's market participants should benefit from the increased competition.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange believes the proposal is consistent with robust competition by increasing the intramarket competition between Firms and non-Firm Members. The Exchange believes that the proposal will decrease the competitive burden on non-Firm Members by removing an additional incentive that only applied to Firms. As a result, the transaction fees for Firms will more closely align with the transaction fees of non-Firm Members. To the extent that this purpose is achieved, all the Exchange's market participants should benefit from the increased competition. The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other exchanges and to attract order flow. The Exchange believes that the proposal reflects this competitive environment.
Written comments were neither solicited nor received.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to modify the NYSE Amex Options Fee Schedule (“Fee Schedule”) to amend the fees associated with booth space provided at the Exchange. The Exchange proposes to implement the fee change effective March 1, 2015. The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchanges proposes to amend the fees associated with booth space provided at the Exchange. The purpose of the proposed fee change is to ensure a fair and reasonable use of Exchange resources by enabling the Exchange to charge for and recoup costs related to hosting operations on Exchange premises (
Currently, the Exchange charges $150 per month for each Floor Booth utilized at the Exchange. Floor Booths are primarily used by floor brokerage firms to perform various functions in support of trading activities on the Exchange. The Exchange recently moved the NYSE Amex Options Trading Floor into a newly renovated space. In connection with this relocation, the Exchange has re-evaluated how it charges for physical space on the Exchange. The Exchange believes that a more equitable method for charging under the new configuration is one based on the amount of space occupied at the Exchange, as opposed per Floor Booth(s) utilized. Accordingly, the Exchange proposes to impose a monthly fee of $40 per linear foot required to accommodate an entity's operations at the Exchange. The Exchange also proposes to change the name of the fee from “Floor Booths” to “Booth Premises,” to more accurately reflect the way the fees are calculated.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Exchange believes the proposed fee change is reasonable, equitable, and non-discriminatory for the following reasons. First, the proposed Booth Premises fee would be determined in an objective manner based on the each linear foot utilized, which encourages the fair and reasonable use of resources by the entities subject to the fee. Further, because this proposed fee would be based on clearly defined, objective parameters, the fee change would ensure the fair and reasonable use of Exchange resources by enabling the Exchange to recoup for the costs related to hosting operations on Exchange premises (
For these reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposal is consistent with the Act.
In accordance with Section 6(b)(8) of the Act,
The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually review, and consider adjusting, its fees and credits to remain
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
The foregoing rule change is effective upon filing pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet Web site (
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend BOX Rule 7170 (Obvious and Catastrophic Errors) to provide for new procedures to account for erroneous trades occurring from disruptions and/or malfunctions of Exchange systems. The text of the proposed rule change is available from the principal office of the Exchange, at the Commission's Public Reference Room and also on the Exchange's Internet Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The self-regulatory organization has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend BOX Rule 7170 to provide for new procedures to account for erroneous trades occurring from disruptions and/or malfunctions of Exchange systems. This is a competitive filing that is based on the rules of NYSE MKT LLC (“NYSE MKT”).
Proposed new Rule 7170(m) would provide that any transactions that arise
The proposed rule change would provide the Exchange with the same authority to nullify or adjust trades in the event of a “verifiable disruption or malfunction” in the use or operation of its systems as other exchanges have. The Exchange believes that it is appropriate to provide the flexibility and authority provided for in proposed Rule 7170(m) so as not to limit the Exchange's ability to plan for and respond to unforeseen systems problems or malfunctions. For this reason, the Exchange believes that, in the interest of maintaining a fair and orderly market and for the protection of investors, authority to nullify trades in these circumstances, consistent with the authority on other exchanges, is warranted.
The Exchange further proposes that, similar to NYSE MKT Rule 975NY(b)(3), the Exchange may, on its own motion, review any transaction occurring on the Exchange that is believed to be a result of a verifiable disruption or malfunction of Exchange systems. The Exchange, when determining whether to review a transaction on its own motion pursuant to proposed Rule 7170(m), shall act as soon as possible after receiving notification of the transaction, and ordinarily would be expected to act on the same day as the transaction occurred. In no event shall the Exchange act later than 9:30 a.m. (ET) on the next trading day following the date of the transaction in question. The Exchange further notes that when acting under its own motion to nullify or adjust trades pursuant to proposed Rule 7170(m), the Exchange must consider whether taking such action would be in the interest of maintaining a fair and orderly market and for the protection of investors.
The Exchange believes that the proposal is consistent with the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change would remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and national market system and promote a fair and orderly market because it would provide authority for the Exchange to nullify or adjust trades that may have resulted from a verifiable systems disruption or malfunction. The Exchange believes that it is appropriate to provide the flexibility and authority provided for in proposed Rule 7170(m) so as not to limit the Exchange's ability to plan for and respond to unforeseen systems problems or malfunctions that may result in harm to the public. Allowing for the nullification or modification of transactions that result from verifiable disruptions and/or malfunctions of Exchange systems will offer market participants on the Exchange a level of relief presently not available. The Exchange further notes that when acting under its own motion to nullify or adjust trades pursuant to proposed Rule 7170(m), the Exchange must consider whether taking such action would be in the interest of maintaining a fair and orderly market and for the protection of investors. The Exchange notes that the proposed rule change is based on the rules of NYSE MKT and is similar to the rules of other markets.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change would impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. Rather, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is pro-competitive because it will better align the Exchange's rules with the rules of other markets, including NYSE MKT, CBOE, NYSE Arca, and Phlx. By adopting proposed Rule 7170(m), the Exchange will be in a position to treat transactions that are a result of a verifiable systems issue or malfunction in a manner similar to other exchanges.
The Exchange has neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.
Because the proposed rule change does not (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to repurchase the ownership interest in the Exchange held by Strategic Investments II Inc. (“SI”) and BOX Holdings Group LLC, an affiliate of the Exchange (“BOX Holdings”), proposes to repurchase the ownership interest in BOX Holdings held by SI. The text of the proposed rule change is available from the principal office of the Exchange, at the Commission's Public Reference Room and also on the Exchange's Internet Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The self-regulatory organization has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange is a limited liability company, organized under the laws of the State of Delaware on August 26, 2010. The Exchange's charter is a Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2012 (the “Exchange LLC Agreement”). SI became a Member of the Exchange on May 10, 2012.
BOX Holdings is a limited liability company, organized under the laws of the State of Delaware on August 26, 2010. BOX Holdings is the sole owner of BOX Market LLC, a facility of the Exchange (“BOX Market”). The BOX Holdings charter is a Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2012 (the “Holdings LLC Agreement”). SI became a Member of BOX Holdings on May 10, 2012. 6,445 Economic Units and 4,990 Voting Units represent SI's ownership interest in the Exchange, comprising 6.455% of all outstanding interests and 4.99% of all outstanding voting interests of the Exchange, respectively (the “Exchange Units”). 500 Class A Units represent SI's ownership interest in BOX Holdings, comprising 4.203% of all outstanding ownership interests of BOX Holdings (the “Holdings Units” and, together with the Exchange Units, the “SI Units”).
Each of the Exchange and BOX Holdings has agreed with SI to purchase the SI Units. Accordingly, it is proposed that SI transfer all of the Exchange Units to the Exchange and all of the Holdings Units to BOX Holdings (the “Transfer”). After the Transfer, the SI Units will no longer be outstanding, references to SI in each of the Exchange LLC Agreement and the Holdings LLC Agreement will be removed, and SI will have no remaining rights under the Exchange LLC Agreement or the Holdings LLC Agreement.
As provided in Section 7.3(f) of the Exchange LLC Agreement, “no Person, alone or together with any Related Persons, shall own, directly or indirectly, of record or beneficially, an aggregate Economic Percentage Interest greater than 40% (or 20% if such Person is a BOX Options Participant) (the “Economic Ownership Limit”).” Accordingly, because the total number of outstanding Economic Units of the Exchange are reduced in the Transfer, outstanding Economic Units held by any remaining Members of the Exchange will be cancelled to the extent necessary to ensure compliance with the Economic Ownership Limit.
As provided in Section 7.3(g) of the Exchange LLC Agreement, “no Person, alone or together with any Related Persons, shall own, directly or indirectly, of record or beneficially, an aggregate Voting Percentage Interest of greater than 20% (the “Voting Ownership Limit”).” Further, Section 7.3(g) of the Exchange LLC Agreement provides that, upon any change in economic ownership, the number of Voting Units held by each Member of the Exchange shall be adjusted to maintain compliance with the Voting Ownership Limit. Accordingly, because the number of Economic Units held by Members of the Exchange are reduced in the Transfer, the number of outstanding Voting Units of the Exchange, and the number of Voting Units held by each of the remaining Members of the Exchange, will be adjusted to the extent necessary to ensure compliance with the Economic Ownership Limit.
As discussed above, all ownership limits relating to the Exchange will continue to be strictly respected. The Transfer will not result in any Member of the Exchange exceeding its applicable Economic Ownership Percentage or Voting Ownership Percentage (collectively, its “Ownership Percentages”). Prior to the Transfer, some Members of the Exchange already held the maximum Ownership Percentages allowed under the Exchange LLC Agreement. The Ownership Percentages held by these Members will remain completely unchanged after giving effect to the Transfer. For other Members of the Exchange, adjustments to Ownership Percentages resulting from the Transfer will be insubstantial, such that no Member of the Exchange will have its Ownership Percentage adjusted by more than 2.2% of the Exchange's ownership. After giving effect to the Transfer, no Member will hold more than 40% Economic Ownership Percentage, no Participant will hold more than 20% Economic Ownership Percentage, and no Member will hold more than 20% Voting Ownership Percentage in the Exchange.
The Board of Directors of the Exchange will remain unaffected by the Transfer. The makeup of the Board will still be comprised of a majority of Directors that are Non-industry Directors, at least 20% that are Participant Directors and one (1) Director that is also an officer or director of BOX Holdings.
Further, Section 7.4(f) of the Holdings LLC Agreement provides that a rule filing pursuant to Section 19 of the Exchange Act is required with respect to certain transactions that result in the acquisition and holding by a person of an aggregate ownership interest in BOX Holdings which meets or crosses the threshold level of 20% or any successive 5% level. Although MX US 2, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of TMX Group Limited (“MXUS2”), is not acquiring any additional ownership Units of BOX Holdings in the Transfer, the reduction of the total number of outstanding ownership Units of BOX Holdings in the Transfer will result in a corresponding increase in the ownership interest held by MXUS2 from 53.83% to 56.19% and thereby crossing a 5% level of fifty-five percent.
This change in MXUS2's ownership percentage by less than 2.4% of the overall ownership of BOX Holdings is insubstantial and will not materially alter the ownership or voting power of MXUS2 in BOX Holdings. Even though the MXUS2's ownership percentage will experience this small increase, no additional power or control will accrue to MXUS2 as a result. For example, as the current holder of a majority of the outstanding ownership interests in BOX Holdings, MXUS2 has the ability to control any vote of the Members or the Board of Directors of BOX Holdings that requires a simple majority vote. After giving effect to the Transfer, MXUS2 will still control such votes. Further, MXUS2 currently has the power to appoint up to five (5) representatives to the BOX Holdings Board of Directors. After giving effect to the Transfer, MXUS2 will still have the power to appoint the same number of Directors of BOX Holdings. As a 56.19% owner, MXUS2 would have no additional voting or veto rights and no other ability to exercise power over the operations of BOX Holdings or its subsidiary, BOX Market. No other Member of BOX Holdings will have its ownership percentage in BOX Holdings adjusted by more than 0.9% of the total BOX Holdings ownership as a result of the Transfer.
The consideration paid to SI by BOX Holdings and the Exchange in connection with the Transfer was paid almost entirely by BOX Holdings with only a
The Exchange believes that the proposal is consistent with the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act, in general, and furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(1), in particular, in that it enables the Exchange to be so organized so as to have the capacity to be able to carry out the purposes of the Act and to comply, and to enforce compliance by its exchange members and persons associated with its exchange members, with the provisions of the Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the Exchange. The Exchange also believes that this filing furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act in that it is designed to facilitate transactions in securities, to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and in general, to protect investors and the public interest.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
The Exchange has neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.
The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) normally does not become operative for 30 days after the date of filing. However, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) permits the Commission to designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange has asked the Commission to waive the 30-day operative delay because the Transfer is intended to be completed in less than 30 days. The Commission believes that an earlier operative date will ensure that the filing is effective prior to the intended completion of the Transfer in less than 30 days. Based on the foregoing, the Commission believes that waiving the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(7) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend its rules related to Exchange of Contract for Related Position (“ECRP”) transactions and block trades. The scope of this filing is limited solely to the application of the rule amendments to security futures traded on CFE. The only security futures currently traded on CFE are traded under Chapter 16 of CFE's Rulebook which is applicable to Individual Stock Based and Exchange-Traded Fund Based Volatility Index security futures. The text of the proposed rule change is attached as Exhibit 4 to the filing but is not attached to the publication of this notice.
In its filing with the Commission, CFE included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified
The purpose of the proposed CFE rule amendments included as part of this rule change is to: (i) Amend CFE Rule 414 (Exchange of Contract for Related Position) to extend the time to report ECRP transactions to the Exchange from ten minutes to thirty minutes; and (ii) amend CFE Rules 414 and 415 (Block Trading) to clarify that the CFE Help Desk can provide written transaction summaries for ECRP transactions and block trades on the business day for which the transaction is submitted for clearing or the calendar day of the transaction. The rule amendments included as part of this rule change are to apply to all products traded on CFE, including both non-security futures and security futures.
CFE is proposing to amend CFE Rule 414 (Exchange of Contract for Related Position) to extend the timeframe for reporting ECRP transactions. CFE Rule 414 currently provides that each party to an ECRP transaction is obligated to have an Authorized Reporter (which is defined in CFE Rule 414(h) and 415(f))
CFE believes this extension is justified for the following reasons. First, it will allow CFE to stay competitive with other futures exchanges that currently provide market participants with additional time to report these transactions. Specifically, CME Group provides that such transactions “must be submitted within one hour after the relevant terms have been determined,”
CFE is proposing to amend CFE Rule 414 (Exchange of Contract for Related Position) and CFE Rule 415 (Block Trading) to clarify that the CFE Help Desk can provide written transaction summaries for ECRP transactions and block trades on the business day for which the transaction is submitted for clearing or the calendar day of the transaction. CFE Rules 414 and 415 currently contain language that imply that the CFE Help Desk always provides a written transaction summary of an ECRP transaction or a block trade on the business day for which the transaction is submitted for clearing. The amendments clarify that the CFE Help Desk can provide a written transaction summary of an ECRP transaction or block trade to each Authorized Reporter on either the business day for which the transaction is submitted for clearing or on the calendar day of the transaction.
For ECRP transactions and block trades that occur during most of the trading day, the CFE Help Desk would provide a transaction summary on the business day for which the transaction is submitted for clearing. However, there are circumstances in which the CFE Help Desk would provide a transaction summary on the calendar day of the transaction and not on the business day for which the transaction is submitted for clearing. For example, this could occur if an ECRP transaction or block trade in CBOE Volatility Index (“VIX”) futures was reported to the CFE Help Desk between 3:30 p.m. and 4:00 p.m. on a Monday through Thursday and was designated by the parties for clearance on the calendar day of the transaction. In that case, the next business day would have already started when the transaction is reported to the CFE Help Desk pursuant to the extended trading hours schedule in VIX futures, as the prior business day would have ended at 3:15 p.m. and the new business day would have started at 3:30 p.m. Accordingly, the CFE Help Desk would be providing a written transaction summary to the Authorized Reporters on the calendar day of the transaction and not on the business day for which the transaction would be submitted for clearing (since in this case the transaction would be submitted for clearing for the prior business day).
CFE is also making a technical, non-substantive change to CFE Rule 415(c) to correct a typographical error. Rule 415(c) incorrectly references Rule 415(i) for the reporting deadline instead of to Rule 415(g) where the relevant reporting deadline is contained and this rule change corrects this cross-reference.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
• To foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in facilitating transactions in securities, and
• to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and in general, to protect investors and the public interest.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change would benefit market participants because it would provide them with a limited amount of additional time to report ECRP transactions. First, the change will allow CFE to stay competitive with other futures exchanges that currently provide market participants with additional time to report these transactions.
In addition, the proposed rule change benefits market participants by clarifying to them that their Authorized Reporters will receive written transactions summaries: (i) Regarding ECRP transactions on either the business day for which the contract leg of the ECRP transaction is submitted for clearing or the calendar day of the transaction; and (ii) regarding block trades, on either the business day for which the block trade is submitted for clearing or on the calendar day of the transaction.
CFE does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. Specifically, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change will not burden competition because the new ECRP reporting timeframe and timeframe for receiving written summaries of ECRP transactions and block trades will apply to all persons and the revised rule provisions do not discriminate between market participants.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
The proposed rule change will become effective on March 11, 2015.
At any time within 60 days of the date of effectiveness of the proposed rule change, the Commission, after consultation with the CFTC, may summarily abrogate the proposed rule change and require that the proposed rule change be refiled in accordance with the provisions of Section 19(b)(1) of the Act.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
This proposed rule change by The Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) would permit an OCC clearing member that is a registered futures commission merchant (“FCM”) that has been
In its filing with the Commission, OCC included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. OCC has prepared summaries, set forth in sections (A), (B), and (C) below, of the most significant aspects of these statements.
This proposed rule change would permit an OCC clearing member that is a registered FCM that has been approved to clear futures customer transactions, but that has not been approved to clear proprietary futures transactions (
By way of background, OCC recently submitted a proposal to the Commission that allows for the clearance of confirmed trades that are executed in overnight trading sessions and are offered by exchanges for which OCC provides clearance and settlement services (“Prior Filing”).
A small number of OCC clearing members are registered FCMs that only carry customer accounts and therefore do not currently maintain a proprietary account at OCC. Pursuant to the Prior Filing, if an FCM that only carries customer accounts wants to participate, or continue participating,
OCC is not proposing to alter in any way the manner in which Additional Margin is calculated or any other procedures governing overnight trading sessions. Rather, OCC is only proposing to allow FCM clearing members that do not maintain proprietary accounts with OCC to deposit Additional Margin in a customer segregated futures account.
OCC believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”),
OCC does not believe that the proposed rule change would impose a burden on competition.
Written comments on the proposed rule change were not and are not intended to be solicited with respect to the proposed rule change and none have been received.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act and paragraph (f) of Rule 19b-4 thereunder. At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-OCC-2015-005 and should be submitted on or before April 7, 2015.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
The Exchange is filing a proposal to amend the MIAX Options Fee Schedule.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend its Fee Schedule to: (i) Increase the transaction fees for Public Customers
The Exchange proposes to increase the transaction fees for Public Customers that are not a Priority Customer and Firms. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to assess the following fees for transactions for Public Customers that are not a Priority Customer: (i) $0.47 per contract for standard options and $0.05 per contract for mini options in Penny Pilot options classes; and (ii) $0.62 per contract for standard options and $0.06 per contract for mini options in non-Penny Pilot options classes. In addition, the Exchange proposes to assess the following fees for transactions for Firms: (i) $0.37 per contract for standard options and $0.04 per contract for mini options in Penny Pilot options classes; and (ii) $0.42 per contract for standard options and $0.04 per contract for mini options in non-Penny Pilot options classes.
The Exchange proposes to continue to offer Public Customers that are not a Priority Customer and Firms the opportunity to reduce transaction fees by $0.02 per contract in standard options in both Penny Pilot and non-Penny Pilot options classes.
The Exchange proposes to implement the new transaction fees beginning March 1, 2015.
The Exchange believes that its proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange's proposal to increase the transaction fees for Public Customers that are not a Priority Customer and Firms is reasonable because the Exchange's fees will remain competitive with fees at other options exchanges.
The Exchange's proposal to offer Public Customers that are not a Priority Customer and Firms the opportunity to reduce transaction fees by $0.02 per contract in standard options, provided certain criteria are met, is reasonable because the Exchange desires to offer all such market participants an opportunity to lower their transaction fees. The Exchange's proposal to offer Public Customers that are not a Priority Customer and Firms the opportunity to reduce transaction fees by $0.02 per contract in standard options, provided certain criteria are met, is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because the Exchange will offer all market participants, excluding Priority Customers, a means to reduce transaction fees by qualifying for volume tiers in the Priority Customer Rebate Program. The Exchange believes that offering all such market participants the opportunity to lower transaction fees by incentivizing them to transact Priority Customer order flow in turn benefits all market participants.
The Exchange believes that the proposal to allow the aggregation of trading activity of separate Members or its affiliates for purposes of the fee reduction is fair, equitable and not unreasonably discriminatory. The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is reasonable because it would allow aggregation of the trading activity of separate Members or its affiliates for purposes of the fee reduction only in very narrow circumstances, namely, where the firm is an affiliate, as defined herein. Furthermore, other exchanges, as well as MIAX, have rules that permit the aggregation of the trading activity of affiliated entities for the purposes of calculating and assessing certain fees. The Exchange believes that offering all such market participants the opportunity to lower transaction fees by incentivizing them to transact Priority Customer order flow in turn benefits all market participants.
The Exchange believes that its proposal to assess transaction fees in non-Penny Pilot options classes, which differs from Penny Pilot options classes, is consistent with other options markets
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposal is similar to the transaction fees found on other options exchanges; therefore, the Exchange believes the proposal is consistent with robust competition by increasing the intermarket competition for order flow from market participants. The proposal more closely aligns the fees for Public Customers that is not a Priority Customer and Firms to those of non-MIAX Market Makers and non-Member Broker-dealers. To the extent that there is additional competitive burden on non-member market participants, the Exchange believes that this is appropriate because charging non-members higher transaction fees is a common practice amongst exchanges and Members are subject to other fees and dues associated with their membership to the Exchange that do not apply to non-members. To the extent that there is additional competitive burden on market participants that are Public Customer not Priority Customers or Firms, the Exchange believes that this is appropriate because the proposal should incent Members to direct additional order flow to the Exchange and thus provide additional liquidity that enhances the quality of its markets and increases the volume of contracts traded here. To the extent that this purpose is achieved, all the Exchange's market participants should benefit from the improved market liquidity. Enhanced market quality and increased transaction volume that results from the anticipated increase in order flow directed to the Exchange will benefit all market participants and improve competition on the Exchange. The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other exchanges and to attract order flow. The Exchange believes that the proposal reflects this competitive environment.
Written comments were neither solicited nor received.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On November 21, 2014, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
On January 14, 2015, FINRA granted the Commission an extension of time to act on the proposal until March 11, 2015. On February 24, 2015, FINRA filed Amendment No. 1 with the Commission to respond to the comment letters and to propose modifications and clarifications to its proposal.
FINRA has proposed to amend the TRACE rules 6700 Series: (1) To add a new contra-party type to be used in TRACE reports to identify a transaction with a non-member affiliate, and (2) to require a firm to identify when a transaction with a non-member affiliate meets specified conditions, so that FINRA can suppress dissemination of such trade.
FINRA Rule 6730 (Transaction Reporting) sets forth the requirements applicable to members for reporting transactions in TRACE-Eligible Securities. Rule 6730(c) (Transaction Information To Be Reported) describes the items of information that must be included in a TRACE trade report. Among other things, a member must identify the other side (
FINRA has proposed to amend Rule 6730 to introduce a new contra-party type to identify a non-member affiliate of the member reporting the trade, and to disseminate publicly this contra-party identifier.
FINRA also proposed to require members to identify a narrow subset of transactions with non-member affiliates. Specifically, a member would need to apply a “Suppression Indicator” to a transaction between itself and a non-member affiliate where: (1) Each party is trading for its own account, and (2) the transaction with the non-member affiliate occurs within the same day, at the same price, and in the same security as a transaction engaged in by the member with a different counterparty (“Suppression Criteria”). Identification of these transactions by members would enable FINRA to suppress the transactions from dissemination on the tape, as FINRA believes that these transactions are not economically distinct from the disseminated transaction between the member and the other contra-party to the trade.
FINRA would suppress dissemination only where a member purchases or sells a security and then, within the same trading day, engages in a back-to-back trade with its non-member affiliate in the same security at the same price.
FINRA stated in the Notice of Original Proposal that it would announce the implementation date of the proposed rule change in a
In Amendment No. 1, FINRA revised its implementation schedule in response to commenters' concerns. FINRA stated that it would announce the implementation date in a
As noted above, the Commission received two comment letters concerning the proposal.
The supporting comment letter acknowledged that continued dissemination of transactions that meet the Suppression Criteria would be
The other commenter was opposed to the proposal's requirement to identify and suppress back-to-back trades done with a non-member affiliate.
Both commenters requested an extension in the implementation timeline of four
In response to these comments concerning the implementation and application of the proposed rule change, FINRA filed Amendment No. 1.
In addition, FINRA agreed that there are instances where including the Suppression Indicator would cause operational difficulties. Therefore, FINRA clarified that, when a member and a non-member affiliate enter into a transaction in a TRACE-Eligible Security and do not initially include the Suppression Indicator but meet the Suppression Criteria during the day, the member would not be required to correct the trade report to include the Suppression Indicator.
FINRA indicated that a member may conduct a periodic assessment of its affiliate relationships to determine whether a relationship qualifies for non-member affiliate identification requirements. The member may conduct a periodic assessment, no less than annually, unless the member has undergone an organizational or operational restructuring that would likely impact its prior identification of non-member affiliate relationships.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
After carefully considering the proposed rule change, the comments submitted, and FINRA's response to the comments and Amendment No. 1, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1, is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities association.
The proposal requires a reporting member to include a new “non-member affiliate” identifier in the reports of a transaction in a TRACE-Eligible Security, and to identify a narrow subset
The Commission finds good cause, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Act,
IT IS THEREFORE ORDERED pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Act
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
NASDAQ proposes to modify Chapter XV, entitled “Options Pricing,” at Section 2 governing pricing for NASDAQ members using the NASDAQ Options Market (“NOM”),
While the changes proposed herein are effective upon filing, the Exchange has designated that the amendments be operative on March 2, 2015.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
NASDAQ proposes to modify Chapter XV, entitled “Options Pricing,” at Section 2(1) governing the fees assessed for option orders entered into NOM. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to increase the Professional,
The Exchange proposes to amend the Fees for Removing Liquidity in Penny Pilot Options in Chapter IV, Section 2(1) as follows:
Today, Professionals, Firms, Non-NOM Market Makers, NOM Market Makers, and Broker-Dealers are assessed a $0.49 per contract Fee for Removing Liquidity in a Penny Pilot Option.
The Exchange proposes to increase the Penny Pilot Fee for Removing Liquidity for Professionals, Firms, Non-NOM Market Makers, NOM Market Makers, and Broker-Dealers by a penny, from $0.49 to $0.50 per contract.
NASDAQ believes that the proposed fee changes are consistent with the provisions of Section 6 of the Act,
The Exchange's proposal to increase the Professional, Firm, Non-NOM Market Maker, NOM Market Maker, and Broker-Dealer Fees for Removing Liquidity in Penny Pilot Options from $0.49 to $0.50 per contract is reasonable because the increase will afford the Exchange the opportunity to offer additional and increased rebates to these Exchange participants, which should benefit all market participants through increased liquidity and order interaction. The Exchange believes that rebates incentivize Participants to select the Exchange as a venue to post liquidity and attract additional order flow to the benefit of all market participants. Incentivizing Participants to post liquidity will also benefit Participants through increased order interaction. Increased liquidity, and in particular Customer liquidity (as noted, the fee for removing Customer liquidity continues to be lower than for removing other liquidity) provides more trading opportunities, which attracts other Participants, including NOM Market Makers.
The Exchange believes that it is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to increase Fees for Removing Liquidity in Penny Pilot Options for Professionals, Firms, Non-NOM Market Makers, NOM Market Makers, and Broker-Dealers because all market participants, other than Customers, will continue to be assessed a uniform fee. As explained herein, order flow brings unique benefits to the market through increased liquidity which benefits all NOM Participants.
Further, the Exchange believes it is reasonable, equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to offer Participants that qualify for Customer or Professional Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 7 or 8 in a given month to be assessed a Professional, Firm, Non-NOM Market Maker, NOM Market Maker, or Broker-Dealer Fee for Removing Liquidity in Penny Pilot Options of $0.48 per contract instead of the proposed $0.50 per contract. The increase in the differential from $0.01 to $0.02 is reasonable, equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because it is consistent with differentials at competing options
The Exchange, and its facility NOM, operates in a highly competitive market, comprised of twelve exchanges, in which market participants can easily and readily direct order flow to competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive or rebates to be inadequate. Accordingly, the fees that are assessed and the rebates paid by the Exchange, as described in the proposal, are influenced by these robust market forces and therefore must remain competitive with fees charged and rebates paid by other venues and therefore must continue to be reasonable and equitably allocated to those members that opt to direct orders to the Exchange rather than competing venues.
The proposed fees are designed to ensure a fair and reasonable use of Exchange resources by allowing the Exchange to recoup costs while continuing to attract liquidity and offer connectivity at competitive rates to Exchange members and member organizations.
By offering competitive pricing, the Exchange desires to incentivize members and member organizations, through the Exchange's rebate and fee structure, to select NOM as a venue for bringing liquidity to the Exchange and trading. Such competitive, differentiated pricing exists today on other options exchanges. The Exchange's goal is creating and increasing incentives to attract orders that will, in turn, benefit all market participants through increased liquidity.
NASDAQ does not believe that the proposed rule changes will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended.
In the Exchange's fee schedule for Removing Liquidity in Penny Pilot Options, Customers have had to pay the lowest fee, and this continues to be reflected in the pricing schedule. The Exchange does not believe the proposed differential would result in any burden on competition as between Participants. The Exchange believes that continuing to assess Customers the current fee while increasing the fee for other Participants creates competition among options exchanges because the Exchange believes that this may cause market participants to select NOM as a venue to send Customer and other order flow. The Exchange believes that incentivizing Participants to post liquidity on NOM benefits NOM Participants through increased order interaction.
The Exchange's proposal to increase the Professional, Firm, Non-NOM Market Maker, NOM Market Maker, and Broker-Dealer Fees for Removing Liquidity in Penny Pilot Options does not misalign the current fees on NOM. As noted, Customers were assessed less than other participants before the proposal, and will continue to be assessed less under the new fee. The Exchange believes that other market participants benefit from incentivizing order flow as explained herein. As noted, Customers continue to pay a lower Fee for Removing Liquidity in Penny Pilot Options, which is currently the case for most fees on NOM that are either not assessed to a Customer or where a Customer is assessed the lowest fee because of the liquidity such order flow brings to the Exchange. Also, NOM Market Makers have obligations
For the reasons specified herein, the Exchange does not believe this proposal will result in any burden on competition. The Exchange operates in a highly competitive market comprised of twelve U.S. options exchanges in which sophisticated and knowledgeable market participants can readily send order flow to competing exchanges if they deem fee levels or rebate incentives at a particular exchange to be excessive or inadequate. The Exchange believes that this competitive marketplace impacts the fees and rebates present on the Exchange today and substantially influences the proposals set forth above.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act,
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given that pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Sections 3501-3520, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) is soliciting comments on the collection of information summarized below. The Commission plans to submit the existing collection of information to the Office of Management and Budget for extension of the previously approved collection of information discussed below.
On February 6, 2003, the Commission published final rules, effective August 5, 2003, entitled “Standards of Professional Conduct for Attorneys Appearing and Practicing Before the Commission in the Representation of an Issuer” (17 CFR 205.1-205.7). The information collection embedded in the rules is necessary to implement the Standards of Professional Conduct for Attorneys prescribed by the rule and required by Section 307 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7245). The rules impose an “up-the-ladder” reporting requirement when attorneys appearing and practicing before the Commission become aware of evidence of a material violation by the issuer or any officer, director, employee, or agent of the issuer. An issuer may choose to establish a qualified legal compliance committee (“QLCC”) as an alternative procedure for reporting evidence of a material violation. In the rare cases in which a majority of a QLCC has concluded that an issuer did not act appropriately, the QLCC may communicate that information to the Commission. The collection of information is, therefore, an important component of the Commission's program to discourage violations of the federal securities laws and promote ethical behavior of attorneys appearing and practicing before the Commission.
The respondents to this collection of information are attorneys who appear and practice before the Commission and, in certain cases, the issuer, and/or officers, directors and committees of the issuer. In providing quality representation to issuers, attorneys may report evidence of violations to others within the issuer, including the Chief Legal Officer, the Chief Executive Officer, and, where necessary, the directors. In addition, officers and directors investigate evidence of violations and report within the issuer the results of the investigation and the remedial steps they have taken or sanctions they have imposed. Except as discussed below, we believe that the reporting requirements imposed by the rule are “usual and customary” activities that do not add to the burden that would be imposed by the collection of information.
Certain aspects of the collection of information, however, may impose a burden. For an issuer to establish a QLCC, the QLCC must adopt written procedures for the confidential receipt, retention, and consideration of any report of evidence of a material violation. We estimate for purposes of the PRA that there are approximately 11,396 issuers that are subject to the rules.
The estimate of average burden hours is made solely for the purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act, and is not derived from a comprehensive or even a representative survey or study. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Written comments are requested on: (a) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information has practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Commission's estimate of the burden[s] of the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
The public may view the background documentation for this information collection at the following Web site,
Notice is hereby given that pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) has submitted to the Office of Management and Budget a request for extension of the previously approved collection of information discussed below.
Section 11(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Act”) (15 U.S.C. 80a-11(a)) provides that it is unlawful for a registered open-end investment company (“fund”) or its underwriter to make an offer to the fund's shareholders or the shareholders of any other fund to exchange the fund's securities for securities of the same or another fund on any basis other than the relative net asset values (“NAVs”) of the respective securities to be exchanged, “unless the terms of the offer have first been submitted to and approved by the Commission or are in accordance with such rules and regulations as the Commission may have prescribed in respect of such offers.” Section 11(a) was designed to prevent “switching,” the practice of inducing shareholders of one fund to exchange their shares for the shares of another fund for the purpose of exacting additional sales charges.
Rule 11a-3 (17 CFR 270.11a-3) under the Act of 1940 is an exemptive rule that permits open-end investment companies (“funds”), other than insurance company separate accounts, and funds' principal underwriters, to make certain exchange offers to fund shareholders and shareholders of other funds in the same group of investment companies. The rule requires a fund, among other things, (i) to disclose in its prospectus and advertising literature the amount of any administrative or redemption fee imposed on an exchange transaction, (ii) if the fund imposes an administrative fee on exchange transactions, other than a nominal one, to maintain and preserve records with respect to the actual costs incurred in connection with exchanges for at least six years, and (iii) give the fund's shareholders a sixty day notice of a termination of an exchange offer or any material amendment to the terms of an exchange offer (unless the only material effect of an amendment is to reduce or eliminate an administrative fee, sales load or redemption fee payable at the time of an exchange).
The rule's requirements are designed to protect investors against abuses associated with exchange offers, provide fund shareholders with information necessary to evaluate exchange offers and certain material changes in the terms of exchange offers, and enable the Commission staff to monitor funds' use of administrative fees charged in connection with exchange transactions.
The staff estimates that there are approximately 1,633 active open-end investment companies registered with the Commission as of March 2014. The staff estimates that 25 percent (or 408) of these funds impose a non-nominal administrative fee on exchange transactions. The staff estimates that the recordkeeping requirement of the rule requires approximately 1 hour annually of clerical time per fund, for a total of 408 hours for all funds.
The staff estimates that 5 percent of these 1,633 funds (or 82) terminate an exchange offer or make a material change to the terms of their exchange offer each year, requiring the fund to comply with the notice requirement of the rule. The staff estimates that complying with the notice requirement of the rule requires approximately 1 hour of attorney time and 2 hours of clerical time per fund, for a total of approximately 246 hours for all funds to comply with the notice requirement.
The estimate of average burden hours is made solely for the purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act, and is not derived from a comprehensive or even a representative survey or study of the costs of Commission rules and forms. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number.
The public may view the background documentation for this information collection at the following Web site,
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), DOT.
Notice of Limitation on Claims for Judicial Review of Actions by the California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 327, and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.
The FHWA, on behalf of Caltrans, is issuing this notice to
By this notice, the FHWA, on behalf of Caltrans, is advising the public of final agency actions subject to 23 U.S.C. 139(
For Caltrans: Matt Fowler, Environmental Branch Chief, Caltrans, 50 Higuera Street, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401, Monday through Friday 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., (805) 542-4603 or
Effective July 1, 2007, the FHWA assigned, and the Caltrans assumed environmental responsibilities for this project pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 327. Notice is hereby given that the Caltrans and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service have taken final agency actions subject to 23 U.S.C. 139(
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7. Executive Orders: E.O. 11990 Protection of Wetlands; E.O. 13112 Invasive Species; E.O. 11988 Floodplain management; E.O. 12898 Federal actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low Income Populations.
23 U.S.C. 139(
Federal Transit Administration, DOT.
Notice of request for comments.
The Federal Transit Administration invites public comment about its intention to request the Office of Management and Budget's (OMB) approval to renew the following information collection:
The information collected is necessary to determine eligibility of applicants and ensure the proper and timely expenditure of federal funds within the scope of the program. The
Comments must be submitted before April 16, 2015. A comment to OMB is most effective, if OMB receives it within 30 days of publication.
Tia Swain, Office of Administration, Office of Management Planning, (202) 366-0354.
All written comments must refer to the docket number that appears at the top of this document and be submitted to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, 725—17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503, Attention: FTA Desk Officer.
Federal Transit Administration, DOT.
Notice of request for comments.
The Federal Transit Administration invites public comment about its intention to request the Office of Management and Budget's (OMB) approval to renew the following information collection:
The information collected is necessary to determine eligibility of applicants and ensure the proper and timely expenditure of federal funds within the scope of the program. The
Comments must be submitted before April 16, 2015. A comment to OMB is most effective, if OMB receives it within 30 days of publication.
Tia Swain, Office of Administration, Office of Management Planning, (202) 366-0354.
All written comments must refer to the docket number that appears at the top of this document and be submitted to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, 725-17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503, Attention: FTA Desk Officer.
Federal Transit Administration, DOT.
Notice of request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice announces the intention of the Federal Transit Administration (FTA) to request the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to approve the revision of the currently approved information collection: Job Access and Reverse Commute Program.
Comments must be submitted before May 18, 2015.
To ensure that your comments are not entered more than once into the docket, submit comments identified by the docket number by only one of the following methods:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Mary Leary—Office of Program Management (202) 366-2204, or email:
Interested parties are invited to send comments regarding any aspect of this information collection, including: (1) The necessity and utility of the information collection for the proper performance of the functions of the FTA; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the collected information; and (4) ways to minimize the collection burden without reducing the quality of the collected information. Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for OMB approval of this information collection.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Department of the Treasury, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)).
Written comments should be received on or before May 18, 2015 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to Christie A. Preston, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224. Please send separate comments for each specific information collection listed below. You must reference the information collection's title, form number, reporting or record-keeping requirement number, and OMB number (if any) in your comment.
To obtain additional information, or copies of the information collection and instructions, or copies of any comments received, contact Elaine Christophe, at Internal Revenue Service, Room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or through the internet, at
The Department of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service, as part of their continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invite the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the proposed or continuing information collections listed below in this notice, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, (44 U.S.C. 3501
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Department of the Treasury, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Pub. L. 104-13 (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)). Currently, the IRS is soliciting comments concerning Form 4419, Application for Filing Information Returns Electronically (FIRE).
Written comments should be received on or before May 18, 2015 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to Christie Preston, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the form and instructions should be directed to LaNita Van Dyke at Internal Revenue Service, Room 6517, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or through the internet at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice; correction.
In the
March 9, 2015, through April 20, 2015.
Lisa Billups at 214-413-6523 (not a toll-free call)
Notice is hereby given that the Department of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) are inviting individuals to help improve the nation's tax agency by applying to be members of the Taxpayer Advocacy Panel (TAP). The mission of the TAP is to listen to taxpayers, identify issues that affect taxpayers, and make suggestions for improving IRS service and customer satisfaction. The TAP serves as an advisory body to the Secretary of the Treasury, the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, and the National Taxpayer Advocate. TAP members will participate in subcommittees that channel their feedback to the IRS through the Panel's parent committee.
The IRS is seeking applicants who have an interest in good government, a personal commitment to volunteer approximately 200 to 300 hours a year, and a desire to help improve IRS customer service. To the extent possible, the TAP Director will ensure that TAP membership is balanced and represents a cross-section of the taxpaying public with at least one member from each state, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, in addition to one member abroad representing international taxpayers. Potential candidates must be U.S. citizens and must pass an IRS tax compliance check and a Federal Bureau of Investigation background investigation. Federally-registered lobbyists cannot be members of the TAP.
TAP members are a diverse group of citizens who represent the interests of taxpayers from their respective geographic locations, as well as taxpayers as a whole, by providing feedback from a taxpayer's perspective on ways to improve IRS customer service and administration of the federal tax system, and by identifying grassroots taxpayer issues. Members should have good communication skills and be able to speak with taxpayers about the TAP and TAP activities, while clearly distinguishing between TAP positions and their personal viewpoints.
Interested applicants should visit the TAP Web site at
Interested applicants can call the TAP toll-free number, 1-888-912-1227, if they have general questions about TAP membership or the application process. Questions regarding the selection of TAP members may be directed to Lisa Billups, Taxpayer Advocacy Panel, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., TA:TAP Room 1509, Washington, DC 20224, or 214-413-6523 (not a toll-free call).
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Department of the Treasury, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)). Currently, the IRS is soliciting comments concerning guidance regarding the treatment of certain contingent payment debt instructions with one or more payments that are denominated in, or determined by reference to, a nonfunctional currency.
Written comments should be received on or before May 18, 2015 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to Christie Preston, Internal Revenue Service, room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the form and instructions should be directed to Sara Covington, at Internal Revenue Service, room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or through the internet at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
The Department of the Treasury will submit the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13, on or after the date of publication of this notice.
Comments should be received on or before April 16, 2015 to be assured of consideration.
Send comments regarding the burden estimate, or any other aspect of the information collection, including suggestion for reducing the burden, to (1) Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for Treasury, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503, or email at
Copies of the submission(s) may be obtained by calling (202) 927-5331, email at
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Department of the Treasury, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)). Currently, the IRS is soliciting comments concerning Form 8845, Indian Employment Credit.
Written comments should be received on or before May 18, 2015 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to Christie Preston, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the form and instructions should be directed to Allan Hopkins, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or through the internet at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Department of the Treasury, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)). The IRS is soliciting comments concerning information collection requirements related to branded prescription drug fee.
Written comments should be received on or before May 18, 2015 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to Christie Preston, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of this revenue procedure should be directed to Allan Hopkins at Internal Revenue Service, Room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or through the internet, at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless the collection displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
The Department of the Treasury will submit the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13, on or after the date of publication of this notice.
Comments should be received on or before April 16, 2015 to be assured of consideration.
Send comments regarding the burden estimate, or any other aspect of the information collection, including suggestions for reducing the burden, to (1) Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for Treasury, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503, or email at
Copies of the submission(s) may be obtained by emailing
The Department of the Treasury will submit the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13, on or after the date of publication of this notice.
Comments should be received on or before April 16, 2015 to be assured of consideration.
Send comments regarding the burden estimate, or any other aspect of the information collection, including suggestion for reducing the burden, to (1) Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for Treasury, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503, or email at
Copies of the submission(s) may be obtained by calling (202) 927-5331, email at
Bureau of Engraving and Printing (BEP), Department of the Treasury.
Notice of proposed Privacy Act system of records and request for comments.
In accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, the Department of the Treasury, Bureau of Engraving and Printing, proposes to establish a new Privacy Act system of records titled “Treasury/BEP .050—Use of Shredded U.S. Currency System”.
Comments must be received no later than April 16, 2015. This new Privacy Act system of records will be effective April 27, 2015, unless comments are received which result in a contrary determination.
Comments should be sent to Leslie J. Rivera-Pagán, Attorney/Adviser—Privacy Officer, Office of the Chief Counsel, U.S. Department of the Treasury, Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Room 419-A, 14th & C Streets SW., Washington, DC 20228, Attention: Revisions to Privacy Act Systems of Records. Comments can also be faxed to (202) 874-2951 or emailed to
Leslie J. Rivera-Pagán at (202) 874-2500 or
In accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, the Department of the Treasury, Bureau of Engraving and Printing proposes to establish a new system of records titled, “Treasury/BEP .050—Use of Shredded U.S. Currency System.”
The new proposed system of records is published in its entirety below.
Use of Shredded U.S. Currency System—Treasury/BEP.
Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Office of Compliance-Destruction Standards and Compliance Division, Eastern Currency Facility, Room 321-A, 14th & C Streets SW., Washington, DC 20228.
Individuals requesting approval to use shredded U.S. currency for artistic and commercial purposes.
• Request;
• Name;
• Home Address;
• Home Phone Number;
• Personal Cell Phone Number;
• Email Address;
• Name of Business;
• Business Address;
• Business Phone Number;
• Business Email Address;
• Date of Request; and
• Letter Approving/Disapproving Request.
12 U.S.C. 413, 31 U.S.C. 5120, Treasury Order 135-01, “Delegation of Authority and Responsibility for
The purpose of this system of records is to establish paper-based files and an electronic database that facilitates the processing of requests for use of shredded U.S. currency for artistic or commercial purposes. Records are for internal purposes only and will facilitate the approval process performed by the Chief, Office of Compliance.
These records may be disclosed to appropriate agencies, entities, and persons when: (a) The Department suspects or has confirmed that the security or confidentiality of information in the system of records has been compromised; (b) the Department has determined that as a result of the suspected or confirmed compromise there is a risk of harm to economic or property interests, identity theft or fraud, or harm to the security or integrity of this system or other systems or programs (whether maintained by the Department or another agency or entity) that rely upon the compromised information; and (c) the disclosure made to such agencies, entities, and persons is reasonably necessary to assist in connection with the Department's efforts to respond to the suspected or confirmed compromise and prevent, minimize, or remedy such harm.
Records are stored on electronic media and hard copy. Paper records are maintained in locked cabinets in a locked room.
Records are retrieved by name and date when the request was received.
Access to electronic and paper records is limited to authorized personnel in the BEP Office of Compliance, Eastern Currency Facility in Washington, DC as determined by access controls that limit privileges granted to users based on their need to know to perform daily job functions.
Records are retained and disposed in accordance with the Bureau of Engraving and Printing Agency Specific Records Schedule N1/318/04/16 as required by the National Archives and Records Administration.
Chief, Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Eastern Currency Facility, Office of Compliance, Room 321-11A, Destruction Standards and Compliance Division, 14th & C Streets SW., Washington, DC 20228.
Individuals seeking to determine whether this system of records contains their information should address written inquiries to the Disclosure Officer, Department of the Treasury, Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Office of the Chief Counsel, 14th & C Streets SW., Room 419-A, Washington, DC 20228.
See, “Notification Procedure” above.
See, “Notification Procedure” above.
The information contained in the system originates from the individual requesting approval for use of shredded U.S. currency.
None.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Department of the Treasury, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)). Currently, the IRS is soliciting comments concerning the Implementation and redesign of Form 990.
Written comments should be received on or before May 18, 2015 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to Christie Preston, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the regulations should be directed to Sara Covington at Internal Revenue Service, Room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or through the Internet at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection
Office of Foreign Assets Control, Treasury.
Notice.
The Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) is publishing the names of sixteen persons whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to one or more of the following authorities: Executive Order (E.O.) 13660 and E.O. 13685.
OFAC's actions described in this notice were effective on March 11, 2015, as further specified below.
Associate Director for Global Targeting, tel.: 202/622-2420, Assistant Director for Sanctions Compliance & Evaluation, tel.: 202/622-2490, Assistant Director for Licensing, tel.: 202/622-2480, Office of Foreign Assets Control, or Chief Counsel (Foreign Assets Control), tel.: 202/622-2410, Office of the General Counsel, Department of the Treasury (not toll free numbers).
The Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List and additional information concerning OFAC sanctions programs are available on OFAC's Web site (
On March 11, 2015, OFAC blocked the property and interests in property of the following fifteen persons pursuant to E.O. 13660, “Blocking Property of Certain Persons Contributing to the Situation in Ukraine”:
1. ARBUZOV, Serhiy (a.k.a. ARBUZOV, Sergey G.; a.k.a. ARBUZOV, Serhiy Hennadiyovych); DOB 24 Mar 1976; POB Donetsk, Ukraine; Former First Deputy Prime Minister of Ukraine (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13660].
2. AZAROV, Mykola Yanovych (a.k.a. AZAROV, Mykola Nikolai Yanovych; a.k.a. PAKHLO, Nikolai Yanovich); DOB 17 Dec 1947; POB Kaluga, Russia; Former Prime Minister of Ukraine (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13660].
3. KOZYURA, Oleg Grigorievich (a.k.a. KOZYURA, Oleg Grigoryevich); DOB 19 Dec 1962; POB Zaporozhye, Ukraine; Head of the Office of the Federal Migration Service in the City of Sevastopol (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13660].
4. DUGIN, Aleksandr (a.k.a. DUGIN, Aleksandr Gelyevich; a.k.a. DUGIN, Alexander Gelyevich); DOB 07 Jan 1962 (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13660].
5. KANISHCHEV, Pavel; DOB 1986 (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13660].
6. KOVALENKO, Andrey; DOB 30 Dec 1985 (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13660].
7. ZDRILIUK, Serhii Anatoliyovych (a.k.a. ZDRILIUK, Serghiei; a.k.a. ZDRILYUK, Sergei; a.k.a. ZDRILYUK, Sergey; a.k.a. ZDRYLYUK, Serhiy); DOB 23 Jun 1972; POB Vinnytsia Region, Ukraine; nationality Ukraine; citizen Russia (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13660].
8. ABISOV, Sergei (a.k.a. ABISOV, Sergei Vadimovich); DOB 27 Nov 1967; POB Simferopol, Crimea, Ukraine (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13660].
9. GUBAREVA, Ekaterina (a.k.a. GUBAREVA, Yekaterina); DOB 05 Jul 1983 (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13660].
10. LYAGIN, Roman (a.k.a. LIAGIN, Roman; a.k.a. LIAHIN, Roman; a.k.a. LYAHIN, Roman); DOB 30 May 1980; POB Donetsk, Ukraine (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13660].
11. KARAMAN, Aleksandr (a.k.a. CARAMAN, Aleksandru; a.k.a. KARAMAN, Alexander; a.k.a. KARAMAN, Oleksandr); DOB 26 Jul 1956; POB Republic of Mordovia, Russia (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13660].
12. BOHATYRIOVA, Raisa Vasylivna (a.k.a. BOGATYRIOVA, Raisa; a.k.a. BOGATYROVA, Raisa; a.k.a. BOGATYRYOVA, Raisa; a.k.a. BOHATYREVA, Raisa; a.k.a. BOHATYROVA, Raisa; a.k.a. BOHATYRYOVA, Raisa; a.k.a. BOHATYRYOVA, Rayisa); DOB 06 Jan 1953; POB Bakal, Chelyabinsk, Russia (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13660].
13. KHODAKOVSKYY, Oleksandr Sergeyevich (a.k.a. KHODAKOVSKIY, Aleksandr; a.k.a. KHODAKOVSKY, Alexander); DOB 18 Dec 1972; POB Donetsk, Ukraine (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13660].
14. IVAKIN, Yuriy Vladimirovich (a.k.a. IVAKIN, Yurii); DOB 13 Aug 1954; POB Perevalsk, Ukraine (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13660].
1. EURASIAN YOUTH UNION, Russia 3, Bagrationovskiy Proezd, House 7, Area 20 “B”, Office 405, Moscow 121087, Russia; Web site
On March 11, 2015, OFAC blocked the property and interests in property of the following person pursuant to E.O. 13685, “Blocking Property of Certain Persons and Prohibiting Certain Transactions With Respect to the Crimea Region of Ukraine”:
1. RUSSIAN NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANK (a.k.a. RNKB OAO; a.k.a. ROSSISKI NATSIONALNY KOMMERCHESKI BANK OTKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO; a.k.a. “RNCB”), d. 9 korp. 5 ul.Krasnoproletarskaya, Moscow 127030, Russia; SWIFT/BIC RNCO RU MM; Web site
The Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) gives notice under the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App. 2, that the MyVA Advisory Committee (MVAC) will meet April 14 and 15, 2015 at the Department of Veterans Affairs, Board of Veterans' Appeals Conference Room, 425 I Street NW., 4th Floor,
The purpose of the Committee is to advise the Secretary, through the Executive Director, My VA Task Force Office, regarding the My VA initiative and VA's ability to rebuild trust with Veterans and other stakeholders, improve service delivery with a focus on Veteran outcomes, and set the course for longer-term excellence and reform of the VA.
On April 14, agenda topics will include: An overview of VA, the Committee's charge, and the MyVA work conducted to date. Information with be provided on the five key MyVA work streams—Veteran Experience (explaining the research conducted to understand the Veteran's experience and needs), People and Culture, Support Services Excellence (such as information technology and human resources), Performance Improvement (projects undertaken to date and those upcoming), and VA Strategic Partnerships. An ethics briefing for the Committee will also be provided.
On April 15, the Committee will discuss its charge, a prioritization of Committee activities and discuss the need for convening subcommittees. No time will be allocated at this meeting for receiving oral presentations from the public. However, the public may submit written statements for the Committee's review to Sharon Gilles, Designated Federal Officer, MyVA Program Management Office, Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Room 430, Washington, DC 20420, or email at
Veterans Health Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice of Fund Availability (NOFA): Amendment.
This amendment to the February 3, 2015 NOFA allows grantees with existing 3-year, non-renewable awards to apply for funding (these grants were previously awarded to priority 1 applicants under a Supportive Services for Veterans Families (SSVF) NOFA published on January 10, 2014). Under the current February 3, 2015 NOFA, VA is offering up to $300 million to current SSVF grantees seeking funding for their existing, renewable grants. This amendment will expand the pool of potential applicants to include current SSVF grantees with 3-year, non-renewable grants. The overall level of funding available through the amended NOFA remains at $300 million.
Increasing the rate of placement of homeless Veteran households may be accomplished by accelerating SSVF program implementation by funded grantees. VA seeks to encourage such activity and recognizes that one method of enhancing placement activity is to shorten grant terms from 3 years to 2 years, utilizing the grantee's total 3-year award in a shorter, 2-year period.
Applications made in response to this amendment are due April 10, 2015.
Mr. John Kuhn, Supportive Services for Veteran Families Program Office, National Center on Homelessness Among Veterans, 4100 Chester Avenue, Suite 201, Philadelphia, PA 19104; (877) 737-0111 (this is a toll-free number);
For a Copy of the Application Package: Copies of the application can be downloaded directly from the SSVF Program Web site at:
Existing 3-year, non-renewable grantees are eligible for funding equal to 33 percent of their total current award. These awards would replace funds used to accelerate the placement of homeless Veteran households in years 1 and 2 of the current 3-year, non-renewable grant term. These funds would be made available to grantees who compressed their 3-year award into 2-years, allowing them to operate in the third year of their grant term as planned. Awards made to applicants responding to the NOFA and the amended NOFA will be scored competitively with each group of applicants given equal priority.
Funding will be awarded under this NOFA to existing grantees for a 1-year grant term, to be implemented in the final year of the 3-year grant term that currently exists, in order to replace funding accelerated into years 1 and 2 of their 3-year grant term. Applicants must apply as renewal grantees, using the renewal application form. Existing grantees interested in applying under both the original NOFA and the amended NOFA must submit two separate applications. Only grantees with 3-year, non-renewable grants are eligible to apply in response to the amended portion of this NOFA. Supportive services grants awarded under the amended portion of this NOFA must also meet the following criteria:
(1) Each funding request cannot exceed 33 percent of the existing 3-year, non-renewable award.
(2) Applicants must have spent no less 46 percent of their total grant award no later than August 30, 2015.
(3) Applicants must exit no less than 46 percent or more of their total household target (indicated in their grant agreement) by August 30, 2015.
(4) 85 percent or more of all exits will be the rapid re-housing of Category 2 and 3 (literally homeless) Veteran households. Category 1 exits cannot exceed 15 percent of placement activity.
The Secretary of Veterans Affairs, or designee, approved this document and authorized the undersigned to sign and submit the document to the Office of the Federal Register for publication electronically as an official document of the Department of Veterans Affairs.
The Secretary of Veterans Affairs, or designee, approved this document and authorized the undersigned to sign and submit the document to the Office of the Federal Register for publication electronically as an official document of the Department of Veterans Affairs. Jose D. Riojas, Chief of Staff, approved this document on February 25, 2015 for publication.
Approved: March 5, 2015.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
NMFS has received an application from the Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory (Lamont-Doherty) in collaboration with the National Science Foundation (Foundation), for an Incidental Harassment Authorization (Authorization) to take marine mammals, by harassment incidental to conducting a marine geophysical (seismic) survey in the northwest Atlantic Ocean off the New Jersey coast June through August, 2015. The proposed dates for this action would be June 1, 2015 through August 31, 2015 to account for minor deviations due to logistics and weather. Per the Marine Mammal Protection Act, we are requesting comments on our proposal to issue an Authorization to Lamont-Doherty to incidentally take, by Level B harassment only, 32 species of marine mammals during the specified activity.
NMFS must receive comments and information on or before April 16, 2015.
Address comments on the application to Jolie Harrison, Supervisor, Incidental Take Program, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910. The mailbox address for providing email comments is
To obtain an electronic copy of the application containing a list of the references used in this document, write to the previously mentioned address, telephone the contact listed here (see
The Foundation has prepared a draft Environmental Assessment (EA) in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321
Jeannine Cody, NMFS, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS (301) 427-8401.
Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as amended (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361
An Authorization shall be granted for the incidental taking of small numbers of marine mammals if NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), and will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant). The Authorization must also set forth the permissible methods of taking; other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact on the species or stock and its habitat (
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering [Level B harassment].
On December 29, 2014, NMFS received an application from Lamont-Doherty requesting that NMFS issue an Authorization for the take of marine mammals, incidental to the State University of New Jersey at Rutgers (Rutgers) conducting a seismic survey in the northwest Atlantic Ocean June through August, 2015.
Lamont-Doherty proposes to conduct a high-energy, 3-dimensional (3-D) seismic survey on the R/V
Lamont-Doherty's application presented density estimates obtained from the Strategic Environmental Research and Development Program spatial decision support system (SERDP SDSS) Marine Animal Model Mapper. The SERDP SDSS Marine Animal Model Mapper is a browser-based, interactive mapping application that enables users to view model results on marine mammal distribution in the northwest Atlantic Ocean based on the Department of the Navy's OPAREA Density Estimate
Lamont-Doherty plans to use one source vessel, the
The purpose of the survey is to collect and analyze data on the arrangement of sediments deposited during times of changing global sea level from roughly 60 million years ago to present. The 3-D survey would investigate features such as river valleys cut into coastal plain sediments now buried under a kilometer of younger sediment and flooded by today's ocean.
Lamont-Doherty, Rutgers, and the Foundation originally proposed conducting the survey in 2014. After completing appropriate environmental analyses under appropriate federal statutes, NMFS issued an Authorization to Lamont-Doherty on July 1, 2014 effective from July 1 through August 17, 2014 and an Incidental Take Statement (ITS) under the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. 1531
Lamont-Doherty proposes to conduct the seismic survey for approximately 30 days with an additional 2 days for contingency operations. The proposed study (
NMFS refers the reader to the Detailed Description of Activities section later in this notice for more information on the scope of the proposed activities.
Lamont-Doherty proposes to conduct the seismic survey in the Atlantic Ocean, approximately 25 to 85 km (15.5 to 52.8 mi) off the coast of New Jersey between approximately 39.3-39.7° N and approximately 73.2-73.8° W (see Figure 1). Water depths in the survey area are approximately 30 to 75 m (98.4 to 246 feet (ft)). They would conduct the proposed survey outside of New Jersey state waters and within the U.S. Exclusive Economic Zone.
The proposed survey's principal investigator is Dr. G. Mountain (Rutgers) and the collaborating investigators are Drs. J. Austin and C. Fulthorpe, and M. Nedimovic (University of Texas at Austin).
The
The survey would involve one source vessel, the R/V
The
The vessel also has an observation tower from which protected species visual observers (observers) would watch for marine mammals before and during the proposed seismic acquisition operations. When stationed on the observation platform, the observer's eye level will be approximately 21.5 m (71 ft) above sea level providing the observer an unobstructed view around the entire vessel.
The support vessel would be a multi-purpose offshore utility vessel similar to the
The proposed survey would cover approximately 4,906 km (3,048 mi) of transect lines within a 12 by 50 km (7.5 by 31 mi) area. Each transect line would have a spacing interval of 150 m (492 ft) in two 6-m (19.7-ft) wide race-track patterns.
During the survey, the
The airguns are a mixture of Bolt 1500LL and Bolt 1900LLX airguns ranging in size from 40 to 220 in
During the survey, Lamont-Doherty would plan to use the full 4-string array with most of the airguns in inactive mode. One subarray would have four airguns in one string on the vessel's port (left) side. The vessel's starboard (right) side would have an identical subarray configuration of four airguns in one string to form the second source. The
Airguns function by venting high-pressure air into the water which creates an air bubble. The pressure signature of an individual airgun consists of a sharp rise and then fall in pressure, followed by several positive and negative pressure excursions caused by the oscillation of the resulting air bubble. The oscillation of the air bubble transmits sounds downward through the seafloor and there is also a reduction in the amount of sound transmitted in the near horizontal direction. However, the airgun array also emits sounds that travel horizontally toward non-target areas.
The nominal source levels of the airgun subarrays on the
Multibeam Echosounder: The
Each ping consists of eight (in water greater than 1,000 m; 3,280 ft) or four (in water less than 1,000 m; 3,280 ft) successive, fan-shaped transmissions, from two to 15 milliseconds (ms) in duration and each ensonifying a sector that extends 1° fore-aft. Continuous wave pulses increase from 2 to 15 ms long in water depths up to 2,600 m (8,530 ft). The echosounder uses frequency-modulated chirp pulses up to 100-ms long in water greater than 2,600 m (8,530 ft). The successive transmissions span an overall cross-track angular extent of about 150°, with 2-ms gaps between the pulses for successive sectors.
Sub-bottom Profiler: The
Table 1 in this notice provides the following: all marine mammal species with possible or confirmed occurrence in the proposed activity area; information on those species' regulatory status under the MMPA and the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. 1531
Lamont-Doherty presented species information in Table 2 of their application but excluded information for certain pinniped and cetacean species because they anticipated that these species would have a more northerly distribution during the summer and thus would have a low likelihood of occurring in the survey area. Based on the best available information, NMFS expects that certain cetacean and pinniped species have the potential to occur within the survey area and have included additional information for these species in Table 1 of this notice. However, NMFS agrees with Lamont-Doherty that these species may have a lower likelihood of occurrence in the action area during the summer.
NMFS refers the public to Lamont-Doherty's application, the Foundation's draft EA (see
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that components (
NMFS intends to provide a background of potential effects of Lamont-Doherty's activities in this section. This section does not consider the specific manner in which Lamont-Doherty would carry out the proposed activity, what mitigation measures Lamont-Doherty would implement, and how either of those would shape the anticipated impacts from this specific activity. Operating active acoustic sources, such as airgun arrays, has the potential for adverse effects on marine mammals. The majority of anticipated impacts would be from the use of the airgun array.
When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Current data indicate that not all marine mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (Richardson
Southall
The functional groups applicable to this proposed survey and the associated frequencies are:
• Low frequency cetaceans (13 species of mysticetes): functional hearing estimates occur between approximately 7 Hertz (Hz) and 30 kHz (extended from 22 kHz based on data indicating that some mysticetes can hear above 22 kHz; Au
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (32 species of dolphins, six species of larger toothed whales, and 19 species of beaked and bottlenose whales): functional hearing estimates occur between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
• High-frequency cetaceans (eight species of true porpoises, six species of river dolphins,
• Pinnipeds in water: phocid (true seals) functional hearing estimates occur between approximately 75 Hz and 100 kHz (Hemila
As mentioned previously in this document, 33 marine mammal species (6 mysticetes, 24 odontocetes, and 3 pinnipeds) would likely occur in the proposed action area. Table 2 presents the classification of these 33 species into their respective functional hearing group. NMFS consider a species' functional hearing group when analyzing the effects of exposure to sound on marine mammals.
The effects of sounds from airgun operations might include one or more of the following: Tolerance, masking of natural sounds, behavioral disturbance, temporary or permanent impairment, or non-auditory physical or physiological effects (Richardson
Studies on marine mammals' tolerance to sound in the natural environment are relatively rare. Richardson
Numerous studies have shown that pulsed sounds from airguns are often readily detectable in the water at distances of many kilometers. Several studies have also shown that marine mammals at distances of more than a few kilometers from operating seismic vessels often show no apparent response. That is often true even in cases when the pulsed sounds must be readily audible to the animals based on measured received levels and the hearing sensitivity of the marine mammal group. Although various baleen whales and toothed whales, and (less frequently) pinnipeds have been shown to react behaviorally to airgun pulses under some conditions, at other times marine mammals of all three types have shown no overt reactions (Stone, 2003; Stone and Tasker, 2006; Moulton
Weir (2008) observed marine mammal responses to seismic pulses from a 24 airgun array firing a total volume of either 5,085 in
Bain and Williams (2006) examined the effects of a large airgun array (maximum total discharge volume of 1,100 in
Pirotta
Marine mammals use acoustic signals for a variety of purposes, which differ among species, but include communication between individuals, navigation, foraging, reproduction, avoiding predators, and learning about their environment (Erbe and Farmer, 2000; Tyack, 2000).
The term masking refers to the inability of an animal to recognize the occurrence of an acoustic stimulus because of interference of another acoustic stimulus (Clark
Introduced underwater sound may, through masking, reduce the effective communication distance of a marine mammal species if the frequency of the source is close to that used as a signal by the marine mammal, and if the anthropogenic sound is present for a significant fraction of the time (Richardson
Marine mammals are thought to be able to compensate for masking by adjusting their acoustic behavior through shifting call frequencies, increasing call volume, and increasing vocalization rates. For example in one study, blue whales increased call rates when exposed to noise from seismic surveys in the St. Lawrence Estuary (Di Iorio and Clark, 2010). Other studies reported that some North Atlantic right whales exposed to high shipping noise increased call frequency (Parks
Studies have shown that some baleen and toothed whales continue calling in the presence of seismic pulses, and some researchers have heard these calls between the seismic pulses (
In contrast, Clark and Gagnon (2006) reported that fin whales in the northeast Pacific Ocean went silent for an extended period starting soon after the onset of a seismic survey in the area. Similarly, NMFS is aware of one report that observed sperm whales ceasing calls when exposed to pulses from a very distant seismic ship (Bowles
Risch
Several studies have also reported hearing dolphins and porpoises calling while airguns were operating (
Although some degree of masking is inevitable when high levels of manmade broadband sounds are present in the sea, marine mammals have evolved systems and behavior that function to reduce the impacts of masking. Odontocete conspecifics may readily detect structured signals, such as the echolocation click sequences of small toothed whales even in the presence of strong background noise because their frequency content and temporal features usually differ strongly from those of the background noise (Au and Moore, 1988, 1990). The components of background noise that are similar in frequency to the sound signal in question primarily determine the degree of masking of that signal.
Redundancy and context can also facilitate detection of weak signals. These phenomena may help marine mammals detect weak sounds in the presence of natural or manmade noise. Most masking studies in marine mammals present the test signal and the masking noise from the same direction. The sound localization abilities of marine mammals suggest that, if signal and noise come from different directions, masking would not be as severe as the usual types of masking studies might suggest (Richardson
Toothed whales and probably other marine mammals as well, have additional capabilities besides directional hearing that can facilitate detection of sounds in the presence of background noise. There is evidence that some toothed whales can shift the dominant frequencies of their echolocation signals from a frequency range with a lot of ambient noise toward frequencies with less noise (Au
These data demonstrating adaptations for reduced masking pertain mainly to the very high frequency echolocation signals of toothed whales. There is less information about the existence of corresponding mechanisms at moderate or low frequencies or in other types of marine mammals. For example, Zaitseva
Marine mammals may behaviorally react to sound when exposed to anthropogenic noise. Reactions to sound, if any, depend on species, state of maturity, experience, current activity, reproductive state, time of day, and many other factors (Richardson
Types of behavioral reactions can include the following: Changing durations of surfacing and dives, number of blows per surfacing, or moving direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal activities; changing/cessation of certain behavioral activities (such as socializing or feeding); visible startle response or aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of areas where noise sources are located; and/or flight responses (
The biological significance of many of these behavioral disturbances is difficult to predict, especially if the detected disturbances appear minor. However, one could expect the consequences of behavioral modification to be biologically significant if the change affects growth, survival, and/or reproduction (
• Drastic changes in diving/surfacing patterns (such as those associated with beaked whale stranding related to exposure to military mid-frequency tactical sonar);
• Permanent habitat abandonment due to loss of desirable acoustic environment; and
• Disruption of feeding or social interaction resulting in significant energetic costs, inhibited breeding, or cow-calf separation.
The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise depends on both external factors (characteristics of noise sources and their paths) and the receiving animals (hearing, motivation, experience, demography) and is also difficult to predict (Richardson
Observers have seen various species of
Ship-based monitoring studies of baleen whales (including blue, fin, sei, minke, and whales) in the northwest Atlantic found that overall, this group had lower sighting rates during seismic versus non-seismic periods (Moulton and Holst, 2010). The authors observed that baleen whales as a group were significantly farther from the vessel during seismic compared with non-seismic periods. Moreover, the authors observed that the whales swam away more often from the operating seismic vessel (Moulton and Holst, 2010). Initial sightings of blue and minke whales were significantly farther from the vessel during seismic operations compared to non-seismic periods and the authors observed the same trend for fin whales (Moulton and Holst, 2010). Also, the authors observed that minke whales most often swam away from the vessel when seismic operations were underway (Moulton and Holst, 2010).
McDonald
Dunn and Hernandez (2009) tracked blue whales in the eastern tropical Pacific Ocean near the northern East Pacific Rise using 25 ocean-bottom-mounted hydrophones and ocean bottom seismometers during the conduct of an academic seismic survey by the R/V
Castellote
A few studies have documented reactions of migrating and feeding (but not wintering) gray whales (
Data on short-term reactions by cetaceans to impulsive noises are not necessarily indicative of long-term or biologically significant effects. It is not known whether impulsive sounds affect reproductive rate or distribution and habitat use in subsequent days or years. However, gray whales have continued to migrate annually along the west coast of North America with substantial increases in the population over recent years, despite intermittent seismic exploration (and much ship traffic) in that area for decades (Appendix A in Malme
McCauley
Data collected by observers during several of Lamont-Doherty's seismic surveys in the northwest Atlantic Ocean showed that sighting rates of humpback whales were significantly greater during non-seismic periods compared with periods when a full array was operating (Moulton and Holst, 2010). In addition, humpback whales were more likely to swim away and less likely to swim towards a vessel during seismic versus non-seismic periods (Moulton and Holst, 2010).
Humpback whales on their summer feeding grounds in southeast Alaska did not exhibit persistent avoidance when exposed to seismic pulses from a 1.64-L (100-in
Other studies have suggested that south Atlantic humpback whales wintering off Brazil may be displaced or even strand upon exposure to seismic surveys (Engel
Seismic operators and protected species observers (observers) on seismic vessels regularly see dolphins and other small toothed whales near operating airgun arrays, but in general there is a tendency for most delphinids to show some avoidance of operating seismic vessels (
Captive bottlenose dolphins exhibited changes in behavior when exposed to strong pulsed sounds similar in duration to those typically used in seismic surveys (Finneran
Observers stationed on seismic vessels operating off the United Kingdom from 1997-2000 have provided data on the occurrence and behavior of various toothed whales exposed to seismic pulses (Stone, 2003; Gordon
Results for porpoises depend upon the species. The limited available data suggest that harbor porpoises show stronger avoidance of seismic operations than do Dall's porpoises (Stone, 2003; MacLean and Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006). Dall's porpoises seem relatively tolerant of airgun operations (MacLean and Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006), although they too have been observed to avoid large arrays of operating airguns (Calambokidis and Osmek, 1998; Bain and Williams, 2006). This apparent difference in responsiveness of these two porpoise species is consistent with their relative responsiveness to boat traffic and some other acoustic sources (Richardson
Most studies of sperm whales exposed to airgun sounds indicate that the whale shows considerable tolerance of airgun pulses (
There are almost no specific data on the behavioral reactions of beaked whales to seismic surveys. Most beaked whales tend to avoid approaching vessels of other types (
Based on a single observation, Aguilar-Soto
Similarly, other studies have observed northern bottlenose whales remain in the general area of active seismic operations while continuing to produce high-frequency clicks when exposed to sound pulses from distant seismic surveys (Gosselin and Lawson, 2004; Laurinolli and Cochrane, 2005; Simard
Pinnipeds are not likely to show a strong avoidance reaction to the airgun sources proposed for use. Visual monitoring from seismic vessels has shown only slight (if any) avoidance of airguns by pinnipeds and only slight (if any) changes in behavior. Monitoring work in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during 1996-2001 provided considerable information regarding the behavior of Arctic ice seals exposed to seismic pulses (Harris
Exposure to high intensity sound for a sufficient duration may result in auditory effects such as a noise-induced threshold shift—an increase in the auditory threshold after exposure to noise (Finneran
The following physiological mechanisms are thought to play a role in inducing auditory TS: Effects to sensory hair cells in the inner ear that reduce their sensitivity, modification of the chemical environment within the sensory cells, residual muscular activity in the middle ear, displacement of certain inner ear membranes, increased blood flow, and post-stimulatory reduction in both efferent and sensory neural output (Southall
PTS is considered auditory injury (Southall
Although the published body of scientific literature contains numerous theoretical studies and discussion papers on hearing impairments that can occur with exposure to a loud sound, only a few studies provide empirical information on the levels at which noise-induced loss in hearing sensitivity occurs in non-human animals.
Recent studies by Kujawa and Liberman (2009) and Lin
For marine mammals, published data are limited to the captive bottlenose dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise (Finneran
Lucke
A recent study on bottlenose dolphins (Schlundt,
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree (elevation of threshold in dB), duration (
Given the higher level of sound necessary to cause PTS as compared with TTS, it is considerably less likely that PTS would occur during the proposed seismic survey. Cetaceans generally avoid the immediate area around operating seismic vessels, as do some other marine mammals. Some pinnipeds show avoidance reactions to airguns, but their avoidance reactions are generally not as strong or consistent compared to cetacean reactions.
Classic stress responses begin when an animal's central nervous system perceives a potential threat to its homeostasis. That perception triggers stress responses regardless of whether a stimulus actually threatens the animal; the mere perception of a threat is sufficient to trigger a stress response (Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky
In the case of many stressors, an animal's first and most economical (in terms of biotic costs) response is behavioral avoidance of the potential stressor or avoidance of continued exposure to a stressor. An animal's second line of defense to stressors involves the sympathetic part of the autonomic nervous system and the classical “fight or flight” response, which includes the cardiovascular system, the gastrointestinal system, the exocrine glands, and the adrenal medulla to produce changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and gastrointestinal activity that humans commonly associate with stress. These responses have a relatively short duration and may or may not have significant long-term effects on an animal's welfare.
An animal's third line of defense to stressors involves its neuroendocrine or sympathetic nervous systems; the system that has received the most study has been the hypothalmus-pituitary-adrenal system (also known as the HPA axis in mammals or the hypothalamus-pituitary-interrenal axis in fish and some reptiles). Unlike stress responses associated with the autonomic nervous system, the pituitary hormones regulate virtually all neuroendocrine functions affected by stress—including immune competence, reproduction, metabolism, and behavior. Stress-induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been implicated in failed reproduction (Moberg, 1987; Rivier, 1995), altered metabolism (Elasser
The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does not normally place an animal at risk) and distress is the biotic cost of the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores that the body quickly replenishes after alleviation of the stressor. In such
Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal behavior, and the costs of stress responses have also been documented fairly well through controlled experiment; because this physiology exists in every vertebrate that has been studied, it is not surprising that stress responses and their costs have been documented in both laboratory and free-living animals (for examples see, Holberton
For example, Jansen (1998) reported on the relationship between acoustic exposures and physiological responses that are indicative of stress responses in humans (
Hearing is one of the primary senses marine mammals use to gather information about their environment and communicate with conspecifics. Although empirical information on the relationship between sensory impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic masking) on marine mammals remains limited, we assume that reducing a marine mammal's ability to gather information about its environment and communicate with other members of its species would induce stress, based on data that terrestrial animals exhibit those responses under similar conditions (NRC, 2003) and because marine mammals use hearing as their primary sensory mechanism. Therefore, NMFS assumes that acoustic exposures sufficient to trigger onset PTS or TTS would be accompanied by physiological stress responses. More importantly, marine mammals might experience stress responses at received levels lower than those necessary to trigger onset TTS. Based on empirical studies of the time required to recover from stress responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also assumes that stress responses could persist beyond the time interval required for animals to recover from TTS and might result in pathological and pre-pathological states that would be as significant as behavioral responses to TTS.
Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and direct noise-induced bubble formations (Crum
In general, there are few data about the potential for strong, anthropogenic underwater sounds to cause non-auditory physical effects in marine mammals. Such effects, if they occur at all, would presumably be limited to short distances and to activities that extend over a prolonged period. The available data do not allow identification of a specific exposure level above which non-auditory effects can be expected (Southall
When a living or dead marine mammal swims or floats onto shore and becomes “beached” or incapable of returning to sea, the event is a “stranding” (Geraci
Marine mammals strand for a variety of reasons, such as infectious agents, biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery interaction, ship strike, unusual oceanographic or weather events, sound exposure, or combinations of these stressors sustained concurrently or in series. However, the cause or causes of most strandings are unknown (Geraci
NMFS has considered the potential for behavioral responses such as stranding and indirect injury or mortality from Lamont-Doherty's use of the multibeam echosounder. In 2013, an International Scientific Review Panel (ISRP) investigated a 2008 mass stranding of approximately 100 melon-headed whales in a Madagascar lagoon system (Southall
Navy sonars linked to avoidance reactions and stranding of cetaceans: (1) Generally have longer pulse duration than the Kongsberg EM 122; and (2) are often directed close to horizontally versus more downward for the echosounder. The area of possible influence of the echosounder is much smaller—a narrow band below the source vessel. Also, the duration of exposure for a given marine mammal can be much longer for naval sonar. During Lamont-Doherty's operations, the individual pulses will be very short, and a given mammal would not receive many of the downward-directed pulses as the vessel passes by the animal. The following section outlines possible effects of an echosounder on marine mammals.
Captive bottlenose dolphins and a beluga whale exhibited changes in behavior when exposed to 1-s tonal signals at frequencies similar to those emitted by Lamont-Doherty's echosounder, and to shorter broadband pulsed signals. Behavioral changes typically involved what appeared to be deliberate attempts to avoid the sound exposure (Schlundt
Lamont-Doherty would also operate a sub-bottom profiler from the source vessel during the proposed survey. The profiler's sounds are very short pulses, occurring for one to four ms once every second. Most of the energy in the sound pulses emitted by the profiler is at 3.5 kHz, and the beam is directed downward. The sub-bottom profiler on the
Vessel movement in the vicinity of marine mammals has the potential to result in either a behavioral response or a direct physical interaction. We discuss both scenarios here.
Behavioral responses to stimuli are complex and influenced to varying degrees by a number of factors, such as species, behavioral contexts, geographical regions, source characteristics (moving or stationary, speed, direction, etc.), prior experience of the animal and physical status of the animal. For example, studies have shown that beluga whales' reactions varied when exposed to vessel noise and traffic. In some cases, naive beluga whales exhibited rapid swimming from ice-breaking vessels up to 80 km (49.7 mi) away, and showed changes in surfacing, breathing, diving, and group composition in the Canadian high Arctic where vessel traffic is rare (Finley
In reviewing more than 25 years of whale observation data, Watkins (1986) concluded that whale reactions to vessel traffic were “modified by their previous experience and current activity: habituation often occurred rapidly, attention to other stimuli or preoccupation with other activities sometimes overcame their interest or wariness of stimuli.” Watkins noticed that over the years of exposure to ships in the Cape Cod area, minke whales changed from frequent positive interest (
Ship strikes of cetaceans can cause major wounds, which may lead to the death of the animal. An animal at the surface could be struck directly by a vessel, a surfacing animal could hit the bottom of a vessel, or a vessel's propeller could injure an animal just below the surface. The severity of injuries typically depends on the size and speed of the vessel (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001; Laist
The most vulnerable marine mammals are those that spend extended periods of time at the surface in order to restore oxygen levels within their tissues after deep dives (
An examination of all known ship strikes from all shipping sources (civilian and military) indicates vessel speed is a principal factor in whether a vessel strike results in death (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001; Laist
Entanglement can occur if wildlife becomes immobilized in survey lines, cables, nets, or other equipment that is moving through the water column. The proposed seismic survey would require towing approximately 8.0 km (4.9 mi) of equipment and cables. This size of the array generally carries a lower risk of entanglement for marine mammals. Wildlife, especially slow moving individuals, such as large whales, have a low probability of entanglement due to the low amount of slack in the lines, slow speed of the survey vessel, and onboard monitoring. Lamont-Doherty has no recorded cases of entanglement of marine mammals during their conduct of over 10 years of seismic surveys (NSF, 2014).
The primary potential impacts to marine mammal habitat and other marine species are associated with elevated sound levels produced by airguns. This section describes the potential impacts to marine mammal habitat from the specified activity.
NMFS considered the effects of the survey on marine mammal prey (
There are three types of potential effects of exposure to seismic surveys: (1) Pathological, (2) physiological, and (3) behavioral. Pathological effects involve lethal and temporary or permanent sub-lethal injury. Physiological effects involve temporary and permanent primary and secondary stress responses, such as changes in levels of enzymes and proteins. Behavioral effects refer to temporary and (if they occur) permanent changes in exhibited behavior (
The available information on the impacts of seismic surveys on marine fish is from studies of individuals or portions of a population. There have been no studies at the population scale. The studies of individual fish have often been on caged fish that were exposed to airgun pulses in situations not representative of an actual seismic survey. Thus, available information provides limited insight on possible real-world effects at the ocean or population scale.
Hastings and Popper (2005), Popper (2009), and Popper and Hastings (2009) provided recent critical reviews of the known effects of sound on fish. The following sections provide a general synopsis of the available information on the effects of exposure to seismic and other anthropogenic sound as relevant to fish. The information comprises results from scientific studies of varying degrees of rigor plus some anecdotal information. Some of the data sources may have serious shortcomings in methods, analysis, interpretation, and reproducibility that must be considered when interpreting their results (see Hastings and Popper, 2005). Potential adverse effects of the program's sound sources on marine fish are noted.
There are few data about the mechanisms and characteristics of damage impacting fish that by exposure to seismic survey sounds. Peer-reviewed scientific literature has presented few data on this subject. NMFS is aware of only two papers with proper experimental methods, controls, and careful pathological investigation that implicate sounds produced by actual seismic survey airguns in causing adverse anatomical effects.
One such study indicated anatomical damage, and the second indicated temporary threshold shift in fish hearing. The anatomical case is McCauley
Wardle
The National Park Service conducted an experiment of the effects of a single 700 in
For a proposed seismic survey in Southern California, USGS (1999) conducted a review of the literature on the effects of airguns on fish and fisheries. They reported a 1991 study of the Bay Area Fault system from the continental shelf to the Sacramento River, using a 10 airgun (5,828 in
Some studies have reported that mortality of fish, fish eggs, or larvae can occur close to seismic sources (Kostyuchenko, 1973; Dalen and Knutsen, 1986; Booman
The former Minerals Management Service (MMS, 2005) assessed the effects of a proposed seismic survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska. The seismic survey proposed using three vessels, each towing two, four-airgun arrays ranging from 1,500 to 2,500 in
In general, any adverse effects on fish behavior or fisheries attributable to seismic testing may depend on the species in question and the nature of the fishery (season, duration, fishing method). They may also depend on the age of the fish, its motivational state, its size, and numerous other factors that are difficult, if not impossible, to quantify at this point, given such limited data on effects of airguns on fish, particularly under realistic at-sea conditions (Lokkeborg
The existing body of information on the impacts of seismic survey sound on marine invertebrates is very limited. However, there is some unpublished and very limited evidence of the potential for adverse effects on invertebrates, thereby justifying further discussion and analysis of this issue. The three types of potential effects of exposure to seismic surveys on marine invertebrates are pathological, physiological, and behavioral. Based on the physical structure of their sensory organs, marine invertebrates appear to be specialized to respond to particle displacement components of an impinging sound field and not to the pressure component (Popper
Moriyasu
Some studies have suggested that seismic survey sound has a limited pathological impact on early developmental stages of crustaceans (Pearson
Tenera Environmental (2011) reported that Norris and Mohl (1983, summarized in Mariyasu
Andre
In examining impacts to fish and invertebrates as prey species for marine mammals, we expect fish to exhibit a range of behaviors including no reaction or habituation (Peña
In order to issue an incidental take authorization under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (where relevant).
Lamont-Doherty has reviewed the following source documents and has incorporated a suite of proposed mitigation measures into their project description.
(1) Protocols used during previous Lamont-Doherty and Foundation-funded seismic research cruises as approved by us and detailed in the Foundation's 2011 PEIS and 2014 draft EA;
(2) Previous incidental harassment authorizations applications and authorizations that NMFS has approved and authorized; and
(3) Recommended best practices in Richardson
To reduce the potential for disturbance from acoustic stimuli associated with the activities, Lamont-Doherty, and/or its designees have proposed to implement the following mitigation measures for marine mammals:
(1) Vessel-based visual mitigation monitoring;
(2) Proposed exclusion zones;
(3) Power down procedures;
(4) Shutdown procedures;
(5) Ramp-up procedures; and
(6) Speed and course alterations.
NMFS reviewed Lamont-Doherty's proposed mitigation measures and has proposed additional measures to effect the least practicable adverse impact on marine mammals. They are:
(1) Expanded shutdown procedures for North Atlantic right whales;
(2) Expanded power down procedures for concentrations of six or more whales that do not appear to be traveling (
Lamont-Doherty would position observers aboard the seismic source vessel to watch for marine mammals near the vessel during daytime airgun operations and during any start-ups at night. Observers would also watch for marine mammals near the seismic vessel for at least 30 minutes prior to the start of airgun operations after an extended shutdown (
During seismic operations, at least four protected species observers would be aboard the
Two observers on the
The
Lamont-Doherty would immediately power down or shutdown the airguns when observers see marine mammals within or about to enter the designated exclusion zone. The observer(s) would continue to maintain watch to determine when the animal(s) are outside the exclusion zone by visual confirmation. Airgun operations would not resume until the observer has confirmed that the animal has left the zone, or if not observed after 15 minutes for species with shorter dive durations (small odontocetes and pinnipeds) or 30 minutes for species with longer dive durations (mysticetes and large odontocetes, including sperm, pygmy sperm, dwarf sperm, killer, and beaked whales).
Lamont-Doherty would use safety radii to designate exclusion zones and to estimate take for marine mammals. Table 3 shows the distances at which one would expect to receive sound levels (160-, 180-, and 190-dB,) from the airgun subarrays and a single airgun. If the protected species visual observer detects marine mammal(s) within or about to enter the appropriate exclusion zone, the
The 180- or 190-dB level shutdown criteria are applicable to cetaceans as specified by NMFS (2000). Lamont-Doherty used these levels to establish the exclusion zones as presented in their application.
For seismic surveys in shallow-water environments, the complexity of local geology and seafloor topography can make it difficult to accurately predict associated sound levels and establish appropriate mitigation radii required to ensure the safety of local marine protected species (Crone
Recently, Lamont-Doherty conducted a retrospective sound power analysis of one of the lines acquired during Lamont-Doherty's truncated seismic survey offshore New Jersey in 2014. Despite encountering mechanical difficulties during the 2014 survey, the
Lamont-Doherty used a similar process to develop and confirm the conservativeness of the mitigation radii for a shallow-water seismic survey in the northeast Pacific Ocean offshore Washington in 2012. Crone
While these results confirm the role that bathymetry plays in propagation, they also confirm that empirical measurements from the Gulf of Mexico survey likely over-estimated the size of the exclusion zones for the 2012 Washington and 2014 New Jersey shallow-water seismic surveys. NMFS reviewed this preliminary information in consideration of how these data reflect on the accuracy of Lamont-Doherty's current modeling approach.
A power down involves decreasing the number of airguns in use such that the radius of the 180-dB or 190-dB exclusion zone is smaller to the extent that marine mammals are no longer within or about to enter the exclusion zone. A power down of the airgun array can also occur when the vessel is moving from one seismic line to another. During a power down for mitigation, the
If the observer detects a marine mammal outside the exclusion zone and the animal is likely to enter the zone, the crew would power down the airguns to reduce the size of the 180-dB or 190-dB exclusion zone before the animal enters that zone. Likewise, if a mammal is already within the zone after detection, the crew would power-down the airguns immediately. During a power down of the airgun array, the crew would operate a single 40-in
• The observer has visually observed the animal leave the exclusion zone; or
• An observer has not sighted the animal within the exclusion zone for 15 minutes for species with shorter dive durations (
The
NMFS estimates that the
The
(1) If an animal enters the exclusion zone of the single airgun after the crew has initiated a power down; or
(2) If an observer sees the animal is initially within the exclusion zone of the single airgun when more than one airgun (typically the full airgun array) is operating.
During periods of active seismic operations, there are occasions when the
If the full exclusion zone is not visible to the observer for at least 30 minutes prior to the start of operations in either daylight or nighttime, the
If one airgun has operated during a power down period, ramp-up to full power would be permissible at night or in poor visibility, on the assumption that marine mammals would be alerted to the approaching seismic vessel by the sounds from the single airgun and could move away. The vessel's crew would not initiate a ramp-up of the airguns if an observer sees the marine mammal within or near the applicable exclusion zones during the day or close to the vessel at night.
Ramp-up of an airgun array provides a gradual increase in sound levels, and involves a step-wise increase in the number and total volume of airguns firing until the full volume of the airgun array is achieved. The purpose of a ramp-up is to “warn” marine mammals in the vicinity of the airguns, and to provide the time for them to leave the area and thus avoid any potential injury or impairment of their hearing abilities. Lamont-Doherty would follow a ramp-up procedure when the airgun array begins operating after an 8 minute period without airgun operations or when shut down has exceeded that period. Lamont-Doherty has used similar waiting periods (approximately eight to 10 minutes) during previous seismic surveys.
Ramp-up would begin with the smallest airgun in the array (40 in
If the complete exclusion zone has not been visible for at least 30 minutes prior to the start of operations in either daylight or nighttime, Lamont-Doherty would not commence the ramp-up unless at least one airgun (40 in
Considering the highly endangered status of North Atlantic right whales, the
The
If during seismic data collection, Lamont-Doherty detects marine mammals outside the exclusion zone and, based on the animal's position and direction of travel, is likely to enter the exclusion zone, the
NMFS has carefully evaluated Lamont-Doherty's proposed mitigation measures in the context of ensuring that we prescribe the means of effecting the least practicable impact on the affected marine mammal species and stocks and their habitat. Our evaluation of potential measures included consideration of the following factors in relation to one another:
• The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful implementation of the measure is expected to minimize adverse impacts to marine mammals;
• The proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to minimize adverse impacts as planned; and
• The practicability of the measure for applicant implementation.
Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed by NMFS should be able to accomplish, have a reasonable likelihood of accomplishing (based on current science), or contribute to the accomplishment of one or more of the general goals listed here:
1. Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine mammals wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this goal).
2. A reduction in the numbers of marine mammals (total number or number at biologically important time or location) exposed to airgun operations that we expect to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
3. A reduction in the number of times (total number or number at biologically important time or location) individuals would be exposed to airgun operations that we expect to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
4. A reduction in the intensity of exposures (either total number or number at biologically important time or location) to airgun operations that we expect to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to a, above, or to reducing the severity of harassment takes only).
5. Avoidance or minimization of adverse effects to marine mammal habitat, paying special attention to the food base, activities that block or limit passage to or from biologically important areas, permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary destruction/disturbance of habitat during a biologically important time.
6. For monitoring directly related to mitigation—an increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more effective implementation of the mitigation.
Based on the evaluation of Lamont-Doherty's proposed measures, as well as other measures proposed by NMFS, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means of effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammal species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
In order to issue an Incidental Take Authorization for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth “requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such taking”. The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for Authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals that we expect to be present in the proposed action area.
Lamont-Doherty submitted a marine mammal monitoring plan in section XIII of the Authorization application. NMFS, the Foundation, or Lamont-Doherty may modify or supplement the plan based on comments or new information received from the public during the public comment period.
Monitoring measures prescribed by NMFS should accomplish one or more of the following general goals:
1. An increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals, both within the mitigation zone (thus allowing for more effective implementation of the mitigation) and during other times and locations, in order to generate more data to contribute to the analyses mentioned later;
2. An increase in our understanding of how many marine mammals would be affected by seismic airguns and other active acoustic sources and the likelihood of associating those exposures with specific adverse effects, such as behavioral harassment, temporary or permanent threshold shift;
3. An increase in our understanding of how marine mammals respond to stimuli that we expect to result in take and how those anticipated adverse effects on individuals (in different ways and to varying degrees) may impact the population, species, or stock (specifically through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival) through any of the following methods:
a. Behavioral observations in the presence of stimuli compared to observations in the absence of stimuli (
b. Physiological measurements in the presence of stimuli compared to observations in the absence of stimuli (
c. Distribution and/or abundance comparisons in times or areas with concentrated stimuli versus times or areas without stimuli;
4. An increased knowledge of the affected species; and
5. An increase in our understanding of the effectiveness of certain mitigation and monitoring measures.
Lamont-Doherty proposes to sponsor marine mammal monitoring during the present project to supplement the mitigation measures that require real-time monitoring, and to satisfy the monitoring requirements of the Authorization. Lamont-Doherty understands that NMFS would review the monitoring plan and may require refinements to the plan. Lamont-Doherty planned the monitoring work as a self-contained project independent of
Passive acoustic monitoring would complement the visual mitigation monitoring program, when practicable. Visual monitoring typically is not effective during periods of poor visibility or at night, and even with good visibility, is unable to detect marine mammals when they are below the surface or beyond visual range. Passive acoustical monitoring can improve detection, identification, and localization of cetaceans when used in conjunction with visual observations. The passive acoustic monitoring would serve to alert visual observers (if on duty) when vocalizing cetaceans are detected. It is only useful when marine mammals call, but it can be effective either by day or by night, and does not depend on good visibility. The acoustic observer would monitor the system in real time so that he/she can advise the visual observers if they acoustically detect cetaceans.
The passive acoustic monitoring system consists of hardware (
One acoustic observer, an expert bioacoustician with primary responsibility for the passive acoustic monitoring system would be aboard the
One acoustic observer would monitor the acoustic detection system by listening to the signals from two channels via headphones and/or speakers and watching the real-time spectrographic display for frequency ranges produced by cetaceans. The observer monitoring the acoustical data would be on shift for one to six hours at a time. The other observers would rotate as an acoustic observer, although the expert acoustician would be on passive acoustic monitoring duty more frequently.
When the acoustic observer detects a vocalization while visual observations are in progress, the acoustic observer on duty would contact the visual observer immediately, to alert him/her to the presence of cetaceans (if they have not already been seen), so that the vessel's crew can initiate a power down or shutdown, if required. The observer would enter the information regarding the call into a database. Data entry would include an acoustic encounter identification number, whether it was linked with a visual sighting, date, time when first and last heard and whenever any additional information was recorded, position and water depth when first detected, bearing if determinable, species or species group (
Observers would record data to estimate the numbers of marine mammals exposed to various received sound levels and to document apparent disturbance reactions or lack thereof. They would use the data to estimate numbers of animals potentially `taken' by harassment (as defined in the MMPA). They will also provide information needed to order a power down or shut down of the airguns when a marine mammal is within or near the exclusion zone.
When an observer makes a sighting, they will record the following information:
1. Species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if determinable), behavior when first sighted and after initial sighting, heading (if consistent), bearing and distance from seismic vessel, sighting cue, apparent reaction to the airguns or vessel (
2. Time, location, heading, speed, activity of the vessel, sea state, visibility, and sun glare.
The observer will record the data listed under (2) at the start and end of each observation watch, and during a watch whenever there is a change in one or more of the variables.
Observers will record all observations and power downs or shutdowns in a standardized format and will enter data into an electronic database. The observers will verify the accuracy of the data entry by computerized data validity checks during data entry and by subsequent manual checking of the database. These procedures will allow the preparation of initial summaries of data during and shortly after the field program, and will facilitate transfer of the data to statistical, graphical, and other programs for further processing and archiving.
Results from the vessel-based observations will provide:
1. The basis for real-time mitigation (airgun power down or shutdown).
2. Information needed to estimate the number of marine mammals potentially taken by harassment, which Lamont-Doherty must report to the Office of Protected Resources.
3. Data on the occurrence, distribution, and activities of marine mammals and turtles in the area where Lamont-Doherty would conduct the seismic study.
4. Information to compare the distance and distribution of marine mammals and turtles relative to the source vessel at times with and without seismic activity.
5. Data on the behavior and movement patterns of marine mammals detected during non-active and active seismic operations.
Lamont-Doherty would submit a report to us and to the Foundation within 90 days after the end of the cruise. The report would describe the operations conducted and sightings of marine mammals and turtles near the operations. The report would provide full documentation of methods, results, and interpretation pertaining to all monitoring. The 90-day report would summarize the dates and locations of seismic operations, and all marine
In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner not permitted by the authorization (if issued), such as an injury, serious injury, or mortality (
• Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
• Name and type of vessel involved;
• Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
• Description of the incident;
• Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
• Water depth;
• Environmental conditions (
• Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
• Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
• Fate of the animal(s); and
• Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if equipment is available).
Lamont-Doherty shall not resume its activities until we are able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take. We shall work with Lamont-Doherty to determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. Lamont-Doherty may not resume their activities until notified by us via letter, email, or telephone.
In the event that Lamont-Doherty discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead visual observer determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
In the event that Lamont-Doherty discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead visual observer determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the authorized activities (
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as: any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering [Level B harassment].
Acoustic stimuli (
NMFS' practice is to apply the 160 dB re: 1 µPa received level threshold for underwater impulse sound levels to determine whether take by Level B harassment occurs.
The probability of vessel and marine mammal interactions (
Lamont-Doherty did not estimate any additional take from sound sources other than airguns. NMFS does not expect the sound levels produced by the echosounder and sub-bottom profiler to exceed the sound levels produced by the airguns. Lamont-Doherty will not operate the multibeam echosounder and sub-bottom profiler during transits to and from the survey area, (
NMFS is currently evaluating the broader use of these types of sources to determine under what specific circumstances coverage for incidental take would or would not be advisable. NMFS is working on guidance that would outline a consistent recommended approach for applicants to address the potential impacts of these types of sources.
NMFS considers the probability for entanglement of marine mammals as low because of the vessel speed and the monitoring efforts onboard the survey vessel. Therefore, NMFS does not believe it is necessary to authorize additional takes for entanglement at this time.
There is no evidence that planned activities could result in serious injury or mortality within the specified geographic area for the requested proposed Authorization. The required mitigation and monitoring measures would minimize any potential risk for serious injury or mortality.
The following sections describe Lamont-Doherty's methods to estimate take by incidental harassment. Lamont-Doherty's based their estimates on the number of marine mammals that could be harassed by seismic operations with the airgun sub-array during approximately 4,906 km (approximately 3,044.7 miles (mi) of transect lines in the northwest Atlantic Ocean as depicted in Figure 1 (Figure 1 of Lamont-Doherty's application).
Because Lamont-Doherty assumes that the
As discussed earlier, Lamont-Doherty estimated the incidental take of marine mammals during the proposed survey area by multiplying the total ensonified survey area (2,037 km
For species where the SERDP SDSS NODES summer model produced a density estimate of zero, NMFS increased the take estimates from zero to the average (mean) group size (weighted by effort and rounded up) derived from (CeTAP, 1982), and the Atlantic Marine Assessment Program for Protected Species (AMAPPS) surveys in 2010, 2011, and 2013. NMFS used the mean group size for these species because of the low likelihood of encountering these species in the survey area. Based upon the best available information, NMFS does expect that it is necessary to assume that Lamont-Doherty would encounter the largest mean group size within the survey area. Those species include: North Atlantic right, blue, humpback, sei, fin, and minke whales; clymene, pan-tropical spotted, striped, short-beaked common, white-beaked, and Atlantic white-sided dolphins, harbor porpoises, gray, harp, and harbor seals.
For North Atlantic right whales, NMFS increased the estimated mean group size of one whale (based on CeTAP (1982) and AMAPPS (2010, 2011, and 2013) survey data) to three whales account for cow/calf pairs based on additional supporting information from Whitt
Table 6 presents the revised estimates of the possible numbers of marine mammals exposed to sound levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re: 1 μPa during the proposed seismic survey.
• The total ensonified area including overlap/contingency (72,348 km
• The available marine mammal densities derived from the SERDP SDSS Marine Animal Mapper Model summer NODES database (DoN, 2007); by
• An adjustment factor that assumes that (assumes that 25 percent of animals would move away from the survey area and would not experience a re-exposure. NMFS bases the turnover factor using information on baleen whales in the North Pacific (Wood
NMFS' approach to accounting for time and instances of re-exposure better captures the number of instances of take that could occur during the survey. Also, NMFS' use of the turnover factor recognizes some of the limitations of using a static density estimate as proposed in Lamont-Doherty's application. However, this approach, which represents a total number of exposures over 30 days of airgun operations, including extra contingency days, likely overestimates the numbers of individual animals taken because of the assumption of limited animal movement and the absence of mitigation measures.
Lamont-Doherty would coordinate the planned marine mammal monitoring program associated with the seismic survey in the northwest Atlantic Ocean with applicable U.S. agencies.
Negligible impact' is “an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival” (50 CFR 216.103). The lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (
In making a negligible impact determination, NMFS considers:
• The number of anticipated injuries, serious injuries, or mortalities;
• The number, nature, and intensity, and duration of Level B harassment; and
• The context in which the takes occur (
• The status of stock or species of marine mammals (
• Impacts on habitat affecting rates of recruitment/survival; and
• The effectiveness of monitoring and mitigation measures to reduce the number or severity of incidental take.
For reasons stated previously in this document and based on the following factors, Lamont-Doherty's specified activities are not likely to cause long-term behavioral disturbance, permanent threshold shift, or other non-auditory injury, serious injury, or death. They include:
• The anticipated impacts of Lamont-Doherty's survey activities on marine mammals are temporary behavioral changes due to avoidance of the area.
• The likelihood that marine mammals approaching the survey area will be traveling through the area or opportunistically foraging within the vicinity, as no breeding, calving, pupping, or nursing areas, or haul-outs, overlap with the survey area.
• The low potential of the survey to cause an effect on coastal bottlenose dolphin populations due to the fact that Lamont-Doherty's study area is approximately 20 km (12 mi) away from the identified habitats for coastal bottlenose dolphins and their calves.
• The low likelihood that North Atlantic right whales would be exposed to sound levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re: 1 μPa due to the requirement that the
• The likelihood that, given sufficient notice through relatively slow ship speed, NMFS expects marine mammals to move away from a noise source that is annoying prior to its becoming potentially injurious;
• The availability of alternate areas of similar habitat value for marine mammals to temporarily vacate the survey area during the operation of the airgun(s) to avoid acoustic harassment;
• NMFS also expects that the seismic survey would have no more than a temporary and minimal adverse effect on any fish or invertebrate species that serve as prey species for marine mammals, and therefore consider the potential impacts to marine mammal habitat minimal;
• The relatively low potential for temporary or permanent hearing impairment and the likelihood that Lamont-Doherty would avoid this impact through the incorporation of the required monitoring and mitigation measures; and
• The high likelihood that trained visual protected species observers would detect marine mammals at close proximity to the vessel.
NMFS does not anticipate that any injuries, serious injuries, or mortalities would occur as a result of Lamont-Doherty's proposed activities, and NMFS does not propose to authorize injury, serious injury, or mortality at this time. We anticipate only behavioral disturbance to occur primarily in the form of avoidance behavior to the sound source during the conduct of the survey activities.
Table 6 in this document outlines the number of requested Level B harassment takes that we anticipate as a result of these activities. NMFS anticipates that 33 marine mammal species could occur in the proposed action area. Of the marine mammal species under our jurisdiction that are known to occur or likely to occur in the study area, six of these species are listed as endangered under the ESA and depleted under the MMPA, including: The blue, fin, humpback, north Atlantic right, sei, and sperm whales
Due to the nature, degree, instances, and context of Level B (behavioral) harassment anticipated and described (see “Potential Effects on Marine Mammals” section in this notice), NMFS does not expect the activity to impact annual rates of recruitment or survival for any affected species or stock. The seismic survey would not take place in areas of significance for marine mammal feeding, resting, breeding, or calving and would not adversely impact marine mammal habitat, including the identified habitats for coastal bottlenose dolphins and their calves.
Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting, traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (
In summary, NMFS expects marine mammals to avoid the survey area, thereby reducing the risk of exposure and impacts. We do not anticipate disruption to reproductive behavior and there is no anticipated effect on annual rates of recruitment or survival of affected marine mammals.
Based on the analysis herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and mitigation measures, NMFS finds that Lamont-Doherty's proposed seismic survey would have a
As mentioned previously, NMFS estimates that Lamont-Doherty's activities could potentially affect, by Level B harassment only, 33 species of marine mammals under our jurisdiction. For each species, these take estimates are small numbers relative to the population sizes and we have provided the regional population estimates for the marine mammal species that may be taken by Level B harassment in Table 6 in this notice.
There are no relevant subsistence uses of marine mammals implicated by this action.
There are six marine mammal species listed as endangered under the Endangered Species Act that may occur in the proposed survey area: the blue, fin, humpback, north Atlantic right, sei, and sperm whales. Under section 7 of the ESA, the Foundation has initiated formal consultation with NMFS on the proposed seismic survey. NMFS (
The Foundation has prepared a draft EA titled “Draft Amended Environmental Assessment of a Marine Geophysical Survey by the R/V
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes issuing an Authorization to Lamont-Doherty for conducting a seismic survey in the northwest Atlantic Ocean off the New Jersey coast June 1 through August 31, 2015, provided they incorporate the proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements.
This section contains the draft text for the proposed Authorization. NMFS proposes to include this language in the Authorization if issued.
We hereby authorize the Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory (Lamont-Doherty), Columbia University, P.O. Box 1000, 61 Route 9W, Palisades, New York 10964-8000, under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA) (16 U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(D)) and 50 CFR 216.107, to incidentally harass small numbers of marine mammals incidental to a marine geophysical survey conducted by the R/V
This Authorization is valid from June 1 through August 31, 2015.
This Authorization is valid only for specified activities associated with the R/V Marcus G. Langseth's (
a. In the Atlantic Ocean bounded by the following coordinates: approximately 25 to 85 km (15.5 to 52.8 mi) off the coast of New Jersey between approximately 39.3-39.7° N and approximately 73.2-73.8° W, as specified in Lamont-Doherty's application and the National Science Foundation's environmental analysis.
a. This authorization limits the incidental taking of marine mammals, by Level B harassment only, to the following species in the area described in Condition 2(a):
i. Mysticetes—3 North Atlantic right whales; 3 humpback whales; 2 common minke whales; 3 sei whales; 3 fin whales; and 1 blue whale.
ii. Odontocetes—27 sperm whales; 2 dwarf sperm whales; 2 pygmy sperm whales; 3 Cuvier's beaked whales; 4 Gervais beaked whales; 3 Sowerby's beaked whales; 3 True's beaked whales; 3 Blainville beaked whales; 411 bottlenose dolphins (coastal and pelagic); 6 pantropical spotted dolphins; 133 Atlantic spotted dolphins; 52 striped dolphins; 36 short-beaked common dolphins; 16 white beaked dolphins; 53 Atlantic white-sided dolphins; 50 Risso's dolphins; 27 clymene dolphins; 7 false killer whales; 2 pygmy killer whales; 7 killer whales; 20 long-finned pilot whales; 20 short-finned pilot whales; and 4 harbor porpoises.
iii. Pinnipeds—2 gray seals; 2 harbor seals; and 2 harp seals.
iv. During the seismic activities, if the Holder of this Authorization encounters any marine mammal species that are not listed in Condition 3 for authorized taking and are likely to be exposed to sound pressure levels greater than or equal to 160 decibels (dB) re: 1 μPa, then the Holder must alter speed or course or shut-down the airguns to avoid take.
b. The taking by injury (Level A harassment), serious injury, or death of any of the species listed in Condition 3 or the taking of any kind of any other species of marine mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, suspension or revocation of this Authorization.
c. This Authorization limits the methods authorized for taking by Level B harassment to the following acoustic sources:
i. a sub-airgun array with a total capacity of 700 in
The Holder of this Authorization must report the taking of any marine mammal in a manner prohibited under this Authorization immediately to the Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, at 301-427-8401 and/or by email to
We require the Holder of this Authorization to cooperate with the Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, and any other Federal, state or local agency monitoring the impacts of the activity on marine mammals.
We require the Holder of this Authorization to implement the following mitigation and monitoring
a. Utilize two, National Marine Fisheries Service-qualified, vessel-based Protected Species Visual Observers (visual observers) to watch for and monitor marine mammals near the seismic source vessel during daytime airgun operations (from civil twilight-dawn to civil twilight-dusk) and before and during start-ups of airguns day or night.
i. At least one visual observer will be on watch during meal times and restroom breaks.
ii. Observer shifts will last no longer than four hours at a time.
iii. Visual observers will also conduct monitoring while the
iv. When feasible, visual observers will conduct observations during daytime periods when the seismic system is not operating for comparison of sighting rates and behavioral reactions during, between, and after airgun operations.
v. The
b. Establish a 180-decibel (dB) or 190-dB exclusion zone for cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively, before starting the airgun subarray (700 in
c. Monitor the entire extent of the exclusion zones for at least 30 minutes (day or night) prior to the ramp-up of airgun operations after a shutdown.
d. Delay airgun operations if the visual observer sees a cetacean within the 180-dB exclusion zone for cetaceans or 190-dB exclusion zone for pinnipeds until the marine mammal(s) has left the area.
i. If the visual observer sees a marine mammal that surfaces, then dives below the surface, the observer shall wait 30 minutes. If the observer sees no marine mammals during that time, he/she should assume that the animal has moved beyond the 180-dB exclusion zone for cetaceans or 190-dB exclusion zone for pinnipeds.
ii. If for any reason the visual observer cannot see the full 180-dB exclusion zone for cetaceans or the 190-dB exclusion zone for pinnipeds for the entire 30 minutes (
iii. If one airgun is already running at a source level of at least 180 dB re: 1 μPa or 190 dB re: 1 μPa, the
e. Utilize the passive acoustic monitoring (PAM) system, to the maximum extent practicable, to detect and allow some localization of marine mammals around the
f. Do and record the following when an observer detects an animal by the PAM:
i. Notify the visual observer immediately of a vocalizing marine mammal so a power-down or shut-down can be initiated, if required;
ii. enter the information regarding the vocalization into a database. The data to be entered include an acoustic encounter identification number, whether it was linked with a visual sighting, date, time when first and last heard and whenever any additional information was recorded, position, and water depth when first detected, bearing if determinable, species or species group (
g. Implement a “ramp-up” procedure when starting the airguns at the beginning of seismic operations or any time after the entire array has been shutdown, which means start the smallest gun first and add airguns in a sequence such that the source level of the array will increase in steps not exceeding approximately 6 dB per 5-minute period. During ramp-up, the observers will monitor the exclusion zone, and if marine mammals are sighted, a course/speed alteration, power-down, or shutdown will be implemented as though the full array were operational.
h. Visual observers must record the following information when they have sighted a marine mammal:
i. Species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if determinable), behavior when first sighted and after initial sighting, heading (if consistent), bearing and distance from seismic vessel, sighting cue, apparent reaction to the airguns or vessel (
ii. Time, location, heading, speed, activity of the vessel (including number of airguns operating and whether in state of ramp-up or shut-down), Beaufort sea state and wind force, visibility, and sun glare; and
iii. The data listed under 6(f)(ii) at the start and end of each observation watch and during a watch whenever there is a change in one or more of the variables.
i. Alter speed or course during seismic operations if a marine mammal, based on its position and relative motion, appears likely to enter the relevant exclusion zone. If speed or course alteration is not safe or practicable, or if after alteration the marine mammal still appears likely to enter the exclusion zone, the Holder of this Authorization will implement further mitigation measures, such as a shutdown.
j. Power down the airguns if a visual observer detects a marine mammal within, approaching, or entering the relevant exclusion zones. A power-down means reducing the number of operating airguns to a single operating 40 in
k. Following a power-down, if the marine mammal approaches the smaller designated exclusion zone, the airguns must then be completely shut-down. Airgun activity will not resume until the
l. Following a power-down and subsequent animal departure, the
m. Shutdown the airgun(s) if a visual observer detects a marine mammal within, approaching, or entering the relevant exclusion zone. A shutdown means that the
n. If a North Atlantic right whale (
o. Following a shutdown, if the observer has visually confirmed that the animal has departed the 180-dB zone for cetaceans or the 190-dB zone for pinnipeds within a period of less than or equal to 8 minutes after the shutdown, then the
p. If the observer has not seen the animal depart the 180-dB zone for cetaceans or the 190-dB zone for pinnipeds, the
q. The
r. This Authorization does not permit the Holder of this Authorization to initiate airgun array operations from a shut-down position at night or during low-light hours (such as in dense fog or heavy rain) when the visual observers cannot view and effectively monitor the full relevant exclusion zones.
s. To the maximum extent practicable, the Holder of this Authorization should schedule seismic operations (
t. The
u. The
This Authorization requires the Holder of this Authorization to:
a. Submit a draft report on all activities and monitoring results to the Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, within 90 days of the completion of the
i. Dates, times, locations, heading, speed, weather, sea conditions (including Beaufort sea state and wind force), and associated activities during all seismic operations and marine mammal sightings;
ii. Species, number, location, distance from the vessel, and behavior of any marine mammals, as well as associated seismic activity (number of shutdowns), observed throughout all monitoring activities.
iii. An estimate of the number (by species) of marine mammals with known exposures to the seismic activity (based on visual observation) at received levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re: 1 μPa and/or 180 dB re 1 μPa for cetaceans and 190-dB re 1 μPa for pinnipeds and a discussion of any specific behaviors those individuals exhibited.
iv. An estimate of the number (by species) of marine mammals with estimated exposures (based on modeling results) to the seismic activity at received levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re: 1 μPa and/or 180 dB re 1 μPa for cetaceans and 190-dB re 1 μPa for pinnipeds with a discussion of the nature of the probable consequences of that exposure on the individuals.
v. A description of the implementation and effectiveness of the: (A) Terms and conditions of the Biological Opinion's Incidental Take Statement (attached); and (B) mitigation measures of the Incidental Harassment Authorization. For the Biological Opinion, the report will confirm the implementation of each Term and Condition, as well as any conservation recommendations, and describe their effectiveness, for minimizing the adverse effects of the action on Endangered Species Act listed marine mammals.
b. Submit a final report to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, within 30 days after receiving comments from us on the draft report. If we decide that the draft report needs no comments, we will consider the draft report to be the final report.
In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner not permitted by the authorization (if issued), such as an injury, serious injury, or mortality (
• Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
• Name and type of vessel involved;
• Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
• Description of the incident;
• Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
• Water depth;
• Environmental conditions (
• Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
• Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
• Fate of the animal(s); and
• Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if equipment is available).
Lamont-Doherty shall not resume its activities until we are able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take. We shall work with Lamont-Doherty to determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. Lamont-Doherty may not resume their activities until notified by us via letter, email, or telephone.
In the event that Lamont-Doherty discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead visual observer determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
In the event that Lamont-Doherty discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead visual observer determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the authorized activities (
Lamont-Doherty is required to comply with the Terms and Conditions of the Incidental Take Statement corresponding to the Endangered Species Act Biological Opinion issued to the National Science Foundation and NMFS' Office of Protected Resources, Permits and Conservation Division (attached). A copy of this Authorization and the Incidental Take Statement must be in the possession of all contractors and protected species observers operating under the authority of this Incidental Harassment Authorization.
NMFS invites comments on our analysis, the draft authorization, and any other aspect of the Notice of proposed Authorization for Lamont-Doherty's activities. Please include any supporting data or literature citations with your comments to help inform our final decision on Lamont-Doherty's request for an application.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |